JP6512339B2 - Gaming machine - Google Patents

Description

  The present invention relates to a gaming machine.

  Some gaming machines such as pachinko machines are provided with a gaming machine main body in which a gaming board is mounted on a frame. A rail member is provided on the front of the game board, and the game area is divided and formed by the rail member and the like. The gaming ball launcher has a launch rail that defines the launch direction of the gaming ball. The game ball fired from the firing rail is guided to the game area by moving along the rail member.

  Generally, in such a game machine, a game board is detachably attached to a frame, and by making it possible to attach or detach the game board, the maintenance work of the game board etc. is facilitated or the model is changed Facilitation work of replacement of the game board in is being achieved. In particular, in recent years, a gaming machine has been proposed in which the gaming board can be attached and detached from the front of the frame, and the above-described gaming board attaching and detaching operation is further facilitated (see, for example, Patent Document 1).

Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2003-000915

  However, in a game machine of the type in which the game board is attached from the front of the frame, there is still room for improvement, such as the ease of installation of the game board, the mounting position accuracy, and the mounting stability.

  The present invention has been made in view of the above-described circumstances and the like, and it is an object of the present invention to provide a gaming machine capable of making the attachment of a game board suitable.

The present invention
A game board in which a game area is formed,
A support frame for detachably supporting the gaming board;
And an insertion portion provided on the support frame and into which one side portion of the game board is inserted,
The gaming board is inserted from the front of the gaming machine with respect to the support frame by being rotated about the insertion portion in a state of being inserted into the insertion portion,
A game ball launch device provided on the support frame, disposed below the game board, and firing game balls toward the game board side;
Guiding means provided on the game board for guiding game balls fired from the game ball launch device to the game area;
It is provided opposite to the lower end of the gaming board at a portion between the gaming board and the gaming ball launch device in the support frame, and the upper and lower positions of the gaming board are defined by placing the gaming board. The mounting unit to be
An opposing part which is provided at a position above the placing part in the support frame and which faces the back of the game board,
It is provided in the said opposing part, and it is equipped with the protrusion which prescribes | regulates the left-right position of the said game board by being penetrated by the insertion part formed in the said game board,
The projection is disposed at a position closer to the mounting portion, and the mounting portion supports at least a portion to the right of the projection and a portion to the left of the projection at the lower end of the game board ,
The front end edge of the placement section extends forward of the tip of the projection, whereby the placement section defines the vertical position of the game board when the game board is mounted on the support frame. Left and right positions of the game board are defined by the projection in a stationary state,
An abutment portion provided on the support frame and abutting on the front surface of the game board in a state where the game board is mounted on the support frame;
And a pressing portion provided on the support frame and pressing the game board toward the contact portion,
The contact portion is disposed at a position on the rotary base end side of the game board with respect to the protrusion and at a position on the rotary tip side of the game board with respect to the projection,
In a state in which the game board is pressed by the pressing portion and in contact with the contact portion, a gap is formed between the facing portion and the insertion portion,
The insertion portion and the projection are formed such that a hooking margin between the insertion portion and the projection is larger than the gap formed between the facing portion and the insertion portion. .

  According to the present invention, attachment of a game board can be made suitable.

It is a front view showing a pachinko machine in one embodiment. It is a perspective view which expands and shows the main composition of a pachinko machine. It is a perspective view which expands and shows the main composition of a pachinko machine. It is a rear view which shows the structure of a pachinko machine. It is a rear view which shows the structure of a front door frame. It is a front view which shows the structure of an inner frame. It is a front view which shows the structure of a game board. It is a rear view which shows the structure of an inner frame. It is a perspective view showing the back composition of a game board. It is a front view which shows the structure of a back pack unit. It is a front perspective view of the inner frame which disassembles and shows a main structure. FIG. 7 is a partial cross-sectional view taken along line AA of FIG. 6; FIG. 7 is a partial cross-sectional view of line B-B in FIG. 6; It is the schematic which shows the flow of attachment or detachment of a game board. It is the schematic which shows the flow of attachment or detachment of a game board. It is a disassembled perspective view which shows the state which removed the locking device from the inner frame. FIG. 7 is a partial cross-sectional view taken along the line CC of FIG. 6; It is the schematic which shows the positional relationship of the open front door frame, a game board, and the insertion part. (A1) to (c1) are cross-sectional views schematically showing the state of exchange of the game board, and (a2) to (c2) are front perspective views schematically showing the state of exchange of the game board. (D1) and (e1) are cross-sectional views schematically showing the state of exchange of the game board, and (d2) and (e2) are front perspective views schematically showing the state of exchange of the game board. It is a disassembled perspective view which shows the state which removed the handle base from the inner frame. It is a perspective view which shows the state which removed the locking device from the inner frame. It is the perspective view which looked at the locking device from the back. It is a disassembled perspective view which decomposes | disassembles and shows a locking device for every main component. It is the schematic which shows the middle opening / closing state of a front door frame. It is the schematic which shows the positional relationship of a both eyebrow member. It is the schematic which shows the state which rotated operation key K clockwise. It is the schematic which shows the state which rotated the operation key K anticlockwise. FIG. 5 is a partial cross-sectional view taken along line EE of FIG. 4; It is a front perspective view of an outer frame. FIG. 9 is a partial cross-sectional view of line F-F in FIG. 8; It is the schematic which shows the relationship between a cam member and a screw, and an opening part. It is a block diagram which shows the electric constitution of a pachinko machine. It is the schematic which shows the modification of a locking device. It is the schematic which shows the modification of a locking device.

  Hereinafter, an embodiment of a pachinko gaming machine (hereinafter referred to as a "pachinko machine") which is a type of gaming machine will be described in detail based on the drawings. FIG. 1 is a front view of a pachinko machine 10, FIGS. 2 and 3 are exploded perspective views showing main components of the pachinko machine 10, and FIG. 4 is a rear view of the pachinko machine 10. In addition, in FIG. 2, the structure in the game area of the pachinko machine 10 is abbreviate | omitted for convenience.

  The pachinko machine 10 has an outer frame 11 forming an outer shell of the pachinko machine 10 and a gaming machine main unit 12 rotatably attached to the outer frame 11 in a forward direction. The outer frame 11 is configured by connecting wooden plate members to four sides, and has a rectangular frame shape. The pachinko machine 10 is installed in the game hall by fixing the outer frame 11 to the island facility.

  The gaming machine main part 12 includes an inner frame 13 as a base body, a front door frame 14 disposed in front of the inner frame 13, and a back pack unit 15 disposed behind the inner frame 13. . The inner frame 13 of the gaming machine main part 12 is rotatably supported relative to the outer frame 11. In detail, the inner frame 13 is pivotable forward with the left side being a pivoting base end side and the right side being a pivoting tip side in a front view of the pachinko machine 10.

  As shown in FIG. 2, the front door frame 14 is rotatably supported by the inner frame 13, and can be rotated forward with the left side as the rotation base end side and the right side as the rotation tip end side in front view It is assumed. Further, as shown in FIG. 3, the back pack unit 15 is rotatably supported by the inner frame 13, and when viewed from the front, the left side is the rotation base end side and the right side is the rotation tip end side. It is made movable.

  Next, the front door frame 14 will be described. In the following description, FIG. 1 to FIG. 3 will be referred to, and FIG. 5 will be referred to for the configuration of the back surface of the front door frame 14. FIG. 5 is a rear view of the front door frame 14.

  As shown in FIG. 2, the front door frame 14 is provided so as to cover substantially the entire front surface of the inner frame 13. The front door frame 14 is formed with a window portion 21 which enables the player to visually recognize substantially the entire game area PE described later from the front. The window portion 21 has a substantially elliptical shape, and a transparent glass 22 is inserted therein.

  More specifically, the front door frame 14 has a glass holder 27 provided so as to surround the window 21. The glass holder 27 projects rearward from the back of the front door frame 14 and extends vertically along the left and right edges of the window 21. The lower holders 27a and 27b and the lower holders 27a and 27b And a horizontal holder portion 27c extending in the left and right direction. In each of the holder portions 27a to 27c, two groove portions arranged in parallel in the front and rear direction are formed. The groove portions of the vertical holder portions 27a and 27b are open upward and on the side facing each other (that is, the center side of the window portion 21), and the groove portions of the horizontal holder portion 27c are open upward and both vertical holder portions 27a , 27b, and the glass 22 is fitted in each groove, so that the game area PE is covered in both the inside and the outside.

  As shown in FIG. 1, light emitting means such as various lamps are provided around the window 21. For example, along the periphery of the window portion 21, an annular illumination portion 23 incorporating light emitting means such as an LED is provided. In the annular electric decoration part 23, lighting and blinking are performed according to the change of the game state at the time of a big hit, a predetermined reach time, and the like. In addition, an error display lamp unit 24 is provided at the center of the annular electric decorative unit 23 and at the top of the pachinko machine 10, and is lighted at the time of a predetermined error. A prize ball lamp unit 25 is provided. Further, at a position close to the center error display lamp unit 24, a speaker unit 26 to which sound effects and the like according to the game state are output is provided.

  Below the window portion 21 of the front door frame 14, an upper bulging portion 31 and a lower bulging portion 32 bulging toward the front side are vertically arranged in parallel. An upper plate 33 opened upward is provided inside the upper bulging portion 31, and a lower plate 34 opening similarly upward is provided inside the lower bulging portion 32. The upper tray 33 has a function for temporarily storing game balls paid out from the later described payout device and guiding the game balls to the game ball launch mechanism side described later while aligning them in a line. Further, the lower tray 34 has a function of storing the game balls which become surplus in the upper tray 33.

  A game ball emission handle 40 is provided on the right side of the lower side bulging portion 32 so as to protrude toward the front side. By operating the game ball emission handle 40, a game ball is emitted from a game ball emission mechanism described later.

  As shown in FIGS. 2 and 5, a passage forming unit 50 is attached to the back of the front door frame 14. The passage forming unit 50 is formed of a synthetic resin, and includes a front door upper tray passage 51 communicating with the upper tray 33 and a front door lower tray passage 52 communicating with the lower tray 34. In the passage forming unit 50, a receiving portion 53 which protrudes rearward and is opened upward is formed at the upper corner portion, and the receiving portion 53 is divided into right and left portions by a partition wall 54, thereby front door side upper plate A passage 51 and an inlet portion of the front door side lower countersink passage 52 are formed. The front door side upper plate passage 51 and the front door side lower plate passage 52 communicate with the game ball distribution unit, the upstream side of which is described later, and the game balls entering the front door side upper plate passage 51 are guided to the upper plate 33 The gaming balls having entered the door side lower plate passage 52 are guided to the lower plate 34.

  Protruding shafts 61 and 62 are provided on the upper end portion and the lower end portion of the rotation base end side (right side in FIG. 5) on the back surface of the front door frame 14. The projection shafts 61 and 62 constitute an assembly mechanism for the inner frame 13. Further, as shown in FIG. 2, a plurality of weir receiving members 63 extending in the rear direction are arranged in parallel in the vertical direction on the pivoting tip side (left side in FIG. 5) on the back surface of the front door frame 14. The weir receiving members 63 constitute a locking mechanism for the inner frame 13. A detailed description of the locking mechanism will be described later.

  Next, the inner frame 13 will be described in detail. FIG. 6 is a front view of the inner frame 13. In addition, in FIG. 6, the structure in the game area of the pachinko machine 10 is abbreviate | omitted similarly to FIG.

  The inner frame 13 mainly includes a resin base 70 whose outer shape is substantially the same as the outer frame 11. Support brackets 71 and 72 are attached to the upper end portion and the lower end portion of the rotation base end side (left side in FIG. 6) on the front surface of the resin base 70. Although illustration is omitted, shaft holes are formed in the support fittings 71 and 72, and the projection shafts 61 and 62 of the front door frame 14 are inserted into these shaft holes, whereby the front door with respect to the inner frame 13 is formed. The frame 14 is rotatably supported.

  At a substantially central portion of the front surface of the resin base 70, a game board accommodating portion 75 for accommodating the game board 80 is formed. The game board housing portion 75 is recessed on the back side (rear) of the resin base 70 to divide the housing space for housing the game board 80, and the game board 80 attached to the resin base 70 is fitted in the housing space. It is in a state of In the present embodiment, in particular, the game board 80 is detachably attached to the resin base 70, thereby facilitating maintenance work and the like.

  The game board 80 has wood plywood and a sheet material covering the front plate surface of the plywood, and the front surface is exposed to the front side of the resin base 70 through the open portion of the game board storage unit 75 . On the exposed portion, that is, on the front surface of the game board 80, a game area PE where a game ball flows down is formed. Hereinafter, based on FIG. 7, the game board 80 (in particular, various configurations arranged in the game area PE) will be described. FIG. 7 is a front view of the game board 80. As shown in FIG.

  The gaming board 80 is formed with a plurality of large and small openings penetrating in its own thickness direction (longitudinal direction) by being subjected to router processing. In each opening, a general winning opening 81, a variable winning device 82, operation openings 83a and 83b, a through gate 84, a variable display unit 85, and the like are provided. When game balls enter the general winning opening 81, the variable winning device 82, and the operation openings 83a and 83b, the gaming balls are detected by a detection switch described later, and a predetermined number of payouts are executed based on the detection results. Ru. In addition, an out port 86 is provided at the lowermost portion of the game board 80, and the game balls that did not enter the various winning ports etc. are discharged from the game area PE through the out port 86.

  Further, on the game board 80, a large number of nails 87 are implanted in order to appropriately disperse and adjust the flow-down path of the game ball, and various members (features) such as a windmill are disposed. The flow paths of the game balls are differentiated by various structures such as the nail 87 and the windmill, and the above-mentioned winning of the general winning opening 81 and the like is adjusted to occur with an appropriate probability.

  The variable winning device 82 is normally in a closed state in which the game ball can not win or is difficult to win, and is switched to a predetermined open state in which the game ball is easy to win in the case of a big hit. As an opening aspect of the variable winning device 82, the progress of a predetermined time (for example, 30 seconds) or a predetermined number (for example, 10) of winnings is one round, and the opening of the variable winning device 82 is plural rounds (for example, 15 rounds) It is set to be repeated as the upper limit.

  The variable display unit 85 is disposed closer to the upper center of the game board 80, and the operation openings 83a and 83b are disposed below the variable display unit 85. More specifically, the operation ports 83a and 83b are vertically arranged with the operation port 83a at the upper side and the operation port 83b at the lower side. The variable display unit 85 and the operation openings 83a and 83b are portions for controlling the game property, and the attention of the player is easily gathered. By arranging the variable display unit 85 and the operation openings 83a and 83b vertically at the center of the gaming machine, the movement amount of the line of sight between the two is suppressed, which contributes to the reduction of the burden generated on the eyes of the player.

  The variable display unit 85 is provided with a symbol display device 94 that variably displays symbols by using a winning on the operation openings 83a and 83b as a trigger. The symbol display device 94 is configured as a liquid crystal display device provided with a liquid crystal display (display screen 94a), and the display content is controlled by a display control device described later. Specifically, on the display screen 94a, symbols are displayed side by side in the upper stage, middle stage and lower stage, and these symbols are displayed so as to be scrolled in the left-right direction. Then, when a big hit occurs, symbols of a predetermined combination are stopped and displayed on an effective line set in advance, and transition to the special game state is made. The display mode on the display screen 94a may be changed as follows. That is, the symbols may be displayed side by side on the left, in the middle, and in the right, and the symbols may be varied and displayed by scrolling up and down.

  Further, the variable display unit 85 includes a center frame 95 formed so as to surround the symbol display device 94. At an upper portion of the center frame 95, a first specific lamp unit 96 and a second specific lamp unit 97 are provided. In addition, holding lamp portions 98 and 99 are provided on the upper and lower portions of the center frame 95, respectively. The lower holding lamp unit 98 corresponds to the symbol display device 94 and the first specific lamp unit 96, and the number of times the gaming ball passes through the operation opening 83 is held up to four times by lighting of the holding lamp unit 98 The pending number is displayed. The upper holding lamp unit 99 corresponds to the second specific lamp unit 97, the number of times the game ball passes through the through gate 84 is held up to four times, and the number of holding units is displayed by lighting the holding lamp unit 99 It has become so.

  Referring to FIG. 6 again, below the gaming board accommodating portion 75 in the resin base 70, the gaming ball firing mechanism 110 for firing the gaming balls to the gaming area PE based on the operation of the gaming ball firing handle 40 is provided. It is done. More specifically, below the game board accommodating portion 75 in the resin base 70, a launch mechanism setting portion 79 for installing the game ball launch mechanism 110 is formed. The game ball launch mechanism 110 installed in the launch mechanism installation portion 79 is located closer to the pivoting tip of the inner frame 13. The game ball firing mechanism 110 has a solenoid 111 for launching a game ball disposed at a predetermined launch standby position, a launch rail 112 for defining the launch direction of the game ball launched by the solenoid 111, and the game at the launch standby position. A ball feeding mechanism 113 for feeding balls and a base plate 114 on which the various components 111 to 113 are mounted are provided as main components, and the base plate 114 is screwed to the resin base 70. It is integrated with the frame 13.

  The game ball launch mechanism 110 (specifically, the solenoid 111) is electrically connected to a power and launch control device described later. The output shaft of the solenoid 111 moves in the telescopic direction, that is, the rail direction of the firing rail 112 based on the output of the electrical signal from the power supply and firing control device, and the gaming ball placed in the shooting standby position is the gaming area PE In more detail, it is launched toward the induction rail 100 attached to the game board 80.

  The guide rail 100 divides the play area PE together with the play area dividing member 480 described later such that the outer shape of the play area PE is substantially circular. Further, the guide rail 100 is composed of an inner rail 101 and an outer rail 102 arranged to face each other with a gap slightly larger than the diameter of the game ball, and the game ball is held by the area sandwiched by both rails 101 and 102. A guide passage 103 of the The guiding passage 103 has an inlet portion 104 opened on the tip side of the firing rail 112 (the pivoting tip side of the inner frame 13) and an outlet portion 105 located on the top of the game area PE. The game balls fired based on the operation of the solenoid 111 are guided to the game area PE by moving in the order of the firing rail 112 → the induction rail 100 (the inlet portion 104 → the outlet portion 105). In addition, on the tip side of the exit portion 105 in the game board 80, in detail, in the vicinity of the tip of the inner rail 101, a reverse return preventing member 106 is attached which prevents the game ball reaching the game area PE from coming back into the same induction passage 103. It is suppressed that the game ball which has reached the game area PE ahead of time prevents the launch of the following game ball from being hampered.

  Each of the rails 101 and 102 constituting the guide rail 100 is in the shape of a circular arc centered on the approximate center of the game area PE. For this reason, the gaming ball passing through the guiding passage 103 is easily moved (sliding or rolling) along the outer rail 102, that is, in contact with the outer rail 102, by the centrifugal force generated in itself.

  The induction rail 100 is operated when the game ball emission handle 40 is operated to the extent that the game ball can reach the game area PE, that is, when the operation amount of the game ball emission handle 40 exceeds the first prescribed amount. In addition, the game ball launched from the firing rail 112 is formed to land on the entrance portion 104 of the guiding rail 100, specifically, a specific portion SP located on the extension of the firing rail 112 in the outer rail 102.

  The outer rail 102 is formed such that the direction of the tangent line TL at the specific portion SP is substantially the same as the rail direction of the firing rail 112. By aligning the direction of movement of the launched game ball with the direction of the tangent line TL of the specific part SP, the impact caused by the landing of the game ball is reduced and the rebound of the game ball is suppressed, and the game balls are smoothed by the guide rail 100. Can be used to

  The outer rail 102 is provided with a plurality of fixing pins 102 a as fixing means for fixing the outer rail 102 to the game board 80. The fixing pin 102a is disposed along the outer rail 102, and the specific portion SP is set between the fixing pins 102a. Thereby, it is possible to allow slight bending deformation (elastic deformation) of the outer rail 102 at the specific part SP, and to reduce the impact when the gaming ball lands on the specific part SP.

  As shown in FIG. 6, the induction rail 100 and the firing rail 112 are arranged such that the inlet portion 104 of the induction rail 100 and the tip portion of the firing rail 112 face each other diagonally across the lower edge of the game board 80. ing. In other words, the rails 100 and 112 are disposed such that the entrance portion 104 (specifically, the specific portion SP) of the guide rail 100 and the tip end portion of the firing rail 112 are laterally shifted near the lower edge of the game board 80 It is done. As a result, while bringing both rails 100 and 112 close to the lower edge of the game board 80, a gap of a predetermined distance is formed between the entrance portion 104 of the guide rail 100 and the firing rail 112.

  A far ball passage 55 is disposed below the gap formed in this manner. The foul ball passage 55 is integrally formed with the passage forming unit 50 of the front door frame 14. If the game ball fired from the game ball firing mechanism 110 does not reach the game area PE but moves backward in the guiding passage 103 as a far ball, those far balls enter the far ball passage 55 through the above-mentioned gap. It becomes. The foul ball passage 55 leads to the lower door passage 52 on the front door side, and the gaming ball entering the far ball passage 55 is discharged to the lower plate 34 shown in FIG. Thus, the interference between the foul ball and the game ball to be fired next is suppressed.

  A passage forming portion 121 is provided on the left side of the firing rail 112 in the resin base 70 by penetrating the resin base 70 in the front-rear direction. The passage forming part 121 has a main body side upper tray passage and a main body side lower tray passage, and the upstream sides of the main body upper tray passage and the main body lower tray passage communicate with the game ball distribution unit described later. There is. Further, the receiving portion 53 of the passage forming unit 50 attached to the front door frame 14 is inserted below the passage forming portion 121, and the front door side upper plate passage 51 is disposed below the main body side upper plate passage. The front door side upper plate passage 51 is disposed below the main body lower plate passage (see FIG. 5).

  Below the passage forming portion 121 in the resin base 70, a shutter 124 is provided which restricts the outflow of gaming balls from the main body side upper plate passage and the main body side lower plate passage. The shutters 124 and 125 are supported by the resin base 70 so as to be switchable between a blocking position for narrowing the outlet portions of both passages and blocking outflow of gaming balls and an allowable position for permitting outflow of gaming balls. There is. Further, a biasing member is mounted on the resin base 70 to bias the shutters 124 and 125 toward the blocking position, and the biasing force of the biasing member is in a state where the front door frame 14 is open with respect to the inner frame 13 Thus, the shutters 124 and 125 are configured to stay in the blocking position. Thereby, when the front door frame 14 is opened in a state where the gaming balls are stored in the main body side upper plate passage or the main body side lower plate passage, the disadvantage that the storage spheres spill out is avoided. On the other hand, when the front door frame 14 is closed, the shutters 124 and 125 are pushed back to the allowable position against the biasing force by the receiving portion 53 provided in the passage forming unit 50 of the front door frame 14. In this state, the main body side upper plate passage and the front door side upper plate passage 51 communicate with the main body side lower plate passage and the front door side lower plate passage 52, respectively, and movement of the game ball is permitted.

  Next, the rear face configuration of the inner frame 13 (the resin base 70 and the game board 80) will be described based on FIG. FIG. 8 is a rear view of the inner frame 13.

  A bearing fitting 132 is attached to the rotation base end side (right side in FIG. 8) on the back surface of the resin base 70. A bearing portion 133 is formed on the bearing fitting 132 so as to be vertically separated, and the back pack unit 15 is rotatably attached to the inner frame 13 by the bearing portion 133. In addition, a plurality of fixing levers 134 for fixing the back pack unit 15 to the inner frame 13 are provided on the back surface of the resin base 70.

  A central opening 76 which is penetrated in the thickness direction of the resin base 70 and is opened on the back side of the resin base 70 is formed in the bottom portion (counter plate portion 251 described later) of the game board accommodating portion 75 in the resin base 70 The central opening 76 is covered from the front side of the inner frame 13 by the game board 80 accommodated in the game board accommodating portion 75. On the back of the game board 80, various configurations such as a control device are mounted, and the various configurations are exposed to the back side of the inner frame 13 through the central opening 76. Here, the configuration of the back of the game board 80 will be described in detail with reference to FIG. FIG. 9 is a perspective view of the game board 80 as viewed from the rear.

  On the back surface of the game board 80, a synthetic resin base member 141 for mounting the variable display unit 85 on the game board 80 is fixed. The pedestal member 141 has a substantially box shape opened to the game board 80 side and covers almost the entire area of the back of the game board 80. A part of the pedestal member 141 protrudes to the back side of the resin base 70 through the central opening 76 of the resin base 70, and drives the above-described symbol display device 94 and the symbol display device 94 with respect to the protruding portion. And a display control device are attached. The symbol display device 94 and the display control device are arranged in an overlapping manner so that the symbol display device is on the front side and the display control device is on the rear side in the front-rear direction (the thickness direction of the resin base 70). Further, a sound lamp control device unit 142 is mounted on the game board 80 so as to be located behind the display control device. The voice lamp controller unit 142 is configured to include a voice lamp controller 143 and a mount 144, and the voice lamp controller 143 is mounted on the mount 144.

  The voice lamp control device 143 comprises a voice lamp control board for controlling voice and lamp display and display control according to an instruction from the main control device described later, and the voice lamp control board is made of a transparent resin material or the like. It is accommodated in the board | substrate box 145, and is comprised.

  Below the voice lamp controller unit 142, a main controller unit 160 is provided so as to cover the pedestal member 141 from the rear. The main controller unit 160 has a mount 161 made of synthetic resin fixed to the back of the game board 80 and a main controller 162 mounted on the mount 161. The main control device 162 is equipped with a main control board having a function (main control circuit) to control the main control of the game and a function (power failure monitoring circuit) to monitor the power, and the main control board is a transparent resin material. And the like are accommodated in a substrate box 163 formed of, for example.

  The substrate box 163 is provided with a substantially rectangular parallelepiped box base (front case body) and a box cover (back case body) that covers the opening of the box base. The box base and the box cover are unopenably connected by a box sealing unit 164 as sealing means, whereby the substrate box 163 is sealed. A plurality of box sealing portions 164 are provided in the short side portion of the substrate box 163, and at least one of them is used to perform the sealing process.

  The box sealing portion 164 may have any configuration as long as it can unopenably connect the box base and the box cover. However, the box sealing portion 164 is configured by inserting a locking pin into the locking hole portion forming the box sealing portion 164. The base and the box cover are connected unopenably. The sealing process by the box sealing unit 164 prevents unauthorized opening after the sealing, and even if unauthorized opening is performed, such a situation can be detected early and easily. Even after opening, it is possible to perform the sealing process again. That is, the sealing process is performed by inserting the locking pin into at least one locking hole of the plurality of box sealing sections 164. And when opening the substrate box 163 at the time of failure occurrence of the stored main control substrate or at the time of inspection of the main control substrate, a connection portion between the box sealing portion in which the locking pin is inserted and the substrate box 163 main body Cut. Thus, the box base and the box cover of the substrate box 163 are separated, and the main control substrate inside can be taken out. Thereafter, when the sealing process is performed again, the locking pin is inserted into the other locking hole. If a history indicating that the substrate box 163 has been opened is left in the substrate box 163, it is possible to easily find that unauthorized opening has been performed by looking at the substrate box 163.

  The base box 163 and the mounting base 161 are unopenably connected by the base seal portion 165. More specifically, the pedestal sealing portion 165 has a locking hole and a locking pin as in the case of the box sealing portion 164, and the substrate pin 163 and the base box 163 are inserted by inserting the locking pin into the locking hole. The mounting base 161 is coupled inseparably. As a result, when the board box 163 is improperly removed, it is easy to grasp the fact.

  The portion of the pedestal member 141 facing the back surface of the game board 80 corresponds to the game board opening of the general winning opening 81, the variable winning device 82, the upper operation opening 83a, and the lower operation opening 83b at the downstream side A collection passage is formed to gather in one place. As a result, all the game balls that have won in the general winning opening 81 and the like are gathered below the game board 80 through the recovery passage. That is, the base member 141 is provided with a function of collecting the game balls that have been won in the various winning openings.

  Below the game board 80, there is disposed a discharge passage, which will be described later, and the gaming balls gathered below the game board 80 by the recovery passage are led out into the discharge passage. The out port 86 is also in communication with the discharge passage, and the game balls that did not win in any of the winning openings are led out into the discharge path through the out port 86.

  Further, in the collection path, there are a prize opening switch that detects gaming balls that have won in the general winning openings 81 on the front side of the gaming board 80, a count switch that detects gaming balls that have won in the variable winning device 82, and operation openings 83a, The operation port switch for detecting the game ball entering the block 83b is mounted, and the various switches constitute a prize detection mechanism. Further, gate switches for detecting game balls passing through the through gate 84 are provided on the left and right sides of the variable display unit 85 in the pedestal member 141. These various switches are electrically connected to the main controller 162, and the detection information of each switch is output to the main controller 162.

  Next, the back pack unit 15 will be described based on FIGS. 3 and 10. FIG. 10 is a front view of the back pack unit 15.

  As shown in FIG. 10, the back pack unit 15 is provided with a back pack 201, and for the back pack 201, a delivery mechanism section 202, a discharge passage board 203 (see FIG. 3), and a control device assembly unit 204. Is attached. The back pack 201 is molded of a synthetic resin having transparency, and has a base portion 211 to which the dispensing mechanism portion 202 and the like are attached, and a protective cover portion 212 which protrudes rearward of the pachinko machine 10 and has a substantially rectangular parallelepiped shape. The protective cover portion 212 has a shape in which the left and right side surfaces and the upper surface are closed and only the lower surface is open, and at least has a size sufficient to surround the variable display unit 85.

  The base portion 211 is provided with an external terminal plate (not shown) at the upper right portion thereof. The external terminal board is provided with various output terminals, and various signals are outputted to the management control device on the game hall side through these output terminals. Further, the base portion 211 is provided with a pair of upper and lower retaining pins 214 at the right end when viewed from the rear of the pachinko machine 10, and the retaining pin 214 is inserted into the bearing portion 133 provided in the inner frame 13. The back pack unit 15 is rotatably supported relative to the inner frame 13. The base portion 211 is formed with a plurality of insertion portions 215 through which the fixing lever 134 provided in the inner frame 13 is inserted. The fixing lever 134 is inserted rearward into the insertion portion 215 and the base portion 211 is rearward , And the back pack unit 15 is fixed to the inner frame 13.

  A dispensing mechanism unit 202 is disposed on the base unit 211 so as to bypass the protective cover unit 212. That is, a tank 221 opened upward is provided at the top of the back pack 201, and gaming balls supplied from an island facility of the game hall are successively supplied to the tank 221. Below the tank 221, a tank rail 222 which is gently inclined toward the downstream side is connected, and to the downstream side of the tank rail 222, a case rail 223 which extends in the vertical direction is connected. At the most downstream portion of the case rail 223, a dispensing device 224 is provided. The game balls paid out from the payout device 224 are supplied to the game ball distribution unit 225 provided in the base portion 211 of the back pack 201 through a payout passage (not shown) provided on the downstream side of the payout device 224.

  The game ball distribution unit 225 has a function to distribute the game balls paid out from the payout device 224 to any of the upper tray 33, the lower tray 34 or a discharge passage described later, and the inner opening 226 is described above. It communicates with the upper plate 33 through the main plate side upper plate passage and the front door side upper plate passage 51, and the outer opening 227 communicates with the lower plate 34 through the body side lower plate passage and the front door side lower plate passage 52. Is formed.

  3 and 10, the discharge passage board 203 and the control device assembly unit 204 are attached to the lower end portion of the base portion 211 so as to sandwich the lower end portion back and forth. In the discharge passage board 203, a discharge passage 231 opened rearward is formed on the surface facing the control device collection unit 204, and the open portion of the discharge passage 231 is closed by the control device collection unit 204. . The discharge passage 231 is formed to discharge the game balls to the island facilities of the game hall, and the game balls led out to the discharge passage 231 from the above-mentioned collection passage or the like pass through the discharge passage 231 for pachinko machine 10 Exhausted to the outside.

  As shown in FIG. 10, the control device assembly unit 204 has a mounting base 241 having a horizontally long shape, and the mounting base 241 is mounted with the payout control device 242 and the power supply / emission control device 243. The payout control device 242 and the power supply / discharge control device 243 are disposed so as to be stacked back and forth so that the payout control device 242 is located behind the pachinko machine 10.

  In the payout control device 242, a payout control substrate for controlling the payout device 224 is accommodated in the substrate box 244, and a state recovery switch 245 provided on the payout control substrate protrudes out of the substrate box 244. For example, when the state recovery switch 245 is pressed when a dispensing error occurs such as a ball clogging in the dispensing device 224, the ball clogging is eliminated.

  In the power supply and emission control device 243, a power supply and emission control substrate is accommodated in the substrate box 246, and the substrate generates and outputs a predetermined power supply required for various control devices etc. Control of the launch of the game ball accompanying the operation of the firing handle 40 is performed. In addition, the power / emission control device 243 is provided with a RAM erase switch 247. The pachinko machine 10 has a memory holding function of various data, and can maintain the state at the time of the power failure even if the power failure occurs, and can return to the state at the time of the power failure when recovering from the power failure. It has become. Therefore, when the power is shut off in the normal procedure, for example, as in the case of business closing of the game hall, the state before shutting off is stored and stored. It is supposed to be.

(Attachment structure of game board 80)
In the present embodiment, a characteristic configuration is provided regarding the attachment structure of the game board 80 (specifically, the positioning structure and fixing structure of the game board 80). Hereinafter, the mounting structure of the game board 80 will be described in detail using FIGS. 11 and 12 in addition to FIG. FIG. 11 is a front perspective view of the inner frame 13 showing the main components in an exploded manner, and FIG. 12 is a partial sectional view taken along the line AA of FIG.

  As described above, the game board 80 is fitted to the game board accommodating portion 75 of the inner frame 13 from the front side of the inner frame 13 (see FIG. 6). As shown in FIG. 11, the gaming board housing unit 75 is a flat plate-like opposing plate 251 facing the back of the gaming board 80, and a peripheral wall extending from the opposing plate 251 and extending along the periphery of the gaming board 80. And H.261. The opposite plate portion 251 is formed with the above-described central opening 76 substantially at the center thereof, and in a front view of the inner frame 13 has a substantially rectangular shape. In the peripheral wall portion 261, an upper side wall portion 262, a lower side wall portion 263, a left side wall portion 264, and a right side wall portion 265 which individually face each of upper, lower, left and right end faces of the game board 80 are connected, It has an annular shape surrounding it. Incidentally, it can be said that the peripheral wall portion 261 is formed so as to surround the central opening 76.

  The part of the opposing plate 251 on the pivoting base side of the front door frame 14, specifically, the side of the gaming board 80 away from the opposing plate 251 on the periphery of the base of the left side wall 264 (front side of the inner frame 13) A plate spring 270 as a biasing member for biasing toward the right and the left is juxtaposed vertically along the edge of the game board 80. The leaf springs 270 are respectively disposed closer to the upper end and the lower end of the game board 80, and are set such that biasing forces with respect to the game board 80 are equal on the upper end side and the lower end side of the game board 80. Thus, the biasing force acts on one of the upper end and the lower end of the game board 80 in a biased manner, thereby suppressing the game board 80 from being easily tilted.

  As shown in FIG. 12, the plate spring 270 has a base plate portion 271 as an attachment portion to the opposing plate portion 251 and a pressing portion 272 pressing the back surface of the game board 80, both of which are bent portions 273. It is formed by folding long steel plates so as to be continuous with each other. When the pressing portion 272 is bent and deformed with the bent portion 273 as a base end, the above-described biasing force is exerted.

  A plate spring installation portion 252 recessed on the back side of the inner frame 13 is formed on the front surface of the opposing plate portion 251. The plate spring 270 is fixed to the inner frame 13 by being screwed to the plate spring installation portion 252 in a state where the base plate portion 271 is fitted to the plate spring installation portion 252. The depth dimension of the plate spring installation portion 252 is set larger than the plate thickness dimension of the base plate portion 271, and the base plate portion 271 and the bent portion 273 are embedded in the plate spring installation portion 252. . The pressing portion 272 has a curved shape that is convex toward the game board 80, and the top 272a (a part that abuts on the game board 80) protrudes from the leaf spring setting part 252 toward the game board 80. By projecting the top 272 a in this manner, the pressing function is secured.

  Although the tip end portion of the pressing portion 272 is a free end, in a natural state in which the game board 80 is not biased, the free end projects from the plate spring installation portion 252 in a natural state. This may be changed as follows. That is, the plate spring 270 may be configured such that the free end of the pressing portion 272 always sinks in the plate spring installation portion 252. Thus, it is possible to suppress the connection between the game board 80 and the free end of the plate spring 270 when the game board 80 is attached or detached.

  Further, the flat spring 270 is disposed such that the bent portion 273 faces the left side wall 264, that is, the fixed end is closer to the left side wall 264 than the free end of the pressing portion 272. . In the state of being arranged in this manner, the base plate portion 271 is in contact with the bottom surface of the plate spring installation portion 252 at a position near at least the root portion of the left side wall portion 264. When the reaction force received from the game board 80 along with the activation of the game board 80 is propagated to the opposing board 251 via the pressing part 272 → the bending part 273 → the base board 271, the left side of the opposing board 251 It is suppressed that the bending deformation which makes the base of the wall part 264 base arises. That is, by receiving the reaction force from the game board 80 near the root of the peripheral wall portion 261, the bending deformation of the opposing plate portion 251 is suppressed, and the biasing function of the plate spring 270 is easily exhibited.

  The inner frame 13 is provided with a stopper 267 for suppressing the displacement of the game board 80 in the same biasing direction by coming into contact with the front surface of the game board 80 from the tip side of the biasing direction by the leaf spring 270. . The stopper 267 is integrally formed on the left side wall portion 264 of the peripheral wall portion 261, and protrudes into the game board accommodating portion 75 from the inner wall surface of the left side wall portion 264.

  The distance between the stopper 267 and the opposing plate 251 is slightly larger than the thickness of the game board 80. Specifically, the difference between the two is a flat spring 270 from the flat spring installation 252 (more specifically, the top 272a) It is set to be smaller than the protrusion amount of. For this reason, the game board 80 which is pushed by the plate spring 270 and whose front and rear position is defined by the stopper 267 is in a state of being slightly floated with respect to the opposing plate portion 251. That is, a gap is formed between the game board 80 and the opposing plate portion 251. This is a device for expanding the range of thickness dimensions of the game board 80 that can be tolerated.

  The stoppers 267 are disposed two each on the upper and lower sides sandwiching the plate spring 270 in a front view of the inner frame 13. More specifically, a plate spring 270 is disposed substantially at the center of the pair of stoppers 267. By defining the positions of the stopper 267 and the plate spring 270 as described above, it is possible to generate a rotational moment in the vertical direction with one of the two stoppers 267 as a supporting point with respect to the game board 80 pressed by the plate spring 270. It is suppressing. As a result, in the configuration in which the game board 80 is biased by the leaf spring 270, the positional deviation between the upper and lower ends of the game board 80 is suppressed, and the positional accuracy of the game board 80 is easily enhanced. Moreover, focusing on the point that the positioning function of the game board 80 is exhibited by the pair of stoppers 267 and the plate spring 270, the positioning mechanism of the game board 80 is configured by the pair of stoppers 267 and the plate spring 270. By arranging a plurality of mechanisms along one side of the game board 80, it can be said that the positioning function is improved.

  As to the arrangement of the positioning mechanism (in detail, the stopper 267), these positioning mechanisms are disposed above and below the portion of the guide rail 100 which is convex toward the rotation base end side of the game board 80. Thereby, the stopper 267 in contact with the front of the game board 80 and the induction rail 100 for partitioning the game area PE on the front of the game board 80 can be suitably coexisted on the front side of the game board 80 It has become.

  Referring back to FIG. 11, in the inner frame 13, a long plate member 268 is disposed along the leading end edge of the left side wall portion 264. The plate member 268 extends across both upper and lower frame portions 13a and 13b of the inner frame 13, and both end portions of the plate member 268 are fixed (screwed) to the left side frame portion 13c. The intermediate portion of the plate member 268 is fixed (screwed) to the stopper 267 described above. Thus, the portion of the inner frame 13 connected to the outer frame 11 and the front door frame 14 is reinforced, and the deformation of the stopper 267 due to the above-described biasing force and the like is suppressed.

  An insertion portion 280 into which one side portion of the game board 80 can be inserted is constructed by the plate spring 270 and the pair of stoppers 267 arranged above and below the plate spring 270 (see FIG. 12). The insertion portion 280 is disposed on the pivoting base end side of the front door frame 14 and is also adapted to allow insertion of the game board 80 from the pivoting tip side of the inner frame 13. It is open to you.

  In particular, the flat spring 270 is disposed such that the top portion 272a of the pressing portion 272, that is, the portion in contact with the game board 80 is separated from the side on which the front door frame 14 is supported than the stopper 267. That is, the distance dimension D1 between the top portion 272a of the pressing portion 272 and the stopper 267 is set larger than the distance dimension D2 between the top portion 272a of the pressing portion 272 and the stopper 267 in the front-rear direction. Thereby, the game board 80 can be inserted from the diagonally front of the inner frame 13 with respect to the insertion portion 280. Further, as already described, the gap dimension between the stopper 267 and the opposing plate portion 251 is set larger than the thickness dimension of the game board 80. As a result, the game board 80 inserted obliquely from the front as described above can be rotated with the insertion portion 280 as a base end. Note that the end of the stopper 267 is chamfered at the portion facing the game board 80, and the entrance of the insertion portion 280 is expanded. Thus, the distance dimension D1 is increased, and the connection between the stopper 267 and the game board 80 when the game board is inserted is suppressed. In FIG. 12, the natural state (non-compressed state) of the leaf spring 270 is indicated by a two-dot chain line.

  Referring again to FIG. 11, the insertion portion 280 is inserted below the insertion portion 280 (the stopper 267 group), specifically, at a position where the left side wall portion 264 and the lower side wall portion 263 intersect in the inner frame 13. A temporary storage portion 290 capable of temporarily storing the game board 80 is provided. The temporary storage portion 290 bulges upward from the portion supporting the front door frame 14 in the inner frame 13 (specifically, the lower frame portion 13 b), and the lower frame portion 13 b of the inner frame 13 and the inner frame It is connected to both the left side frame portion 13c and the other side 13b.

  The upper end portion of the temporary storage portion 290 is positioned above the lower side wall portion 263 of the gaming board housing portion 75 and has a planar shape facing the lower end portion of the gaming board 80. On the other hand, a lower notch 88 corresponding to the temporary holder 290 is formed at the lower corner of the game board 80 on the rotation base end side (see FIG. 6). At the initial stage of inserting the game board 80 into the insertion section 280 and starting to rotate, the lower notch 88 of the game board 80 is temporarily placed (temporarily placed) on the temporary placement part 290. At least a part of the weight of the game board 80 is supported by the frame portions 13b and 13c. Thereby, the work load is reduced, and the turning operation of the game board 80 is facilitated.

  As shown in FIG. 6, in the state where the game board 80 is arranged at the mounting completion position, the lower end of the game board 80 is placed on the upper surface of the lower side wall 263, and the temporary storage portion 290 and the lower notch portion 88 described above. There is a slight gap between the The game board 80 is supported by the lower side wall 263 by being placed on the lower side wall 263, and its upper and lower positions are defined. As described above, focusing on the point of supporting the game board 80 placed from the lower side, the lower side wall portion 263 can also be referred to as the “mounting portion 263” or the “supporting portion 263”.

  At the front end portion of the lower side wall portion 263, a guide portion 269 for guiding the same game board 80 to the upper surface of the lower side wall portion 263 when the game board is mounted is formed (see FIG. 11). The guide portion 269 is disposed at a position where the lower end edge of the gaming board 80 can abut when the gaming board rotates, and is inclined downward toward the front side of the inner frame 13. When the game board 80 is put on the temporary storage section 290 and turned to the mounting completion position, the lower end of the game board 80 hits the guiding section 269 in the middle of the process and the game board 80 is in the guiding section 269 It is pushed up along the slope. As a result, the lower notch 88 separates from the temporary holder 290 and the lower end of the game board 80 is placed on the lower side wall 263, and the weight load of the game board 80 from the temporary holder 290 to the lower side wall It will move to 263.

  The lower side wall portion 263 is located between the game ball emission mechanism 110 and the game board 80, and the upper and lower positions of the game board 80 are defined at a position close to the game ball emission mechanism 110. As described above, both the entrance portion 104 of the guide rail 100 and the game ball launch mechanism 110 are disposed along the lower side wall portion 263. This makes it easy to suppress the variation in the landing position of the game ball launched from the game ball firing mechanism 110 on the guide rail 100.

  As shown in FIG. 11, positioning protrusions 259 which define the left and right positions of the game board 80 are provided above the lower side wall portion 263 in the opposing plate portion 251. The positioning projection 259 is disposed in the vicinity of the base portion of the lower side wall portion 263 and stands upright on the gaming board 80 from the front surface of the opposing plate portion 251. The positioning projection 259 is inserted into the through hole 91 (see FIG. 6) formed in the game board 80, whereby movement of the game board 80 in the left-right direction is blocked.

  Here, the arrangement of the positioning projections 259 will be supplemented. The positioning projection 259 is integrally formed on the opposing plate portion 251. The opposing plate portion 251 is formed by connecting a plurality of flat plate portions, and among the flat plate portions, one closest to the inlet portion 104 of the induction rail 100 is connected to the corner portion of the peripheral wall portion 261. Positioning projections 259 are disposed on the flat plate portion. That is, the positioning projection 259 is disposed on a flat plate portion connected to the lower side wall portion 263 and the left side wall portion 264 which constitute the peripheral wall portion 261. As described above, in the flat plate portion connected to the adjacent wall portions, deformation when a load is applied to the flat plate portion is suppressed, and this is compared to the case where the wall portion is connected to one wall portion The amount of displacement of the flat portion can be reduced. In particular, by disposing the positioning projection 259 on the flat plate portion connected to the corner portion closest to the entrance portion 104 of the induction rail 100, the displacement amount described above is suitably reduced and the positional accuracy of the positioning projection 259 is improved. Can contribute to

  The through holes 91 formed in the game board 80 are formed such that variations in the vertical position can be tolerated while suppressing variations in the left and right positions of the positioning projection 259. Specifically, the positioning protrusion 259 has a cylindrical shape, whereas the through hole 91 has a long hole shape expanding in the vertical direction. This makes it easy to avoid that the weight of the game board 80 is added to the positioning projection 259, and suppresses the decrease in the positional accuracy of the left and right positions by the positioning projection 259.

  As shown in FIG. 6, these positioning protrusions 259 and the through holes 91 are at positions behind the entrance portion 104 of the guide rail 100, specifically at positions overlapping the back of the outer rail 102 in a front view of the game board 80. It is arranged. More specifically, the positioning projections 259 and the through holes 91 are disposed at positions overlapping the specific portion SP in the outer rail 102 in the front and rear direction of the gaming board 80 in the front and rear direction. As described above, by defining the left and right positions of the game board 80 at a position close to the specific part SP, it is easy to suppress the positional variation of the outer rail 102 and, in turn, the variation of the landing positions of the gaming balls.

  As shown in FIG. 13 (a partial sectional view taken along the line B-B in FIG. 6), the erecting amount of the positioning projection 259 is set smaller than the depth dimension of the through hole 91 and is positioned at the middle position of the through hole 91 The tip of the protrusion 259 is located. This is a device for making the combination of the through hole 91 and the positioning projection 259 suitable in a configuration in which the game board 80 is rotatably supported by the inner frame 13.

  A rail support member 107 for supporting the outer rail 102 is attached to a portion of the through hole 91 where the positioning projection 259 does not reach. That is, the front half of the through hole 91 is used as a positioning area of the game board 80, and the rear half of the through hole 91 is used as a mounting area of the rail support member 107.

  The rail support member 107 has a fitting portion 108 fitted in the through hole 91, and an abutting portion 109 abutting on the outer surface of the outer rail 102, and the fitting portion 108 and the abutting portion 109 are combined. It is integrally molded of a resin material. When the game ball fired from the game ball firing mechanism 110 lands on the outer rail 102 (specifically, the specific portion SP), a part of the impact generated by the landing of the game ball is distributed to the rail support member 107 and the game board 80 And the outer rail 102 can be protected.

  Further, the rail support member 107 is disposed between the fixing pins 102a. By keeping the rail support member 107 in contact with the outer rail 102, the vibration of the outer rail 102 accompanying the landing of the game ball can be suppressed. As described above, the through hole 91 is in the form of a long hole, and the fitting portion 108 is formed in accordance with the inner shape of the through hole 91. As a result, while the rail support member 107 is prevented from rotating (displacement) due to an impact or the like at the time of the game ball collision described above, the impact is easily dispersed to the game board 80. Further, by making the positional deviation of the rail support member 107 less likely to occur, the reduction in the protective function is suppressed.

  As described above in detail, by utilizing the through holes 91 for positioning of the game board 80 and attachment of the rail support member 107, not only the position precision of the game board 80 but also the position accuracy of the rail support member 107 and the outer rail 102 Improvement of the position accuracy of Thereby, it is possible to improve the landing accuracy of the gaming ball to the specific portion SP in the outer rail 102.

  Further, the rising amount of the positioning projection 259 from the opposing plate portion 251 is set smaller than the rising amount of the lower side wall portion 263 from the opposing plate portion 251. This is a device for protecting the positioning projection 259. Here, the positional relationship between the game board 80 and the positioning projection 259 when arranging the game board 80 in the mounting completion position will be described in relation to the upper and lower positions of the game board 80 based on FIGS. 14 and 15. 14 and 15 are schematic views showing the flow of attaching and detaching the game board, and when attaching the game board 80, FIG. 14 (a) → FIG. 14 (b) → FIG. 15 (c) → FIG. Work is performed in the order of d).

  As shown in FIG. 14A, in a state where one side of the game board 80 is inserted into the insertion section 280 and the game board 80 (specifically, the lower notch 88) is placed on the temporary placement section 290, , The game board 80 will be supported from below at the rotation base end side. Thereby, rough variations in the vertical position of the game board 80 can be suppressed. However, in this case, only the one side portion of the rotation base end side of the game board 80 is supported, and on the rotation end side of the game board 80, the game board is compared with the rotation base end side. It is assumed that variations in the vertical position of 80 are likely to occur.

  When the game board 80 is turned to the mounting completion position, the lower end of the game board 80 abuts on the guide portion 269 of the lower side wall 263 of the game board storage portion 75. When the game board 80 is further rotated from this state, the game board 80 is slightly lifted along the guide portion 269, and the game board 80 (specifically, the lower notch portion 88) separates from the temporary placement portion 290. . Thereby, the game board 80 is shifted from being placed on the temporary storage portion 290 to being placed on the lower side wall portion 263, and positioning of the upper and lower positions is performed. As described above, when the game board 80 is turned from the state where it is placed on the lower side wall portion 263, the contact range CE of the lower side wall portion 263 and the game board 80 is the rotation of the game board 80 according to the turning operation. It will spread toward the tip side. With the expansion of the contact range CE, the variation in the vertical position of the game board 80, in particular, the variation in position on the rotating tip side is suppressed.

  When the game board 80 is pivoted to a predetermined position, the positioning projection 259 of the inner frame 13 begins to enter the through hole 91 of the game board 80, but at this point in time the insertion portion 280 The contact area CE is expanded to the opposite position. That is, the vertical variation of the game board 80 is suppressed on the left and right sides of the positioning projection 259 before the left and right positioning is performed. More specifically, the contact range CE extends to a range where the entire weight of the game board 80 can be supported, and the burden on the operator is reduced. As a result, it is possible to prevent the occurrence of the inconvenience caused by the work variation, that is, the inconvenience that the positioning projection 259 collides with the upper and lower portions of the through hole 91 and the positioning becomes impossible.

  Furthermore, the game board 80 does not have its rotation center position fixed. That is, in accordance with the rotation of the game board 80, the rotation center position can be displaced within the insertion portion 280. Specifically, in a state where the gaming board 80 is inserted into the insertion portion 280, the gaming board 80 is located closer to the bending portion 273 than the top portion 272a with respect to the plate spring 270 (specifically, the pressing portion 272). Abut. By the game board 80 being rotated from this state, the contact position is gradually moved toward the top 272a. As the contact position between the game board 80 and the pressing portion 272 gradually moves forward in the process of rotating the game board 80 toward the mounting completion position as described above, the rotation center position of the game board 80 is displaced. Do.

  In the configuration in which the game board 80 is arranged at the mounting completion position by rotating, the rising direction of the positioning projection 259 and the moving direction of the game board 80 do not necessarily coincide. This can be a factor that makes it difficult to achieve both the improvement in positioning accuracy and the smooth movement to the mounting completion position. For example, although it is possible to bend the standing direction of the positioning projection 259 in accordance with the turning locus of the game board 80, in this case, it becomes difficult to improve the positioning accuracy.

  In this respect, by allowing displacement of the rotation center position (in particular, displacement in the front-rear direction), hooking between the through hole 91 and the positioning projection 259 is suppressed, and the insertion of the positioning projection 259 into the through hole 91 is facilitated. Is promoting. The tip end portion of the positioning projection 259 is tapered, and hooking between the positioning projection 259 and the through hole 91 is preferably avoided.

(Fixed structure of game board 80)
As shown in FIG. 11, the same object as the positioning projection 259, that is, the locked state which makes the removal of the game board 80 from the game board accommodating part 75 impossible in the opposing plate part 251 of the inner frame 13; A plurality of lock devices 400 that can be switched to the unlocked state that allows removal of the lock are provided. The lock device 400 is disposed on the side of the inner frame 13 opposite to the insertion portion 280, that is, on the side closer to the right side wall 265, and on the insertion portion 280 side, specifically in the vicinity of the positioning projection 259 There is what you have. In each of the lock devices 400, the basic configuration is common, and only the configuration associated with the lock device 400 is slightly different. Therefore, first, the basic configuration of the lock device 400 will be described based on FIG. 16 and FIG. 17, and the difference in configuration accompanying each lock device 400 will be described later. 16 is an exploded perspective view showing the locking device 400 removed from the inner frame 13, and FIG. 17 is a partial cross-sectional view taken along the line CC of FIG. In FIG. 17, for convenience, the configuration of a part of the lock device (the operation lever 440 described later) is displayed as viewed from the side of the pachinko machine 10.

  As shown in FIG. 16, the opposing plate portion 251 of the inner frame 13 is provided with a lock device installation portion 253 in which the lock device 400 is installed. The lock device installation portion 253 has a stepped tubular shape which is recessed on the back side of the inner frame 13 (see FIG. 17). More specifically, the lock device installation portion 253 is configured of three cylindrical portions 254 to 256 narrowed stepwise from the front side to the back side of the inner frame 13. Hereinafter, for convenience, the front cylinder portion 254 is “front cylinder portion 254”, the rear cylinder portion 256 is “back cylinder portion 256”, and the front cylinder portion 254 and the rear cylinder portion 256 are connected. As “intermediate tubular portion 255”.

  As shown in FIG. 17, a shaft 410 is inserted into the lock device installation portion 253. The shaft 410 is formed so that the outer diameter thereof is equal to the inner diameter of the rear side cylindrical portion 256, and by fitting to the rear side cylindrical portion 256, the direction other than the central axis direction of the lock device installation portion 253 Movement is restricted.

  The shaft body 410 is disposed with its both ends protruding from the lock device installation portion 253, and one end of the inner frame 13 protruding to the back surface side is the inner frame 13 with respect to the end surface of the back side cylinder portion 256. The flange 411 which contacts from the back side of is formed. The front and rear positions of the shaft 410 are defined by the flange 411 coming into contact with the end face of the rear side cylindrical portion 256.

  A pusher 420 for pushing the game board 80 from the back side and a coil spring 430 as a biasing member for urging the pusher 420 toward the back side of the game board 80 are attached to the shaft 410. Specifically, the pusher 420 has a rectangular cylindrical shape extending in the central axial direction of the shaft 410, and the coil spring 430 is formed in a spiral, and the shaft 410 is inserted into the pusher 420 and the coil spring 430. (See Figure 16).

  The pusher 420 is fitted in the front side cylindrical portion 254 in a state in which the pusher 420 can slide in the direction of the central axis of the shaft 410. The inner peripheral surface of the front side cylindrical portion 254 has an angular shape that matches the outer peripheral surface of the pusher 420, and the rotation of the pusher 420 about the shaft body 410 is prevented. In addition, a ridge portion 257 extending in the central axis direction of the lock device installation portion 253 is formed on the inner periphery of the front side cylindrical portion 254, and a key groove in which the ridge portion 257 fits on the outer periphery of the pusher 420. 421 is formed. The fitting position of the pusher 420 is defined by fitting the projection 257 and the key groove 421.

  A housing space of the coil spring 430 is defined by the pusher 420 and the intermediate cylindrical portion 255 which are fitted into the front side cylindrical portion 254. A stepped portion 258 opposed to the back surface of the pusher 420 is formed at the boundary between the intermediate cylindrical portion 255 and the back side cylindrical portion 256, and the coil spring 430 is always compressed by being pinched by the stepped portion 258 and the pusher 420. It is in a state of More specifically, a pair of washers 431 and 432 inserted into the shaft body 410 is disposed on both end sides of the coil spring 430, and these washers 431 and 432 function as mounting seat surfaces for the pusher 420 and the step portion 258. There is. Alternatively, both the washers 431 and 432 may be omitted, and the coil spring 430 may be configured to directly push the pusher 420 and the step portion 258.

  The thickness dimension (axial length dimension) of the pusher 420 is set to be smaller than the depth dimension of the front side cylindrical portion 254, and the protrusion from the lock device installation portion 253 is suppressed and the pusher 420 It is possible to switch between a standby position in which the front face of the front plate is flush with the front face of the opposing plate 251 and an operation position in which the game board 80 is displaced forward by protruding from the lock device installation portion 253. Hereinafter, the configuration for realizing the switching of the position of the pusher 420 will be described.

  The distal end (the end opposite to the flange 411) of the shaft 410 projects forward through the pusher 420, and the projecting distal end switches the position of the pusher 420 based on a specific operation The operating lever 440 is fixed. The operation lever 440 is allowed to rotate about the central axis of the shaft 410, and the cylindrical base 441 in which the shaft 410 is fitted, and the end of the base 441 opposite to the pusher 420. And an operation portion 446 projecting to both sides in the radial direction of the base portion 441 and has a substantially T-shape as a whole.

  At a portion of the pusher 420 opposed to the end face of the base 441, a protrusion 422 standing on the side of the base 441 is provided. On the other hand, on the end face of the base 441, there is a flat shape extending in the direction orthogonal to the rotation center axis (that is, the radial direction of the rotation center axis) Stationary portions 442 and 443 are formed. The respective retaining portions 442 and 443 are different in distance from the front end surface of the pusher 420, and are disposed apart in the circumferential direction of the shaft body 410. Hereinafter, for convenience, one having a large distance from the front end face of the pusher 420 is referred to as a "first stopping portion 442", and the other having a smaller distance than the first stopping portion 442 is referred to as a "second stopping portion 443".

  Further, on the end face of the base portion 441, a connecting portion 444 connecting the first retaining portion 442 and the second retaining portion 443 is formed. The connecting portion 444 has a curved surface shape which descends from the second retaining portion 443 to the first retaining portion 442. When the projection 422 of the pusher 420 follows the connecting portion 444, switching of the stopping state of each of the stopping portions 442, 443 is permitted. The connecting portion 444 may be configured to have a planar shape inclining from the second retaining portion 443 to the first retaining portion 442.

  The protrusion 422, the retaining portions 442 and 443 and the connecting portion 444 constitute a switching means for switching the position of the pusher 420, and the locking device 400 has a plurality of switching means each of which has various configurations (this embodiment 3) are provided. The switching means are arranged side by side at equal intervals in the circumferential direction of the shaft 410. As a result, the generation of a stress that distorts the operation lever 440 by the biasing force of the coil spring 430 is suppressed. In addition, it is also possible to replace the disposition targets of the protrusion 422, the retaining portions 442, 443 and the connecting portion 444. That is, the pusher 420 may have a configuration corresponding to the retaining portions 442 and 443 and the connection portion 444, and the base 441 may have a configuration corresponding to the protrusion 422.

  In addition, the lock device 400 includes limiting means for limiting the amount of rotational operation of the operation lever 440 (see FIG. 16). The limiting means is composed of a protrusion 445 protruding from the outer peripheral surface of the base 441 and a groove 423 formed on the pusher 420 and in which the protrusion 445 fits. The groove portion 423 has an arc shape centering on the central axis, and the rotation operation amount at the time of switching the operation lever 440 is limited by the groove portion 423 and the projecting portion 445 (in the present embodiment, 90 ° or less) Is restricted to be As a result, interference between the switching means described above is avoided, and a plurality of sets of switching means are easily made to coexist.

  When the lock device 400 is in the unlocked state, the projections 422 of the pusher 420 abut on the second retaining portions 443 to suppress the protrusion of the pusher 420 from the lock device installation portion 253. In this case, since the second stopping portion 443 is orthogonal to the biasing direction of the coil spring 430, the operation lever 440 is held at the unlock position. When the operation lever 440 is held at the unlock position, the operation portion 446 faces in the horizontal direction (lateral direction).

  When the lock device 400 is switched to the lock state, the operation lever 446 is turned clockwise to turn the operation portion 446 vertically, whereby each projection 422 passes from the second retaining portion 443 to the connection portion 444. To the first stopping portion 442. As a result, the pusher 420 protrudes from the lock device installation portion 253 and pushes the game board 80 from the back side. In this case, since the first stopping portion 442 is orthogonal to the biasing direction of the coil spring 430, the operation lever 440 is held at the lock position. When the operation lever 440 is held at the lock position, the operation portion 446 is inclined so as to face the middle between the horizontal direction and the vertical direction.

  An insertion portion 92 corresponding to the operation portion 446 is formed in the game board 80, and the operation portion 446 projects forward from the front surface of the game board 80 through the insertion portion 92. More specifically, the insertion portion 92 penetrates in the thickness direction of the game board 80, and extends from the rotation base end side of the game board 80 to the rotation tip side, more specifically, in the horizontal direction. When the device 400 is in the unlocked state, passage of the operation unit 446 is permitted, and when the lock device 400 is in the locked state, passage of the operation unit 446 is blocked. Therefore, when the lock device 400 is in the locked state, a portion of the operation unit 446 that faces the front of the game board 80 abuts against the game board 80, and the game board 80 by the biasing force of the coil spring 430 described above. Movement is blocked. That is, the operation unit 446 also has a function as a stopper unit for blocking the movement of the game board 80.

  As described in detail above, focusing on the fact that the longitudinal position of the game board 80 is defined by the lock device 400, the lock device 400 is provided with a positioning function similar to the plate spring 270 and the stopper 267, It can be said that the lock mechanism 400 constitutes a positioning mechanism.

  Here, the relationship between the locking device 400 and the positioning projection 259 will be described with reference to FIGS. 14 and 15.

  As shown in FIG. 14A, the locking device 400 is disposed such that the front end of the operation portion 446 is located forward of the tip of the positioning projection 259. Therefore, when rotating the game board 80 toward the mounting completion position, first, the operation unit 446 of the lock device 400 enters the insertion part 92 of the game board 80 (see FIG. 14B), and then positioning The projections 259 enter the through holes 91 of the game board 80 (see FIG. 15 (c)). More specifically, the positioning projection 259 enters the through hole 91 in a state where at least a part of the operation portion 446 is fitted in the insertion portion 92. The inner shape of the insertion portion 92 is formed to be slightly larger than the outer shape of the operation portion 446, and movement variation of the operation portion 446 in the insertion portion 92 is limited. That is, when the operation part 446 enters the insertion part 92, the assembly | attachment dispersion | variation (for example, the position dispersion | variation in the left-right direction) of the game board 80 will be suppressed. As described above, the positioning projection 259 is configured to be inserted into the through hole 91 while the variation in position of the game board 80 is suppressed, thereby causing the inconvenience that the positioning projection 259 is not properly fitted into the through hole 91. It is difficult.

  In particular, in the present embodiment, the locking device 400 is disposed on the left and right sides of the positioning protrusion 259. That is, the positioning projection 259 is disposed between the two locking devices 400 (the right locking device 400R and the left locking device 400L). In the insertion sections 92R and 92L corresponding to the lock devices 400R and 400L, the insertion section 92L on the left side is opened to the rotation base end side of the game board 80, and the insertion section 92R on the right side to the rotation tip side of the game board 80 It is open | released, and it becomes a structure which suppresses position shift of locking device 400R, 400L in directions other than the direction open. As described above, by assigning the positional displacement suppression function to each of the lock devices 400R and 400L, concentration of load on one of the lock devices 400 is suppressed.

  In particular, the insertion portion 92L corresponding to the lock device 400L on the left side is continued to the lower notch 88 side of the game board 80 and is open to the rotation base end side of the game board 80.

  In the configuration in which the lock device 400 is disposed on both the left and right sides of the entrance portion 104 of the induction rail 100, one of the two lock devices 400 is located closer to the rotation base end of the game board 80 than the entrance portion 104. There is a concern that the insertion of the game board 80 into the insertion portion 280 is likely to be impeded. It is assumed that such a disadvantage becomes remarkable by arranging the entrance portion 104 substantially at the center of the game board 80 in the width direction.

  In addition, when the main body side upper plate passage and the main body side lower plate passage are positioned above the respective trays 33 and 34, when guiding the gaming balls to the same trays 33 and 34, the same weight is used using their own weight. It is possible to move the game ball. However, in the present embodiment in which the game area PE is expanded, the arrangement of the main body side upper tray passage and the main body side lower tray passage is likely to be restricted by such expansion of the game area PE. This can be a factor that makes it difficult to guide the gaming balls to the respective dishes 33 and 34.

  In this respect, in the present embodiment, by forming the lower notch portion 88 in the game board 80, the main body upper disc passage and the main body lower disc passage can coexist with the game board 80. There is. That is, it is possible to arrange the positions of the main body side upper tray passage and the main body side lower tray passage above the respective trays 33 and 34 while expanding the game area PE. Further, as described above, the insertion portion 92L is formed so as to be continuous with the lower notch portion 88, and the insertion portion 92L is opened to the rotation base end side of the game board 80, whereby Interference between the lock device 400L and the insertion portion 92L when inserting 80 can be avoided. Thereby, the arrangement of the main body side upper plate passage and the main body side lower plate passage and the expansion of the game area PE are suitably realized, and further, the improvement of the positioning accuracy and the facilitation of the insertion operation of the game board 80 are both suitably made. doing.

(Grasping structure of the game board 80)
Moreover, in the present embodiment, the holding structure of the game board 80 has a characteristic configuration. Hereinafter, the various configurations provided in the game board 80 will be supplemented based on FIGS.

  As shown in FIG. 7, the induction rail 100 of the game board 80 is in the form of an arc open to the pivoting end side of the game board 80. On the front face of the game board 80, a block-like game area partitioning member 480 is provided which blocks the open area and partitions the game area PE together with the induction rail 100. In other words, the induction rail 100 and the game area partitioning member 480 form an annular shape by the former being disposed on the rotating base end side of the gaming board 80 and the latter being disposed on the rotating tip side of the gaming board 80 The game area PE is configured by the area divided by the guide rails 100 and the game area dividing member 480. The game area partitioning member 480 projects from the front of the game board 80, and the front part faces the glass 22 with a slight gap (specifically, a gap equal to or less than the diameter of the game ball). . This prevents the game ball from passing over the game area dividing member 480 and flowing out of the game area PE.

  The game area partitioning member 480 is disposed along the end (left end) on the rotating tip end side of the game board 80, and extends vertically from the upper end to the lower end of the game board 80. The game ball which moves (flys) along the outer rail 102 collides with the portion adjacent to the tip of the outer rail 102 in the gaming area partitioning member 480, specifically, the wall surface located inside the gaming area PE A rubber 490 is mounted to bounce the ball back to the center side of the game area PE.

  When the gaming ball firing handle 40 is operated, the gaming balls are fired along the firing rail 112 of the gaming ball firing mechanism 110 toward the entrance portion 104 of the guiding rail 100. When the operation amount of the game ball firing handle 40 exceeds the second predetermined amount, the game ball moves along the outer rail 102 and passes above the variable display unit 85 (see FIG. 7). Then, the gaming ball pops out from the outer rail 102 toward the end in the rail direction of the outer rail 102 and collides with the return rubber 490. The returning rubber 490 is compressed (for example, elastically deformed) based on the collision, and a part of the collision load applied to the returning rubber 490 is transmitted to the game area partitioning member 480. Through the above process, the momentum imparted to the gaming ball by the gaming ball firing mechanism 110 is reduced, and various configurations such as the nail 87 disposed downstream of the return rubber 490 are protected.

  As shown in FIG. 7, the game area dividing member 480 is screwed to the game board 80 at a plurality of places. At least one of the screws 491 is disposed near the turning rubber 490, specifically, at a position ahead of the turning rubber 490 in the collision direction of the game balls. Thus, the collision load can be easily dispersed to the game board 80, and the durability against repeated collisions of the game balls can be improved.

  In addition, the game area dividing member 480 reaches the lower end edge of the game board 80 so as to bypass the locking device 400R described above from the rotation base end side of the game board 80, and the lower part of the game area dividing member 480, in detail In a portion on the lower side than the right side open portion of the induction rail 100, an opposing portion 485 is formed on the inner rail 101 of the induction rail 100 so as to be opposed from the outside of the game area PE. The opposing portion 485 is opposed to a portion of the inner rail 101 between the out port 86 of the game board 80 and the lower open end of the inner rail 101 with a slight gap from the lower side. That is, the inner rail 101 and the game area dividing member 480 overlap inside and outside.

  As described above, part of the game balls that have reached the game area PE enter the ball entrance such as the general winning opening 81 in the process of flowing down the game area PE, but the game that did not enter those ball entrances The ball is guided by the inner rail 101 to the out port 86 as the discharge port. More specifically, the inner rail 101 is in the shape of a circular arc that is convex downward, and an out port 86 is disposed at the lower end thereof. For this reason, after having collided with the inner rail 101, the gaming ball which has not entered the ball entrance is guided along the inner rail 101 to the lowermost part of the game area PE.

  As for the inner rail 101, the fixed strength at the open end on the game board 80 side and the periphery thereof tends to be lower than other portions in the inner rail 101. For this reason, it is assumed that the influence of the impact due to the collision of the game balls is likely to increase at the open end of the inner rail 101 and its periphery. If the inner rail 101 is deformed or the like, it is feared that the smooth guidance of the gaming ball to the out port 86 is hindered. In this respect, in the present embodiment, when the inner rail 101 is pushed downward or the like, the deformation, positional deviation or the like of the inner rail 101 is suppressed by hitting the opposing portion 485 of the game area partitioning member 480. Become. Therefore, the inner rail 101 can be protected by the game area dividing member 480, and the above-mentioned inconvenience can be wiped out suitably. In other words, the playing area dividing member 480 is provided with the backup function of the inner rail 101.

  In addition, in the game area dividing member 480, the same position as the certificate stamp 492 to which identification information (such as the serial number) unique to each pachinko machine is given on the opposite side to the inner rail 101 across the facing portion 485. An identification unit 494 consisting of a transparent case member 493 for accommodating a stamp 492 is provided, and a unit accommodation portion 486 for accommodating the identification unit 494 is formed in the game area partitioning member 480. The both are integrated by fixing the identification unit 494 in the unit housing portion 486 in a fitted state.

  The identification unit 494 is inserted into the unit housing portion 486 from the rear, and a portion thereof is exposed to the front of the pachinko machine 10 through an opening formed in the unit housing portion 486. The identification information given to the above-mentioned certificate stamp 492 can be visually recognized through this opening. That is, it is possible to confirm the identification information of the certificate stamp 492 without removing the identification unit 494 from the game area dividing member 480.

  When the game area partitioning member 480 adopts the configuration having the facing portion 485, the backup rail function described above can be improved by improving the strength around the facing portion 485 in the game region partitioning member 480. . In order to realize such an improvement in strength, increasing the size of the game area dividing member 480 can be considered as one method. In this respect, a unit housing portion 486 for housing the identification unit 494 is provided in the game area dividing member 480, and by using the unit housing portion 486 and the opposite part 485, the space occupied by the game area dividing member 480 is effectively utilized. ing. That is, it is possible to improve the strength of the game area partitioning member 480 and secure the installation area of the identification means (that is, to make effective use of the space), thereby realizing a practically preferable configuration.

  In addition, since the game area dividing member 480 is a component which does not particularly need to be detached from the game board 80, it is possible to strengthen the attachment. By preventing removal of the identification unit 494 by the game area division member 480, unauthorized removal of the identification unit 494 and the like can be suppressed, which can contribute to improvement in crime prevention. For example, as compared with a configuration in which the identification unit 494 is attached to the game board 80 using a member different from the game area division member 480, the space on the front side of the game board 80 can be effectively used. In consideration of the fact that the game area PE is formed on the front of the game board 80 and the area outside the game area PE is limited, by providing the unit housing portion 486 for the identification unit 494 in the game area division member 480. The degree of technical contribution is considered to be large.

  The game area dividing member 480 is provided with a pair of holding parts 481 and 482 which can be held when an operator such as a hall manager moves the game board 80. The two gripping portions 481 and 482 are higher than one (hereinafter referred to as the “first gripping portion 481” for convenience) and the pivoting tip of the game board 80 above the other (hereinafter referred to for convenience the “second gripping portion 482”). It is arranged to be close.

  The first grip portion 481 is formed on the upper end portion of the game area dividing member 480, specifically, on the wall surface opposite to the wall surface on which the turning rubber 490 is mounted in the game area dividing member 480. More specifically, the first grip portion 481 is formed at a position opposite to the turning rubber 490 with the screw 491 interposed therebetween. When the first grip portion 481 is gripped, the load of the game board 80 by its own weight is likely to be applied to the first grip portion 481 (game area partitioning member 480). In such a portion where load is likely to be applied, it may be necessary to have sufficient strength. In this respect, by providing the first grip portion 481 around the portion where the original strength is required to be secured, ie, the portion where the rubber return 490 is provided, by consolidating the places where the strength is to be secured, to secure the strength. The expansion of the area required for As a result, it is possible to make it difficult for the game area PE to be squeezed by the enlargement of the game area division member 480 or the like.

  In addition, the first grip portion 481 is recessed from the outer wall surface of the game area partitioning member 480 to the rotation base end side of the game board 80 (that is, the rotation base end side of the front door frame 14) It is opened on the moving tip side (that is, on the front side in the insertion direction of the game board 80 with respect to the insertion portion 280). The first grip portion 481 can be gripped by inserting a finger into the opening from the rotating tip end side of the game board 80.

  The opening portion of the first grip portion 481 is disposed at a recessed position so as to be inside (the rotation base end side) the edge on the rotation tip side of the game board 80. As a result, the hand holding the first grip 481 is less likely to be caught on the right side wall 265, and the first grip 481 can be easily used.

  The second grip portion 482 is located below the first grip portion 481, more specifically, along the lower end portion of the game area partitioning member 480, and is closer to the base end of the game board 80 than the first grip portion 481. It is placed in position. More specifically, the second grip portion 482 is disposed on the opposite side to the inner rail 101 across the facing portion 485, and between the inlet portion 104 of the guide rail 100 and the right locking device 400R. Thus, by arranging the second grip portion 482 closer to the pivoting base end of the game board 80 than the locking device 400R, that is, closer to the center of the game board 80, the stability when gripping the game board 80 can be improved. It contributes.

  Further, at least one of the screws 491 for fixing the game area dividing member 480 is disposed between the facing portion 485 and the second grip portion 482. This contributes to the improvement of the backup function of the inner rail 101 and the improvement of the gripping strength.

  The second grip portion 482 is recessed from the lower wall surface of the game area dividing member 480 to the upper side of the pachinko machine 10 and is opened to the lower side of the pachinko machine 10. The second grip portion 482 can be gripped by inserting a finger from below into the opening portion.

  The opening portion of the second grip portion 482 is disposed at a recessed position above the lower end edge of the game board 80. As a result, the hand holding the second grip portion 482 is less likely to be caught on the lower side wall portion 263 and the second grip portion 482 can be easily used.

  Here, the description of the operation for attaching and detaching the game board 80 to and from the inner frame 13 will be supplemented.

  When the game board 80 is attached to the inner frame 13, the user holds the grips 481 and 482 from the front side of the game board 80 and holds the game board 80 in a lifted state. At this time, as shown in FIG. 7, one hand RH (finger) is inserted into the first grip portion 481 of the game board 80 and the other hand LH (finger) is inserted into the second grip portion 482. Thus, by holding the first grip portion 481 with the right hand RH and the second grip portion 482 with the left hand LH, the game board 80 can be held in a state in which the crossing of both arms is avoided. It is easy to reduce the burden. Then, when attaching the gaming board 80 to the inner frame 13, while holding the weight of the gaming board 80 with the left hand LH, the gaming board 80 is pushed toward the insertion portion 280 with the right hand RH, By placing the lower notch portion 88 on the temporary storage portion 290 of the inner frame 13, the preparation for mounting the game board 80 is completed. In this manner, by enabling the division of roles between the two hands, the installation work of the game board 80 is facilitated.

  When rotating the game board 80 from the temporarily placed state, both gripping portions 481 and 482 are disposed on the rotating tip side of the game board 80, so that the game board 80 can be easily rotated. it can. That is, compared with the case where the holding portion is disposed on the rotating base end side of the game board 80, interference between the hand and the front door frame 14 can be easily avoided, which contributes to facilitation of securing the work space. ing.

  When the game board 80 is pushed into the mounting completion position, the opening portions of the gripping portions 481 and 482 are farther inward than the peripheral wall portion 261 of the game board storage portion 75, so that the finger and the peripheral wall portion 261 are not easily caught It has become. This eliminates the need for the preliminary operation of pulling out the fingers from the gripping portions 481 and 482 in the middle of the placement to change the holding of the game board 80 and contributes to the simplification of the work of mounting the game board 80.

  On the other hand, when the game board 80 is removed from the inner frame 13, the finger of the right hand is inserted into the first grip portion 481 of the game board 80 and the finger of the left hand is inserted into the second grip portion 482. Since the open portions of the grips 481 and 482 are provided apart from the peripheral wall 261, it is possible to easily avoid the inconvenience that the finger is caught on the peripheral wall 261 and can not grip the grips 481 and 482.

  As described above, when attaching and detaching the game board 80, the operation is performed from the front side of the inner frame 13. At this time, the work is performed with the front door frame 14 opened, as a matter of course. Here, the positional relationship between the opened front door frame 14 and the game board 80 and the insertion portion 280 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 18 is a schematic view showing the positional relationship between the opened front door frame 14 and the game board 80 and the insertion portion 280. As shown in FIG.

  As shown in FIG. 18, the front door frame 14 is rotatably supported by the support fittings 71 and 72 provided on the inner frame 13, and a portion (rotation center axis CL) supported by the support is It is configured to be opened and closed as the center. The support fitting 72 is provided with a defining portion 73 that defines the maximum opening position of the front door frame 14. When the front door frame 14 is opened and the regulation portion 73 is hit, further opening is impossible. In the present embodiment, the maximum opening amount of the front door frame 14 is set to about 100 °. This is because when the front door frame 14 is opened in a state where the pachinko machine 10 is installed in an island facility such as a hall, the front door frame 14 is similar to other game machines etc. provided adjacently. It is a device for preventing interference and preventing interference with the game in the adjacent gaming machine. The maximum opening amount of the front door frame 14 is not limited to 100 °. Any setting may be made as long as removal of the game board 80 is at least permitted.

  The rotation center axis CL of the front door frame 14 is located at the front of the front door frame 14, and the front door frame 14 is fitted inside the inner frame 13 with the front door frame 14 closed. It is defaulted to include. As a result, it is possible to prevent the occurrence of inconvenience such as an unauthorized tool being inserted through the boundary portion between the front door frame 14 and the inner frame 13 and to strengthen the crime prevention function.

  The insertion portion 280 is disposed rearward of the rotation center axis CL. Since the front door frame 14 has a predetermined thickness, a part of the rear surface of the front door frame 14 is on the right side of the insertion portion 280 even when it is opened to the maximum open position as described above (supports the front door frame 14 It is in the state of overhanging on the opposite side to the Although the insertion portion 280 exists at a position deeper than the overhanging portion, when the game board 80 is taken in and out, the interference between the track PL through which the game board 80 passes and the front door frame 14 and the inner frame 13 The insertion opening is opened diagonally in front of the pachinko machine 10 in such a manner as to be avoided. As described above, by pointing the insertion opening of the insertion portion 280 diagonally forward, interference between the overhanging portion of the front door frame 14 and the inner frame 13 and the game board 80 when the game board is inserted is suppressed. In particular, by avoiding the interference with the overhanging portion of the front door frame 14, it is possible to make the game board 80 (more specifically, the game area PE) less likely to be restricted by the size.

(Wiring simplification)
Furthermore, in the present embodiment, in addition to adopting a configuration in which the game board 80 is attached from the front side of the inner frame 13, the configuration for electrically connecting the front door frame 14 and the inner frame 13 is simplified. It is Then, the structure for electrically connecting the front door frame 14 and the inner frame 13 is demonstrated hereafter based on FIG.2 and FIG.3.

  As described above, the front door frame 14 is mounted with various display devices such as the lamp units 23 to 25 and the speaker unit 26. By using these display devices, various effects relating to a game, notification of a game situation, and the like are executed. The display device such as the lamp unit 23 is electrically connected to an audio lamp control device 143 mounted on the back of the game board 80, and the display mode is controlled by the audio lamp control device 143.

  More specifically, the harness H connected to the lamp portion 23 or the like is put together in the front door frame 14 and through the harness opening 36 formed in the upper portion on the rotation base end side of the front door frame 14. Extends to the inner frame 13 side (see FIG. 2). In the upper corner portion of the rotary base end side of the game board 80, an upper notch 89 is formed which is recessed to the rotary tip end side of the game board 80 and to the lower side of the pachinko machine 10.

  The upper cut-out portion 89 has a size such that at least a portion thereof overlaps the central opening 76 of the game board storage portion 75 in a front view of the game board 80 (see FIG. 6). The upper notches 89 and the central opening 76 constitute a passage of the harness H, and the harness H extends to the back side of the game board 80 through the upper notches 89 and the central opening 76.

  The upper notch 89 is formed with a harness support 89a facing the upper side wall 262 of the gaming board storage 75 and extending substantially horizontally, and the harness H extending to the back side of the gaming board 80 is the same. It is in a state of being placed on the harness support portion 89a.

  A harness side connector C1 is attached to an end of the harness H opposite to the side connected to the lamp portion 23 and the like. The voice lamp control device 143 is provided with a control device side connector C2 corresponding to the harness side connector C1. By connecting the harness side connector C1 to the control device side connector C2, the lamp unit 23 etc. and the audio lamp control device 143 are electrically connected.

  The control device side connector C2 is opened to the rear of the game board 80, and is defined such that the mounting and demounting direction of the harness side connector C1 is the same as the thickness direction of the game board 80. This makes it easy to utilize the space generated by rotating the game board 80 from the mounting completion position as a working space. In addition, these connector attachment or detachment directions are arbitrary, and it is also possible to make it the same direction as the width direction of the game board 80, for example. In this case, it is preferable to open the control device side connector C2 on the turning end side of the game board 80 so that the harness side connector C1 can be easily attached and removed from the turning end side of the game board 80. Thereby, the work space mentioned above can be used still more suitably.

  In the present embodiment, the upper notch 89 (in detail, the harness support 89a) is located below the harness opening 36, and the control device side connector C2 is in the upper notch 89 (in detail). It is located below the harness support portion 89a). Thereby, the routing path of the harness H is shortened, that is, the front length of the harness H is shortened, which contributes to the prevention of the occurrence of the slack and the like.

(Flow of replacement work for game board 80)
Based on the configuration relating to the electrical connection described in detail above, the flow of work at the time of game board replacement will be described based on FIG. 19 and FIG. 19 (a1) to (c1) and (d1) and (e1) in FIG. 20 are cross sectional views schematically showing how the game board 80 is replaced, and FIGS. (D2) and (e2) are front perspective views schematically showing how the game board 80 is replaced. When removing the game board 80, work is performed in the order of FIG. 19 (a) → FIG. 19 (b) → FIG. 19 (c) → FIG. 19 (d) → FIG.

  When removing the game board 80, first, the locking of the inner frame 13 of the front door frame 14 is released, and the front door frame 14 is opened. Under the present circumstances, as shown to Fig.19 (a), it is easy to ensure the work space for gaming board 80 removal in the front side of the inner frame 13 by rotating the front door frame 14 to the maximum open position. it can.

  Next, as shown in FIG. 19B, the operation lever 440 is operated such that the lock device 400 fixing the game board 80 at the closed position is in the unlocked state. When all the lock devices 400 are switched to the unlock state, the rotation of the game board 80 with the insertion portion 280 of the inner frame 13 at the base end is permitted.

  By turning the game board 80 to the front side of the pachinko machine 10 from the state shown in FIG. 19 (b), the voice lamp control device 143 mounted on the back of the game board 80 moves to the front side of the inner frame 13. (See FIG. 19 (c)). In this state, access to the sound lamp control device 143 becomes possible from between the rotating tip of the game board 80 and the inner frame 13.

  Thereafter, by releasing the connection between the connector C2 of the audio lamp control device 143 and the connector C1 of the harness H, as shown in FIG. 20 (d), the state where the withdrawal from the insertion portion 280 of the game board 80 is permitted. It becomes. Then, by pulling out the game board 80 to the turning tip side (right side) of the game board 80, the removal of the game board 80 is completed (see FIG. 20 (e)). By removing the game board 80 from the inner frame 13 as described above, the harness H drops out of the harness support portion 89 a of the game board 80 and hangs down from the harness opening 36 of the front door frame 14.

  Next, the flow of work when mounting the game board 80 will be described. When mounting the game board 80, work is performed in the order of FIG. 20 (e) → FIG. 20 (d) → FIG. 19 (c) → FIG. 19 (b) → FIG. 19 (a).

  When the game board 80 is attached to the inner frame 13, the front door frame 14 is first opened to secure the insertion track PL of the game board 80 with respect to the insertion portion 280 (see FIG. 20E). Thus, after the insertion path PL of the game board 80 is secured, the game board 80 is inserted into the insertion portion 280 and placed on the temporary placement portion 290. In this state, as shown in FIG. 20 (d), the open portion of the upper notch 89 of the game board 80 is not covered by the game board accommodating portion 75. It is accessible from above. In this state, the harness H hanging down from the front door frame 14 is placed on the harness support portion 89a of the game board 80, and the connector C1 is disposed on the back side of the game board 80. By placing the harness H on the harness support portion 89a, it is easy to prevent the harness H from being caught when the game board 80 is rotated.

  Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 19C, the connector C1 of the harness H and the connector C2 of the audio lamp control device 143 are connected. Thereby, the lamp part 24 grade | etc., Of the front door frame 14 and the audio | voice lamp control apparatus 143 will be in the state electrically connected.

  After the connection of the harness H is completed, the game board 80 is pivoted to the mounting completion position. At this time, it is also assumed that the harness H is not on the harness support portion 89 a but on the upper end of the game board 80 due to an operation error or the like. In the present embodiment, the harness opening 36 is at a position deviated from the rotation center (insertion portion 280) of the game board 80, and in the up and down direction and the left and right direction of the harness opening 36 and the control device side connector C2. It is arranged in the middle position. Furthermore, the margin of the entire length of the harness H is hardly given. Therefore, the harness H is gradually pulled along with the rotation of the game board 80 and moves to the harness support portion 89a side. As a result, even if the above operation error occurs, the harness H can be easily guided to the harness support portion 89a side, and biting of the harness H due to the operation error can be suppressed.

  As shown in FIG. 19 (b), after the game board 80 is placed at the mounting completion position, the game board 80 is locked by switching the operation lever 440 of the lock device 400 (FIG. 19 (FIG. a) see). The lock device 400 in the present embodiment fixes the game board 80 in a state where the back surface thereof floats from the facing plate portion 251 of the inner frame 13, and provisionally, the back surface of the game board 80 and the facing plate of the inner frame 13 Even when the harness H is pinched between the part 251 and the part 251, problems such as disconnection are less likely to occur. Furthermore, positioning of the game board 80 is performed by the lower side wall 263, and a predetermined gap is formed between the upper end of the game board 80 and the upper side wall 262 so that the upper end of the game board 80 and the upper side wall 262 are Even in the case where the harness H is caught in between, inconveniences such as disconnection are less likely to occur.

  Although the game board 80 is attached and removed on the premise that the front door frame 14 is opened, the front door frame 14 is opened to open the front surface of the inner frame 13 (for example, the game area). Since the PE and the game ball launch mechanism 110) are exposed, maintenance of the game ball launch mechanism 110 and the like can be easily performed as well as attachment / detachment of the game board 80.

  However, the front door frame 14 in the present embodiment does not cover the entire front surface of the inner frame 13, and part of the front door frame 14 remains covered when the front door frame 14 is opened. Therefore, opening the front door frame 14 does not permit access to the entire front surface of the inner frame 13. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 2, a lower right section of the inner frame 13, that is, a portion provided with the game ball emission handle 40 includes the lower corner portion of the inner frame 13 at the pivoting end side. A handle base 41 is provided to cover a part of the handle. Here, the handle base 41 will be described based on FIG. FIG. 21 is an exploded perspective view of the inner frame 13 with the handle base 41 removed.

  The handle base 41 covers the entire area of the inner frame 13 together with the front door frame 14 and is integrated with the game ball emission handle 40 by fixing the game ball emission handle 40 to the front side. At the periphery of the handle base 41, a mounting portion 42 for the inner frame 13 is provided in a protruding manner. The mounting portion 42 is located on the back side of the front door frame 14, and the mounting portion 42 is screwed to the inner frame 13 so that access to the screws 45 is blocked by the front door frame 14. It has become.

  Further, since the handle base 41 is fixed independently of the front door frame 14, even when the front door frame 14 is opened, the handle base 41 is configured to stay at the fixed position of itself. Therefore, in order to remove the said screw 45, it is necessary to open the front door frame 14, and makes unauthorized removal of the handle base 41 difficult. In addition, although it is also possible to use structures other than screw 45, for example, a locking pin, a locking claw, etc. as a fixing means of the handle base 41, even if such a change is made, the fixing means It is preferable to arrange it behind the front door frame 14.

  In addition, the handle base 41 covers a part of the locking device 500 in the pachinko machine 10, and in the portion of the handle base 41 above the gaming ball emission handle 40, the operating means of the locking device 500 (in detail An insertion hole 43 is formed to expose a cylinder lock 520 described later on the front side of the pachinko machine 10.

  In the present embodiment, a locking mechanism that locks the front door frame 14 in an unopenable state with respect to the inner frame 13 and a locking mechanism that locks the gaming machine main unit 12 in an unopenable state with respect to the outer frame 11. Is embodied by one locking device 500, and the front door frame 14 and the gaming machine main part 12 (inner frame 13) can be unlocked individually by operating the operation means.

(Structure of locking device 500)
Hereinafter, the locking device 500 will be described in detail based on FIG. 6 and FIG. 22 to FIG. 22 is a perspective view showing the locking device 500 removed from the inner frame 13, FIG. 23 is a perspective view of the locking device 500 viewed from the rear, and FIG. 24 is an exploded view of the locking device 500 for each main component. It is a disassembled perspective view. In FIGS. 23 and 24, the upper left of each of FIGS. 23 and 24 is the front of the pachinko machine 10, the lower right is the rear of the pachinko machine 10, the upper right is the left of the pachinko machine 10, and the lower left is the right of the pachinko machine 10. It has become.

  As shown in FIG. 6, the locking device 500 is provided on a portion of the inner frame 13 facing the front door frame 14, that is, on the front surface of the inner frame 13. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 22, the portion of the inner frame 13 that is closer to the pivoting end of the gaming machine main unit 12 than the gaming board storage unit 75 is the end of the inner frame 13 on the pivoting end side. A locking device accommodating portion 77 is formed along with the locking device 500, and the locking device 500 is accommodated in the locking device accommodating portion 77.

  The locking device accommodating portion 77 extends across both the upper side frame portion 13 a and the lower side frame portion 13 b of the inner frame 13 and has a groove shape opened on the front side of the inner frame 13. The locking device 500 includes an elongated first base frame 510 that covers the open portion of the locking device housing 77, and the first base frame 510 and the locking device housing 77 provide various configurations related to the locking device 500. A space for housing is defined.

  Here, the relationship between the game board storage unit 75 and the locking device storage unit 77 will be supplemented with reference to FIG. In addition, in FIG.15 (d), the front door frame 14 and the structure attached to it are shown with a two-dot chain line. The game board housing portion 75 and the locking device housing portion 77 are provided side by side on the left and right, and are separated by the right side wall portion 265 formed on the inner frame 13. In other words, the right side wall portion 265 constitutes a part of each of the accommodating portions 75 and 77.

  The end of the right side wall 265 is close to the glass holder 27 (more specifically, the vertical holder 27 a) of the front door frame 14, and the vertical holder 27 a extends vertically along the end of the right wall 265. ing. A space surrounded by the inner frame 13 and the front door frame 14 is divided into the gaming board 80 side and the locking device 500 side by the right side wall portion 265 and the vertical holder portion 27a. Even if an illegal tool such as a wire is inserted from the gap between the central opening 76 of the inner frame 13 and the game board 80, the area on the locking device 500 side by partitioning the space as described above. Access can be difficult. The tip of the right side wall 265 may be in contact with the glass holder 27 of the front door frame 14.

  Referring again to FIG. 22, the locking device accommodating portion 77 is provided with a plurality of bosses 302 which rise from a wall on the back side (hereinafter referred to as "back wall 301"), The first base frame 510 is provided with a base frame fixing portion 511 fixed to the bosses 302. The locking device 500 and the inner frame 13 are integrated by screwing the bosses 302 from the front side of the inner frame 13 in a state where the base frame fixing portion 511 abuts on the tip end portion of the boss 302 .

  The base frame fixing portion 511 opposes the back wall portion 301 with the boss 302 interposed therebetween, and has a long plate shape formed in accordance with the open portion of the locking device accommodating portion 77. The base frame fixing portion 511 covers the open portion and prevents access to the internal space of the locking device housing 77.

  As shown in FIG. 23, member attachment with various configurations regarding the locking device 500 is attached to one (right end edge in FIG. 23) of the rotation base end side of the inner frame 13 out of both long sides of the base frame fixing portion 511. The part 515 is provided. The member attachment portion 515 is formed by bending an end portion of the base frame fixing portion 511, and stands on the back wall portion 301 side. Further, on the other long side of the base frame fixing portion 511, a flange portion 516 bent so as to face the member attaching portion 515 is formed. That is, the first base frame 510 is generally U-shaped in horizontal section as a whole. The member mounting portion 515 and the flange portion 516 can not only ensure the rigidity of the locking device 500 itself, but also enhance the function as a reinforcing member for reinforcing the inner frame 13.

  The member mounting portion 515 and the flange portion 516 have a long plate shape having substantially the same length as the base frame fixing portion 511, so that the outer plate surfaces of the both are in contact with the inner wall surface of the locking device accommodating portion 77. It is formed. As a result, it is difficult to make a fraudulent act of bypassing the first base frame 510 and accessing the internal space of the locking device housing 77. The member attachment portion 515 and the flange portion 516 may not be in contact with the inner wall surface of the locking device housing 77.

  On the lower end side of the base frame fixing portion 511, a cylinder lock 520 which is a release operation portion is attached. As shown in FIGS. 2 and 9, the cylinder lock 520 includes a pedestal 521 attached to a plate surface (outer surface) opposite to the back wall 301 in the base frame fixing portion 511, and a pachinko from the pedestal 521 A cylindrical cylinder main body 522 extending toward the front of the machine 10 and a lock shaft portion 523 housed inside the cylinder main body 522; The screw 527 is integrated with the first base frame 510 by being attached. At least one of the plurality of screws 527 is covered from the front of the inner frame 13 by the handle base 41 (see FIG. 21). This makes it impossible to access the screw 527 without removing the handle base 41, making unauthorized removal of the cylinder lock 520 difficult.

  One end of the cylinder main body 522 and one end of the lock shaft portion 523 are exposed to the front side of the pachinko machine 10 through the insertion hole 43 of the handle base 41 (see FIG. 1). A key hole 524 is formed at an end of the lock shaft portion 523 which is exposed on the front side of the pachinko machine 10. By inserting an operation key for unlocking operation into the key hole 524 and rotating the operation key about the central axis of the lock shaft portion 523, the unlocking operation from outside the pachinko machine 10 is performed. .

  The other end of the lock shaft portion 523 is exposed to the inside of the locking device housing portion 77 through the opening for the lock shaft portion 523 formed in the base frame fixing portion 511, and the exposed portion is a cam member A 530 is attached. The cam member 530 is detachably fixed to the lock shaft 523 by a screw 531 screwed from the rear side of the inner frame 13 as shown in FIG. When the shaft 523 is rotated, it is rotated together with the lock shaft 523. Particularly, the cylinder lock 520 in the present embodiment has an internal structure in which the lock shaft 523 can not be rotated unless the unlocking operation is performed by the operation key, and the cam member 530 is directly It is impossible to turn. As the cylinder lock 520, OMLOCK (registered trademark) having a high unauthorized unlocking prevention function may be used.

  The cam member 530 has a disk-like portion parallel to the base frame fixing portion 511, and a portion on the periphery of the disk-like portion that is to be the member mounting portion 515 side protrudes in the substantially radial direction A pair of claws 532 and 533 is formed.

  The locking device 500 includes an interlocking rod 540 that moves following the movement of the cam member 530 (more specifically, the displacement of the claws 532 and 533). The interlocking rod 540 has a long plate shape extending along the first base frame 510 and has a length equal to that of the first base frame 510, and slides in the longitudinal direction of the first base frame 510 by the member attachment portion 515. It is held in a movable state. Further, in the interlocking rod 540, engagement holes 541 and 542 that engage with the claws 532 and 533 of the cam member 530 are formed. By rotating the claws 532 and 533 in a state in which the claws 532 and 533 are engaged with the engagement holes 541 and 542, the interlocking rod 540 is in the longitudinal direction of the first base frame 510 (that is, upper and lower) Is pushed by. That is, the external force generated by the key operation is transmitted in the order of the lock shaft portion 523 → the cam member 530 → the interlocking rod 540, and the interlocking rod 540 slides up and down.

  In the cylinder lock 520 according to the present embodiment, the rotation of the lock shaft 523 and the cam member 530 is permitted only by the key operation as described above. Even if the interlocking rod 540 is to be slid, the claws 532 and 533 of the cam member 530 and the engagement holes 541 and 542 of the interlocking rod 540 engage with each other, whereby movement of the interlocking rod 540 is blocked. That is, in the locking device 500, when the cam member 530 and the interlocking rod 540 are operated, the key operation is indispensable.

  The portion of the first base frame 510 above the cylinder lock 520, that is, the portion on the opposite side of the gaming ball emission handle 40 with respect to the cylinder lock 520 (ie above the cylinder lock 520) A plurality (two in detail) of front door first wedge members 550 which can be switched are provided at both a locking position where the receiving member 63 is hooked and a locking release position where the receiving position is not hooked. The front door first wedge member 550 is mounted on a plate surface facing the back wall portion 301 in the base frame fixing portion 511, and the plate-like base portion 551 facing the plate surface and the base portion 551 face the front It has a buttock portion 555 standing on the door frame 14 side. The base frame fixing portion 511 is formed with a slit 512 for permitting the protrusion of the collar portion 555 to the front door frame 14 side, and a portion of the collar portion 555 protruding from the slit 512 is a claw that is convex upward It has made a letter. The front door frame 14 is locked by the hook-like portion being hooked from the lower side with respect to the hook receiving member 63.

  The base 551 is formed with an elongated hole 552 extending in the longitudinal direction of the first base frame 510 (that is, the sliding direction of the interlocking rod 540), and the base frame fixing portion 511 is an axial pin fitted in the elongated hole 552 513 is attached. The front door first wedge member 550 is held slidably by the shaft pin 513. More specifically, the elongated hole 552 extends upward from the pivot pin 513, and the downward movement of the front door first wedge member 550, that is, the movement away from the wedge receiving member 63 is permitted.

  At the end of the base portion 551 on the side of the member attachment portion 515, an upright portion 553 is formed which rises along the member attachment portion 515. By the rising part 553 being pinched by the interlocking rod 540 and the member attaching part 515, the falling of the front door first rod member 550, the positional variation and the like are suppressed.

  A protrusion 554 that is convex on the side of the interlocking hook 540 is formed on the tip end portion of the rising portion 553, and the tip end portion of the projection 554 protrudes from an open portion 543 formed on the interlocking hook 540. A coil spring 560 as a biasing member is attached to the tip of the projection 554, and the first door wedge member 550 is biased toward the locking position (upward) by the coil spring 560. ing. The lower end edge of the long hole 552 abuts against the shaft pin 513 from the front side in the biasing direction, so movement of the front door first wedge member 550 is impeded, and the biasing force of the coil spring 560 A hook member 550 is held at the locking position. In addition, as a mounting part of the biasing member in the wedge member 550 for front doors, it may replace with the said protrusion 554 and may use a hole etc.

  When the interlocking rod 540 slides, the upper edge of the opening 543 pushes the projection 554, and the front door first rod member 550 moves from the locking position to the locking release position against the biasing force of the coil spring 560. Become.

  The front door first wedging member 550 is disposed vertically at a position facing the front door frame 14 in the base frame fixing portion 511. Specifically, the front door first wedge members 550 are disposed at positions close to both ends of the upper end side of the base frame fixing portion 511 and the cylinder lock 520 side, and lock the front door frame 14 It is easy to suppress the floating of the front door frame 14 in the state. The number of front door first wedge members 550 is not limited to two, and may be one, for example, or three or more. However, in the case where the front door first wedge member 550 is one, the locking state can be unfairly released by operating the illegal tool with one hand, and the front door frame 14 can be opened (rotated) with the other hand. . In this respect, by setting the front door first wedge member 550 to two or more, both hands are required for illegal unlocking, for example, when the unauthorized person is alone, the front door frame 14 is opened. It can be difficult. In this way, it is possible to preferably suppress cheating (so-called hooking).

  Below the first base frame 510, a second base frame 570 extending along the lower frame portion 13b of the inner frame 13 from the lower end of the first base frame 510 to the rotation base end side of the inner frame 13 is provided. It is done. The second base frame 570 has a long shape, one end of which is located behind the handle base 41 and the other end of which is located behind the front door frame 14. That is, the second base frame 570 extends over both the area overlapping the handle base 41 in the front and back direction and the area overlapping the front door frame 14 in the front and back direction.

  The second base frame 570 is a base frame fixing portion 571 fixed (screwed) to the front surface of the inner frame 13 and a long plate-like member attachment portion 575 opposed to the lower frame portion 13 b of the inner frame 13. And. At an end portion of the second base frame 570 (specifically, the member attachment portion 575) located behind the front door frame 14, a guide flange 576 for guiding the front door frame 14 to a predetermined mounting completion position is formed. The guide flange 576 extends from the front end edge of the member attachment portion 575 to the front of the pachinko machine 10 and smoothly descends toward the front of the pachinko machine 10. A bulging portion 66 bulging toward the inner frame 13 is formed at a position corresponding to the guide flange 576 on the back surface of the front door frame 14, and the bulging portion 66 is formed by the guide flange 576 of the member mounting portion 575. By being guided to the upper surface and placed on the same upper surface, displacement of the upper and lower positions of the front door frame 14 (for example, falling with the rotation center axis as a base end) can be suppressed.

  In the member attachment portion 575, at a position between the guide flange 576 and the handle base 41, in detail, on the side closer to the handle base 41, the front door second weir member 580 for suppressing the floating of the lower end portion of the front door frame 14 It is provided. The front door second wedge member 580 is held by the second base frame 570 so as to be switchable to both a locking position where the front door frame 14 is locked to the inner frame 13 and a locking release position where the locking is not performed. There is.

  The front door second wedging member 580 has a base portion 581 facing the top surface of the second base frame 570. Similar to the second base frame 570, the base portion 581 is in the form of a long plate extending from the rotation tip end side of the inner frame 13 to the rotation base end side. Most of the plate surface is the second base frame 570. While being in surface contact with the upper surface, one end of the base portion 581 protrudes from the member attachment portion 575 to the first base frame 510 side. A long hole 582 extending in the longitudinal direction of the second base frame 570 is formed in the base portion 581, and a shaft pin 577 fitted in the long hole 582 is attached to the member attachment portion 575 of the second base frame 570. It is done. The front door second wedge member 580 is held slidably by the shaft pin 577, and the movement range of the front door second wedge member 580 is defined by the shaft pin 577 and the long hole 582 . In the movement range thus defined, the protrusion of the base portion 581 from the member attachment portion 575 is maintained.

  At the front end edge of the base portion 581, a collar portion 585 extending from the base portion 551 to the front door frame 14 side is provided. The tip end of the collar portion 555 is in the form of a claw that is convex toward the pivoting tip side of the inner frame 13. This claw-like portion is an inner frame relative to the collar receiving hole 64 provided on the back of the front door frame 14. The front door frame 14 is locked with respect to the inner frame 13 by being caught from the pivoting base end side of 13. As shown in FIG. 2, the weir receiving hole 64 is disposed side by side with the bulging portion 66 on the left and right. As described above, by aligning the height position of the weir receiving hole portion 64 with the bulging portion 66, it is easy to ensure the positional accuracy of the weir receiving hole portion 64, and the second door 580 for the front door is the weir receiving hole portion This makes it difficult to cause problems such as being stuck when fitting to 64.

  One end of a coil spring 590 as a biasing member is attached to the base portion 551 of the front door second wedge member 580 to bias the front door second wedge member 580 toward the locking position. The coil spring 590 is disposed behind the handle base 41 and has a second base frame 570 at the other end thereof. The rotating front end side of the front door frame 14 (the first base frame 510) It is fixed to the part which becomes the side). As a result, the front door second wedge member 580 is drawn to the first base frame 510 side, and the shaft pin 577 abuts on the edge of the long hole 582 to prevent further movement.

  At a portion of the second base frame 570 covered by the handle base 41, a cam member 600 that slides the front door second wedge member 580 following the operation of the interlocking rod 540 is provided. The cam member 600 is pivotally supported by the second base frame 570 so as to be in contact with the lower end edge of the interlocking rod 540 from below, and the first in the front door second rod member 580 An end on the base frame 510 side is provided with a hook-side claw portion 602 which abuts from the pivoting tip side of the front door frame 14.

  When the locking by the front door first wedge member 550 is released by the key operation, the interlocking wedge 540 slides downward. By the movement of the interlocking rod 540, the hook side claw portion 601 of the cam member 600 is pushed downward, and the cam member 600 is rotated. The pivoting of the cam member 600 causes the hook side claw portion 602 to push the second door hook member 580 for the front door, and the second door hook member 580 for the front door resists the biasing force of the coil spring 590 to the locking release position. Slide to move. By adopting a configuration in which the movement of the front door second wedge member 580 follows the operation of the interlocking wedge 540 in this manner, it contributes to simplification of the unlocking operation of the front door frame 14.

  Here, based on FIG. 25, the relationship between the front door second weir member 580 and the weir receiving hole portion 64, the bulging portion 66 and the member attaching portion 575 (guide flange 576) is the opening / closing operation of the front door frame 14. We explain based on it. FIG. 25 is a schematic view showing the open / close state of the front door frame 14.

  The bulging portion 66 is mounted on the member attachment portion 575 of the second base frame 570 in a predetermined section including the closed position in the entire section when opening and closing the front door frame 14, and It is specified that the second wedge member 580 is fitted in the wedge receiving hole 64. That is, when the front door frame 14 is pivoted from the open position to the closed position, the pivoting amount ANG1 required for the front door second wedge member 580 to fit into the hook receiving hole 64 is The rotation angle ANG2 required for the bulging portion 66 to be placed on the member mounting portion 575 is set larger. Therefore, when the front door frame 14 is moved from the closed position, the front door second weir member 580 is the hook receiving hole with the bulging portion 66 placed on the member mounting portion 575 of the second base frame 570. After being separated from the portion 64, the bulging portion 66 is then separated from the member attachment portion 575. On the other hand, when moving the front door frame 14 to the closed position, the front door second wedging member 580 is first detached from the weir receiving hole 64, and then the bulging portion 66 is detached from the member attachment portion 575.

  Thus, the front door second wedging member 580 can be inserted and removed in a state in which the vertical variation (for example, the inclination of the front door frame 14) of the front door frame 14 is suppressed. Interlocking between the second wedge member 580 and the wedge receiving hole 64 is easily avoided.

  In particular, in a configuration in which the front door second wedge member 580 slides to the left or right, or in a configuration in which the front door second wedge member 580 is disposed close to the gaming ball emission handle 40 (specifically, the handle base 41), the front door It is assumed that the frame 14 is easily affected by the inclination due to the weight of the frame 14, and that the front door second weir member 580 and the weir receiving hole 64 are easily jammed. In this respect, according to the present embodiment, since the locking is performed in the state in which the vertical variation of the front door frame 14 is suppressed as described above, the influence of the inclination of the front door frame 14 can be suitably suppressed. Moreover, since the vertical variation of the front door frame 14 can be suppressed, it is not necessary to expand the weir receiving hole portion 64 excessively to secure an operation clearance. That is, narrowing of the weir receiving hole portion 64 is made to make it easy to suppress the exposure of the hooked portion. This contributes to the improvement of crime prevention.

  Next, a locking mechanism for locking the gaming machine main unit 12 in a closed state with respect to the outer frame 11 will be described based on FIG. 3, FIG. 22 and FIG.

  The member attachment portion 515 of the first base frame 510 is provided with an inner frame wedge member 620 switchable between a locked state in which the inner frame 13 is closed with respect to the outer frame 11 and a unlocked state. There is. The inner frame wedge member 620 is lower than the front door first wedge member 550 (cylinder lock 520) above and below the upper front door first wedge member 550, and more specifically, of the first base frame 510. It is arranged at both ends respectively.

  The inner frame wedge member 620 has a plate shape facing the inner plate surface of the member attachment portion 515, and a base portion 621 sandwiched by the member attachment portion 515 and the interlocking rod 540, and extends rearward from the base portion 621 And a ridge portion 625 to be formed. A slit 303 penetrating in the thickness direction of the inner frame 13 is formed in the back wall portion 301 of the locking device accommodating portion 77, and the collar portion 625 is the back side of the inner frame 13 via the slit 303, specifically, the outer side. It protrudes to the frame 11 side.

  The portion of the collar portion 625 that protrudes to the back side of the inner frame 13 (that is, the tip of the collar portion 555) has a claw shape that is convex upward. When the claw-like portion is hooked from below with respect to the hook receiving member 350 provided on the outer frame 11, the inner frame 13 is locked to the outer frame 11.

  The inner frame wedge member 620 is pivotally supported by a shaft pin 517 fixed to the member mounting portion 515 in a state where rotation along the plate surface of the member mounting portion 515 is permitted. In the base 621, a protrusion 622 standing up on the interlocking lever 540 side is formed at an end opposite to the flange 625 with respect to the shaft pin 517, that is, an end on the base frame fixing portion 511 side. In the interlocking rod 540, a notch 544 is formed to avoid interference with the protrusion 622, and the tip of the protrusion 622 protrudes through the notch 544.

  A coil spring is attached to the tip end portion of the protrusion 622 as a biasing member for biasing the inner frame wedge member 620 toward the locking position. The arrangement of the coil spring is different between the upper inner frame wedge member 620 and the lower inner frame wedge member 620. Specifically, the arrangement of the coil spring in the upper inner frame wedge member 620 is characteristic. Therefore, hereinafter, based on FIG. 26, regarding the arrangement of the coil spring 560 (hereinafter referred to as “upper coil spring 560U” for convenience) in the upper inner frame wedge member 620 (hereinafter referred to as “inner frame upper wedge member 620U” for convenience). A detailed description will be made later, regarding the arrangement of the coil spring 630 (hereinafter referred to as “lower coil spring 630L” for convenience, hereinafter) in the lower inner frame wedge member 620 (hereinafter referred to as “inner frame lower wedge member 620L” for convenience). I will explain briefly. FIG. 26 is a schematic view showing the positional relationship between the wedge members 550U and 620U. Similarly, with regard to the front door first wedge member 550, the upper front door first wedge member 550 is referred to as "front door upper wedge member 550U", and the lower front door first wedge member 550 is It is referred to as "lower door wedge member 550L for front door".

  As described above, on the upper end side of the first base frame 510, the upper door wedge member 550U for the front door and the upper wedge member 620U for the inner frame are disposed adjacent to each other such that the former is on the lower side and the latter is on the upper side. It is done. The other end of the upper coil spring 560U attached to the protrusion 622 of the inner frame upper wedge member 620U is attached to the protrusion 622 of the front door upper wedge member 550U. That is, the upper frame wedge member 620U for the inner frame and the upper wedge member 550U for the front door are connected by the upper coil spring 560U.

  The upper coil spring 560U is attached so as to be longer than its own free length, and the projections 554, 622 of the wedge members 550U, 620U are biased toward each other. That is, the upper coil spring 560U always generates a biasing force that biases both the wedge members 550U and 620U to the locking position.

  In the present embodiment, in particular, the protrusion 554 of the front door upper wedge member 550U is opposite to the protrusion 622 of the inner frame upper wedge member 620U in the front door upper wedge member 550U (specifically, the base portion 551). Is located at the end of the Specifically, it is disposed further below the brim portion 555 of the front door upper brim member 550U. As described above, by arranging the protrusions 554 and 622 of the wedge members 550U and 620U away from each other, the total length of the upper coil spring 560U can be easily increased. The protrusion 554 of the upper door wedge member 550U for the front door and the protrusion 622 of the upper wedge member 620U for the inner frame are arranged to be shifted back and forth and to the left and right in a plan view of the pachinko machine 10 Promotes full-length extension.

  In particular, the projection 622 of the inner frame upper wedge member 620U is disposed at a position slightly lower than the rotation center position of the inner frame upper wedge member 620U, thereby lengthening the entire length of the upper coil spring 560U. At the same time, the smoothness of the pivoting of the upper frame wedge member 620U due to the biasing force is less likely to be impaired.

  On the other hand, the inner frame lower side wedge member 620L and the front door lower side wedge member 550L are disposed separately on the upper and lower sides with the cylinder lock 520 interposed therebetween. Specifically, the front door lower wedge member 550L is disposed above the handle base 41 to avoid interference with the handle base 41, and one inner frame lower wedge member 620L is a first base frame 510. Is located at the bottom of the Thus, the closing function of the front door frame 14 and the inner frame 13 is improved by arranging the wedge members 550L and 620L at the lower limit position on the rotating tip end side of the locking object. In accordance with this, independent lower coil springs, that is, coil springs 560L and 630 are provided for the lower wedge members 550L and 620L, and the double wedge members 550L and 620L are biased individually.

  In the case where the game ball release handle 40 is provided on the front door frame 14 by adopting a configuration without the handle base 41, the lower lower chopstick members 550L and 620L are put together near the lower end of the first base frame 510. By arranging them, the above-described floating suppressing function can be improved. In this case, the arrangement of the two lower wedge members 550L and 620L necessarily becomes easy to approach each other as the two upper wedge members 550U and 620U. In this case, similarly to the upper wedge members 550U and 620U, the double wedge members 550L and 620 may be connected by one coil spring for the lower wedge members 550L and 620L.

  Here, the operation of the locking device 500 accompanied by the turning operation of the operation key K will be described based on FIG. 27 and FIG. FIG. 27 shows a state in which the operation key K is turned clockwise, and FIG. 28 shows a state in which the operation key K is turned counterclockwise. 27 (a) and 28 (a) are perspective views of the entire locking device 500 viewed from the rear of the pachinko machine 10, and FIGS. 27 (b) and 28 (b) are mounted on the first base frame 510. FIGS. 27 (c) and 28 (c) are schematic views showing the operation of various components mounted on the second base frame 570.

  In FIG. 27, the operation key K is inserted into the cylinder lock 520 and rotated clockwise. Then, in conjunction with the turning operation of the operation key K, the lower engagement hole 542 of the interlocking rod 540 is pushed up by the lower claw 533 of the cam member 530, and the interlocking rod 540 is raised. As the interlocking rod 540 rises, the projection 622 of the inner frame wedge member 620 is pushed upward by the notch 544 (specifically, the lower end edge thereof) of the interlocking rod 540. Thereby, each inner frame wedge member 620 is rotated against the biasing force of the coil spring 560, 630, and the inner frame wedge member 620 and the wedge receiving member 350 are hooked, that is, the locked state is released ( 27 (b)). By releasing the locked state in this manner, opening of the gaming machine main part 12 (inner frame 13) to the outer frame 11 is permitted. Thereafter, when the turning operation of the operation key K is stopped, the interlocking rod 540 and the wedge member 620 for the inner frame return to the initial position by the biasing force of the coil spring 560, 630.

  The coil spring 560 is attached to the front door first wedge member 550, and the upward movement of the front door first wedge member 550 is suppressed by the shaft pin 513 of the first base frame 510. Therefore, the biasing force for returning the interlocking rod 540 and the inner frame wedge member 620 to the initial position is stored, and the locking of the front door wedge members 550 and 580 is maintained.

  In FIG. 28, the operation key K is inserted into the cylinder lock 520, and is rotated counterclockwise. Then, in conjunction with the turning operation of the operation key K, the upper engaging hole 541 of the interlocking rod 540 is pushed down by the upper claw portion 532 of the cam member 530, and the interlocking rod 540 is lowered. Along with the lowering of the interlocking rod 540, the projection 554 of the first door wedge member 550 is pushed downward by the open portion 543 (more specifically, the upper end edge) of the interlocking rod 540 (see FIG. 28B). As a result, each front door first wedge member 550 rotates against the biasing force of the coil spring 560, and the first door wedge member 550 and the wedge receiving member 63 are released from being caught. Furthermore, with the lowering of the interlocking rod 540, the hook-side claw portion 601 of the cam member 600 attached to the second base frame 570 is pushed downward by the interlocking rod 540. As a result, the cam member 600 is rotated, and the front door second hook member 580 is pushed toward the rotation base end side of the front door frame 14 by the hook side claw portion 602 of the cam member 600, and the front door second hook The member 580 slides against the biasing force of the coil spring 590. As a result, the front door second weir member 580 and the weir receiving hole portion 64 are unhooked. As described above, when the front door wedge members 550 and 580 are released, the locked state of the front door frame 14 is released. By releasing the locked state in this manner, opening of the front door frame 14 with respect to the inner frame 13 is permitted. Thereafter, when the turning operation of the operation key K is stopped, the interlocking lever 540 and the front door wedge members 550 and 580 return to their initial positions by the biasing force of the coil spring 560.

  The various configurations of the locking device 500 are disposed in the space surrounded by the inner frame 13 and the front door frame 14, and the access to the same locking device 500 from the outside of the pachinko machine 10 is limited. That is, it is difficult to access the locking device 500 without taking a regular procedure of opening the front door frame 14 using the operation key K, and the crime prevention function is enhanced. However, it is difficult to completely suppress the exposure of the inner frame 13 to the back side (the rear of the game machine) of the inner frame wedge member 620 because of its structure, and compared to the front door wedge members 550 and 580 It is assumed that there will be room for improvement in gender. In this respect, the present embodiment has a characteristic configuration regarding the crime prevention structure of the inner frame wedge member 620, and attempts to overcome the above-described weakness. Hereinafter, this crime prevention structure will be described based on FIG. 3, FIG. 29, and FIG. 29 is a partial sectional view taken along the line E-E in FIG. 4, and FIG. 30 is a front perspective view of the outer frame 11. As shown in FIG. In FIG. 29, the upper side of FIG. 29 is the rear of the pachinko machine 10, the lower side is the front of the pachinko machine 10, the right is the pivoting tip side of the gaming machine main section 12, and the left is the pivoting of the gaming machine main section 12. It is proximal side.

  As already described, the inner frame wedge member 620 (specifically, the wedge portion 625) protrudes to the back side of the inner frame 13 through the slit 303 formed in the inner frame 13. A region including the rear opening of the slit 303 in the back surface of the inner frame 13 is recessed in a step-like manner in front of the pachinko machine (hereinafter, this recessed portion is referred to as a recessed portion 304 for convenience). The recessed portion 304 is continuous with the back surface portion of the inner frame 13 and the right frame portion.

  The slit 303 is formed to be slightly larger than the inner frame wedge member 620 in order to allow the operation of the inner frame wedge member 620 and to avoid interference with the inner frame wedge member 620. The interlocking lever 540 of the locking device 500 is a flange located between the slit 303 and the front door wedge member 550 and covering the gap between the slit 303 and the inner frame wedge member 620 from the inside of the locking device accommodating portion 77 Is formed. Thus, the insertion of an illegal tool such as a wire through the slit 303 is suppressed.

  Further, at a position on the peripheral edge of the slit 303 on the rotation tip side of the inner frame 13, an opposing wall portion 305 is provided on the collar 625 from the rotation tip side of the inner frame 13. As shown in the partially enlarged view of FIG. 3, the opposing wall 305 is erected rearward from the bottom of the recess 304, and the hooking portion of the flange 625 with the hook receiving member 350 is the pivoting tip side of the inner frame 13. Covered from More specifically, the opposing wall portion 305 is between the boundary portion BP of the outer frame 11 and the edge portion on the rotating tip side of the inner frame 13 and the hooking portion of the inner frame wedge member 620 and the wedge receiving member 350. When the inner frame wedge member 620 is arranged to be switched from the locked state to the locked released state, the pivoting tip of the inner frame 13 with respect to the entire area where the wedge portion 625 of the inner frame wedge member 620 moves Overlap from the side.

  The opposing wall portion 305 extends up and down along the periphery of the slit 303, and the covering state of the hooked portion is maintained when the inner frame wedge member 620 is switched between the locking position and the locking release position. It is designed to Even if an illegal tool such as a wire is inserted through the boundary portion BP between the outer frame 11 and the edge portion of the inner frame 13 at the rotating tip end side, the inner frame wedge member 620 by the illegal tool is inserted. It is possible to prevent access and to prevent the lock state from being unlawfully released without following the formal procedure.

  As shown in FIG. 29, when the inner frame 13 is closed with respect to the outer frame 11, both the tip of the inner frame wedge member 620 and the tip of the opposing wall 305 are accommodated in the wedge receiving member 350. It is done. This makes it difficult for the opposing wall 305 to bypass. Here, the crucible receiving member 350 will be described in detail.

  As shown in FIG. 2, the crucible receiving member 350 is attached to a frame portion (i.e., the right frame portion 380) of the outer frame 11 opposite to the side supporting the inner frame 13. The crucible receiving member 350 includes a substantially box-shaped crucible receiving portion 351 opened toward the right frame portion 380 and a base plate portion 355 as an attaching portion for the right frame portion 380. Is integrated with the outer frame 11 by being screwed to the right frame portion 380.

  A plate portion (hereinafter, referred to as “front plate portion 352”) facing the front side of the pachinko machine 10 in the bowl receiving portion 351 is in the recess 304 and allows variation in the longitudinal position of the inner frame 13 The front plate portion 352 is opposed to the bottom surface of the concave portion 304 with a gap of a possible degree, and an opening 353 is formed in the front side plate portion 352 to allow the tip of the inner frame wedge member 620 to enter. The above-described locked state is realized by the hook portion 625 of the inner frame hook member 620 being hooked from the lower side with respect to the edge of the opening 353. In addition, it is also possible to exclude the clearance gap between the front side plate part 352 and the bottom face of the recessed part 304, and to set it as the structure which both contact | abut.

  The opening 353 has a size that allows the entry of the opposing wall portion 305 in addition to the inner frame wedge member 620, and the longitudinal width thereof is set to be substantially equal to the longitudinal width of the opposing wall portion 305 It is done. Even if the relative position between the inner frame 13 and the outer frame 11 varies, the opposing wall portion 305 is fitted into the opening 353 to prevent such positional variation from affecting the locking state. It is easy to do. Specifically, the relative position between the crucible receiving member 350 and the wedge member 620 for the inner frame is changed, and it is easy to suppress the reduction of the engagement margin of the both.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 30, the wedge receiving portion 351 is formed by bending a steel plate, and a slight gap 354 is formed at each boundary portion (corner portion) between the rear side plate portion and the upper side plate portion and the lower side plate portion. It is provided. The gaps 354 are disposed at positions not overlapping with the buttocks 625, and are designed not to be easily accessible to the butts 625 from the rear of the pachinko machine 10. In addition, it is also possible to delete each of the above-mentioned gaps provided at the corner portion of the crucible receiving member 350.

  The base plate portion 355 extends forward from an end of the front side plate portion 352 on the right frame portion 380 side of the outer frame 11, and is fixed in a state of surface contact with the inner surface of the right frame portion 380. The screw fixing the base plate portion 355 is screwed from the inner surface side of the right frame portion 380, and can not be removed by cutting its head. Thereby, the removal of the crucible receiving member 350 from the outer frame 11 is regulated. The screws are located in front of the hook receiving portion 351, and the inner frame 13 is closed to the inner frame 13, which makes it difficult for the pachinko machine 10 to access from the outside. More specifically, as shown in FIG. 29, it is covered from behind the pachinko machine 10 by the hook receiving portion 351 and is surrounded by the right frame portion 380 of the outer frame 11 and the side portion of the inner frame 13. Removal is even more difficult. This contributes to the suppression of a fraudulent act of removing the hook receiving member 350 from the outer frame 11 and releasing the locked state of the outer frame 11 and the inner frame 13.

  The front end edge of the base plate portion 355 protrudes forward in the right frame portion 380 more than the installation surface 382 on which the crucible receiving member 350 is installed. More specifically, a recess 381 that is recessed in the thickness direction of the right frame 380 is formed in the front end portion (more specifically, the portion including the front end edge) on the installation surface 382, and the recess 381 is formed. Thus, the front end edge of the base plate portion 355 protrudes forward of the pachinko machine 10 from the portion which is being retracted. If an illegal tool is inserted from the boundary portion BP, it is considered that the illegal tool moves along the outer surface of the inner frame 13 and the inner surface of the outer frame 11. When the fraudulent tool moved along the outer frame 11 reaches the hook receiving member 350 and hits the tip of the base plate portion 355, it may get over the base plate portion 355 and access the hook receiving portion 351 and the inner frame wedge member 620. It will be difficult. That is, by devising the arrangement of the hook receiving member 350, it is possible to provide the base plate portion 355 with a crime prevention function.

  In particular, as shown in FIG. 30, the base plate 355 and the recess 381 extend both above and below the weir receiving portion 351 (specifically, the opening 353). As a result, it is difficult to bypass the base plate portion 355 and to access the wedge member 620 for the inner frame, which contributes to the further improvement of the crime prevention function. Even if the incorrect tool is forcibly inserted through the gap between the base plate portion 355 and the right frame portion 380 and invaded into the inside of the crucible receiving portion 351, along the inner peripheral surface of the crucible receiving portion 351. Since the moved fraudulent tool is easily guided to the outside (in detail, the rear) of the heel receiving portion 351 through the gap 354 of the heel receiving portion 351, unauthorized operation of the inner frame wedge member 620 is suitably suppressed. . Incidentally, by arranging the gap 354 at the corner portion of the bowl receiving portion 351, the gap 354 is accessed along the outer peripheral surface of the bowl receiving portion 351 and the incorrect tool is inserted from the outside to the inside of the bowl receiving portion 351. To suppress. Thereby, while the unauthorized tool inserted into the inside of the bag receiving portion 351 is easily guided to the outside when it moves along the inner peripheral surface of the bag receiving portion 351, the decrease in the crime prevention property accompanying it is suppressed. ing.

  Here, based on FIG. 29, the combined structure of the right side frame portion 13d of the inner frame 13 and the right frame portion 380 of the outer frame 11 will be supplemented. The right frame portion 13d of the inner frame 13 and the right frame portion 380 of the outer frame 11 are opposed to each other in front of the installation surface 382 (overlapped on the left and right), and the opposed portions Each has a plurality of steps formed in each. By combining the two steps, the boundary portion BP between the inner frame 13 and the outer frame 11 meanders.

  More specifically, the right side frame portion 13d of the inner frame 13 is provided with step portions 311 to 313 which are recessed in a step-like manner on the rotation base end side of the inner frame 13 rearward. Hereinafter, for convenience, of the series of stepped portions 311 to 313, the one positioned on the front side is referred to as “first inner stepped portion 311”, and the back wall portion 301 of the locking device accommodating portion 77 following the first inner stepped portion 311. The components to be configured are referred to as "second inner step portion 312, third inner step portion 313" in order from the front side.

  The first inner step portion 311 is constituted by a wall surface portion 311a facing rearward and a wall surface portion 311b extending rearward from an edge portion on the rotation base end side of the inner frame 13 in the wall surface portion 311a. On the other hand, the front end face of the outer frame 11 (more specifically, the right frame portion 380) abuts. The second inner step portion 312 is a wall surface portion 312a extending from the rear edge of the wall surface portion 311b to the rotation base end side of the inner frame 13, and the edge on the rotation base end side of the inner frame 13 in the wall surface portion 312a. It is comprised by the wall surface part 312b extended to the back from the part. The third inner step portion 313 is a wall surface portion 313a extending from the rear edge of the wall surface portion 312b to the rotation base end side of the inner frame 13, and an edge of the rotation base end side of the inner frame 13 in the wall surface portion 313a. The wall portion 313 b extends rearward from the portion and is connected to the opposing wall portion 305.

  In the right frame portion 380, a first outer step portion 385 corresponding to the wall surface portion 311b of the first inner step portion 311 and the wall surface portion 312a of the second inner step portion 312 is formed. The first outer stepped portion 385 extends rearward from the edge on the rotation base end side of the inner frame 13 at the front end surface of the right frame portion 380 and a wall surface portion 385 a facing the wall surface portion 311 b of the first inner stepped portion 311 A wall surface portion 385b extends from the rear edge of the wall surface portion 385a to the rotation base end side of the inner frame 13 and faces the wall surface portion 312a of the second inner step portion 312.

  In the right frame portion 380, a second outer step portion 386 corresponding to the wall surface portion 312b of the second inner step portion 312 and the wall surface portion 313a of the third inner step portion 313 is formed. The second outer step portion 386 extends rearward from the edge of the inner frame 13 with respect to the rotation base end side of the wall surface portion 385b of the first outer step portion 385 and faces the wall surface portion 312b of the second inner step portion 312. A wall surface portion 386a and a wall surface portion 386b extending from the rear edge of the wall surface portion 386a to the rotation base end side of the inner frame 13 and facing the wall surface portion 313a of the third inner step portion 313 . The wall surface portion 386b of the second outer step portion 386 is continuous with the mounting surface 382, and the recess 381 straddles the wall surface portion 386b and the mounting surface 382. The wall surface portion 313 b of the third inner step portion 313 is located in front of the depressed portion 381.

  If an illegal tool is inserted from the outside of the pachinko machine 10 through the boundary portion BP, the same is considered to move backward while meandering. In this case, there is a concern that the above-mentioned crime prevention function will not function if the unauthorized tool reaches the inner frame wedge member 620 side more than the base plate portion 355. In the present embodiment, the intrusion path of the fraudulent tool is limited by meandering the boundary portion BP. Specifically, the intrusion direction of the unauthorized tool inserted from the gap between the wall surface portion 311 a of the first inner step portion 311 and the front end face of the outer frame 11 is restricted to the rotation base end side of the inner frame 13. The wall surface portion 311 b of the step portion 311 is reached. The fraudulent tool that has reached the wall surface portion 311 b moves further backward along the wall surface portion 311 b by being further pushed in, and hits the wall surface portion 385 a of the first outer step portion 385. When the unauthorized tool that has hit the wall surface portion 385a is further pushed, it moves along the wall surface portion 385a to, for example, the rotation base end side of the inner frame 13. The wall surface portion 312b of the second inner step portion 312 is located at the extension destination of the wall surface portion 385a, and the advancing direction of the unauthorized tool changes by hitting the wall surface portion 312b. That is, the traveling direction of the unauthorized tool is restricted so as to move backward along the wall surface portion 312b of the second inner step portion 312. The recessed portion 381 is present on the forward side of the traveling direction, and the fraudulent tool can be prevented from bypassing the base plate portion 355. Thereby, it becomes possible to make it easy to exhibit the above-mentioned crime prevention function.

  The fraudulent tool that has reached the recess 381 can return forward along the base plate 355 based on the further pressing operation. The wall surface portion 313 a of the first inner step portion 311 is present at the extension destination of the base plate portion 355. In the wall surface portion 313a, an arc-shaped corner portion which is convex toward the pivoting end side of the inner frame 13 is formed at the boundary between the second inner step portion 312 and the wall surface portion 312b. It is located at an extension of the plate portion 355. Therefore, the fraudulent tool moved forward along the base plate portion 355 is guided to the wall surface portion 386a side of the second outer step portion 386 by being pressed against the corner portion. That is, the same unauthorized tool is guided to the opposite side of the inner frame wedge member 620. As described above, by preventing access to the inner frame wedge member 620, the security function is improved.

  As described above in detail, by reducing the exposed portion of the locking device 500, unauthorized access to the locking device 500 from the outside of the pachinko machine 10 is suppressed, which contributes to the improvement of the crime prevention function. However, if the operation key is indispensable to open the front door frame 14 due to the improvement of the crime prevention function, it is assumed that the front door frame 14 can not be opened during an emergency etc. . Therefore, in the present embodiment, a structure for enabling the release of the locked state without using the operation key under such a special situation is employed. The structure will be described in detail below with reference to FIGS. 3, 31 and 32. 31 is a partial cross-sectional view taken along the line F-F in FIG. 8, and FIG. 32 is a schematic view showing the relationship between the cam member 530 and the screw 531 and the opening 320. In FIG. 31, the lower side of FIG. 31 is the front of the pachinko machine 10, the upper side is the rear of the pachinko machine 10, the right is the right side (turning tip side) of the inner frame 13 and the left is the left of the inner frame 13. In FIG. 32, the lower side of FIG. 32 is the left side (rotational base end side) of the pachinko machine 10, and the upper side is the right side (rotational tip side) of the pachinko machine 10 in FIG. The right side is the front of the inner frame 13 and the left side is the rear of the inner frame 13.

  As shown in the lower part enlarged view in FIG. 3, the cam member 530 of the locking device 500 and the screw 531 fixing the cam member 530 are exposed on the back side of the inner frame 13 in the inner frame 13. An opening 320 is provided. The opening 320 penetrates the front and back of the inner frame 13 and is formed across the first inner step portion 311 and the second inner step portion 312 described above. More specifically, the opening 320 includes a wall surface portion 311 b extending in the thickness direction (front-back direction) of the inner frame 13 in the first inner step portion 311 and both wall surface portions 312 a and 312 b of the second inner step portion 312. (See FIG. 31). As described above, by making the opening 320 straddle the wall surface portions 311 b and 312 b extending in the thickness direction of the inner frame 13 and the wall surface portion 312 a extending in the width direction of the inner frame 13, the thickness direction and the width thereof are obtained. The degree of opening is set to be the largest in the direction intersecting with both directions of the direction. In other words, in each of the thickness direction and the width direction, the expansion of the opening 320 is ensured while the degree of opening of the opening 320 is suppressed.

  Here, the positional relationship between the opening 320 and the cam member 530 and the screw 531 will be described based on FIG. An extension 321 opened by partially expanding the opening 320 is formed at a portion of the right side frame 13d (specifically, the wall surface 312b) located on the extension of the removal track DP of the screw 531. There is. In the expanded portion 321, an edge portion located on the wall surface portion 312b of the second inner step portion 312 is notched at the opening portion 320, and a size that allows securing of an insertion path when inserting the tool T into the screw 531 Is formed. Although the extended portion 321 is slightly deviated from the central axis of the screw 531, the amount of disengagement is suppressed to such an extent that there is no hindrance to rotating the screw 531.

  By shifting the extension part 321 and the central axis of the screw 531, the alignment direction of the inner frame 13 and the outer frame 11 and the exposure direction of the screw 531 are different. Thus, even if the relative position between the inner frame 13 and the outer frame 11 varies, it is possible to prevent the screw 531 from being easily exposed.

  The opening 320 is expanded to a position on the rotating tip end side of the inner frame 13 with respect to the screw 531 and the cam member 530, and when the fixation of the screw 531 and the cam member 530 is released, both the openings It is formed in the magnitude | size which can be taken out to the rotation front end side of the inner frame 13 through 320.

  Here, the shape of the opening 320 will be supplemented based on FIG. The opening 320 is a series of three roughly divided opening portions.

  An opening portion (hereinafter, referred to as a first opening portion for convenience, hereinafter) formed in the wall surface portion 311b of the first inner step portion 311 is opened to the pivoting tip side of the inner frame 13, and a slight gap is separated. It faces the wall surface portion 385 a of the first outer step portion 385. Then, the first opening site is formed in such a size that the removal of the cam member 530 can not be performed only through the first opening site, and the fixing release operation using the tool T can not be performed.

  An opening formed in the wall surface portion 312a of the second inner step portion 312 (hereinafter referred to as a second opening portion for the sake of convenience) is opened rearward of the pachinko machine, and a wall surface portion 385b of the first outer step portion 385 and It faces the wall surface portion 386 b of the second outer step portion 386. Then, the second opening portion is formed in such a size that the removal of the cam member 530 can not be performed only through the second opening portion, and the fixing release operation using the tool T can not be performed. Moreover, although the said 1st opening site | part and the said 2nd opening site | part allow taking-out of the cam member 530 by combining both opening site | parts, it is comprised so that the fixing release operation of the cam member 530 becomes impossible. .

  An opening formed in the wall surface portion 312b of the second inner step portion 312 (hereinafter referred to as the third opening for the sake of convenience) is opened to the pivoting tip side of the inner frame 13, and a slight gap is provided. It faces the wall surface portion 386 a of the second outer step portion 386. And while the said 3rd opening site | part permits the fixing release operation of the cam member 530 which led only through the said 3rd opening site | part, it is formed in the magnitude | size which extraction of the same cam member 530 becomes impossible. However, although the work itself is difficult by combining the both opening parts in the third opening part and the second opening part, the fixing release operation of the cam member 530 and the extraction operation of the cam member 530 are performed. It is configured to be able to

  That is, removal of the cam member 530 is not possible because at least one of the second opening portion and the third opening portion of the three opening portions is not available, and the second opening portion and the third opening portion Thus, the removal of the cam member 530 is permitted, and the removal of the cam member 530 is facilitated by the availability of the first opening portion. There is.

  When the gaming machine main portion 12 (inner frame 13) is closed with respect to the outer frame 11 as shown by the two-dot chain line in FIG. 32, the opening 320 of the inner frame 13 is the right frame of the outer frame 11. Covered by part 380. That is, exposure of the locking device 500 (for example, the screw 531 and the cam member 530) to the outside of the pachinko machine 10 is restricted by the right frame portion 380. Here, based on FIG. 32, the locking is performed in each state in which the gaming machine main part 12 is not closed to the outer frame 11 and the gaming machine main part 12 is closed to the outer frame 11. The unlocking pattern of the device 500 will be individually described.

  In the state where the gaming machine main part 12 is not closed with respect to the outer frame 11, that is, the state where the gaming machine main part 12 is not attached to the outer frame 11, or the state where the gaming machine main part 12 is opened, the opening 320 The screw 531 and the cam member 530 are exposed through the That is, the opening 320 is not covered by the right frame 380 of the outer frame 11. In this state, the tool T is inserted through the extension portion 321 to allow access to the head of the screw 531, and the tip portion of the tool T is engaged with the groove for the tool formed in the head. It becomes possible.

  When the screw 531 is loosened, the screw 531 comes up to the front side in the insertion direction of the tool T. Since the interference between the removal track DP of the screw 531 and the step portions 311 to 313 (more specifically, the back wall portion 301) is avoided, the removal of the screw 531 is not prevented. After the screw 531 is completely removed, the screw 531 is pulled toward the pivoting end side of the inner frame 13 to complete the removal. As described above, in the state where the screw 531 is removed, the cam member 530 is in a state of being hooked on the lock shaft 523. Therefore, the hooking is released by floating the cam member 530 in the back direction of the inner frame 13. Then, as in the case of the screw 531, the removal is completed by pulling it to the pivoting tip side of the inner frame 13 through the opening 320.

  By removing the screw 531 and the cam member 530, the slide restriction of the interlocking rod 540 is released. That is, the interlocking rod 540 can be moved independently of the cylinder lock 520. By depressing the interlocking rod 540, the front door wedge members 550 and 580 are switched to the lock release state in accordance with the movement of the interlocking rod 540, and the opening of the front door frame 14 is permitted.

  That is, in a state where the gaming machine main part 12 is not closed to the outer frame 11, not only the front door frame 14 can be opened by the unlocking operation using the operation key K, but also it takes more time than the unlocking operation. Although it hangs, by following the above procedure, the front door frame 14 can be opened without using the operation key. Thus, the front door frame 14 can be opened even when the operation key is not at hand.

  On the other hand, after the gaming machine main part 12 is closed to the outer frame 11, the opening 320 of the inner frame 13 is covered by the right frame 380 of the outer frame 11. This makes access to the screw 531 and the cam member 530 through the opening 320 difficult. Furthermore, since the right frame portion 380 of the outer frame 11 is positioned on the insertion track of the tool T or the like, removal of the screw 531 and the cam member 530 using the tool T is prevented. That is, after closing the gaming machine main part 12 with respect to the outer frame 11, use of the emergency unlocking method which directly moves the interlocking rod 540 becomes impossible, and the operation to open the front door frame 14 and the gaming machine main part 12 is performed. Use of the key is essential.

  Next, the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10 will be described based on the block diagram of FIG. In FIG. 33, a power supply line is indicated by a double arrow and a signal line is indicated by a solid arrow.

  A main control circuit 802 and a power failure monitoring circuit 803 are built in a main control board 801 provided in the main control device 162. An MPU 811 is mounted on the main control circuit 802. The MPU 811 is a ROM 812 storing various control programs to be executed by the MPU 811 and fixed value data, and a memory for temporarily storing various data etc. when the control program stored in the ROM 812 is executed. A RAM 813 and various circuits such as an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, and a data input / output circuit are incorporated.

  The RAM 813 is configured to be supplied with data storage holding power from the power supply and emission control board 821 provided in the power supply and emission control device 243 even after the power of the pachinko machine 10 is shut off, and to retain data.

  An input / output port is connected to the MPU 811 via a bus line including an address bus and a data bus. To the input side of the main control circuit 802, a power failure monitoring circuit 803 provided on the main control substrate 801, a payout control substrate 822 provided on the payout control device 242, and other switches not shown are connected. In this case, the power failure / emission control board 821 is connected to the power failure monitoring circuit 803, and power is supplied to the main control circuit 802 via the power failure monitoring circuit 803.

  On the other hand, a power failure monitoring circuit 803, a payout control board 822 and a relay terminal board 823 are connected to the output side of the main control circuit 802. The payout control board 822 outputs various commands such as a winning ball command and the like. Various commands and the like are output from the main control circuit 802 to the audio lamp control board 824 provided in the audio lamp control device 143 via the relay terminal board 823.

  The power failure monitoring circuit 803 relays the main control circuit 802 and the power and discharge control board 821 and also monitors the power of the stable DC voltage of 24 volts which is the maximum power output from the power and discharge control board 821.

  The payout control board 822 performs payout control of the winning balls and the rental balls by the payout device 224. The MPU 831, which is an arithmetic unit, includes a ROM 832 storing control programs to be executed by the MPU 831, fixed value data, and the like, and a RAM 833 used as a work memory or the like.

  Similar to the RAM 813 of the main control circuit 802, the RAM 833 of the payout control board 822 is configured to be supplied with data storage power from the power / fire control board 821 and to retain data even after the pachinko machine 10 is powered off. It has become.

  An input / output port is connected to the MPU 831 of the payout control board 822 via a bus line including an address bus and a data bus. A main control circuit 802, a power / fire control board 821, and a back pack board 829 are connected to the input side of the payout control board 822. Further, the main control circuit 802 and the back pack substrate 829 are connected to the output side of the payout control substrate 822.

  The power supply and emission control board 821 includes a power supply unit and an emission control unit. The power supply unit supplies necessary operation power to each of the main control circuit 802, the payout control board 822 and the like through a route indicated by a double-line arrow. The firing control unit is responsible for controlling the firing of the gaming ball firing mechanism 110 according to the operation of the gaming ball firing handle 40 by the player, and the gaming ball firing mechanism 110 is driven when predetermined firing conditions are satisfied. .

  The sound lamp control board 824 controls the various lamp units 23 to 25, the speaker unit 26, and the display control device 825. The MPU 841, which is an arithmetic device, includes a ROM 842 storing control programs to be executed by the MPU 841, fixed value data, and the like, and a RAM 843 used as a work memory or the like.

  An input / output port is connected to the MPU 841 of the audio lamp control board 824 via a bus line including an address bus and a data bus. The main control circuit 802 is relayed to the relay terminal board 823 and connected to the input side of the audio lamp control board 824, and based on various commands output from the main control circuit 802, various lamp parts 23 to 25 and speakers It controls the unit 26 and the display control device 825. The display control device 825 controls the symbol display device 94 based on the display command input from the audio lamp control board 824.

  According to the present embodiment described above, the following excellent effects can be obtained.

  By making the game board 80 detachable from the front side of the inner frame 13, the operation can be facilitated more easily than in the configuration where the game board is detached from the back side of the inner frame. Assuming that the game board is detached from the back side of the inner frame, the game board needs to be detached while the inner frame is open. In this case, by holding the movement of the inner frame by hand so that the inner frame does not move, for example, the game board can be attached smoothly. However, when the inner frame is pressed by hand for the purpose of facilitating the operation of attaching and detaching the game board, the operation may be complicated. In particular, as described in the above embodiment, when the game board is biased to a predetermined position, the inner frame and the game board are easily moved away from each other by the biasing force. It can be difficult to eliminate preliminary actions such as pressing. In this respect, if the game board 80 can be attached and detached while the inner frame 13 is closed to the outer frame 11 as described in the above embodiment, the pressing operation force, the biasing force of the plate spring 270, etc. Can prevent the inner frame 13 from moving. As a result, preliminary work such as pressing the inner frame 13 by hand at the time of attaching / detaching work of the game board 80 becomes unnecessary, which can contribute to facilitation of the work. In addition, since the opening and closing operation of the back pack unit 15 can be omitted, the work procedure can be simplified.

  As described above, in the configuration in which the game board 80 is attached from the front side of the inner frame 13, the positional accuracy of the front of the game board (for example, the position in the front-rear direction) compared to the configuration where the game board is attached from the back side of the inner frame It is assumed that it will be difficult to improve the accuracy). In this respect, in the present embodiment, the game board 80 is pressed to the front side by the plate spring 270, and the stopper 267 is brought into contact with the front face of the game board 80 to suppress movement of the game board 80. Positioning on the front face of the board 80 is possible. Thereby, as compared with the configuration in which front and rear positioning is performed with respect to the back surface of the game board 80, the positional accuracy on the front surface of the game board 80 can be easily enhanced.

  By thus improving the position accuracy of the front surface of the game board 80, variation in the landing position of the game ball launched from the game ball launch mechanism 110 with respect to the guide rail 100 is suppressed. Thereby, the runaway of the gaming ball when passing through the induction rail 100 is suppressed, which contributes to the facilitation of the induction to the game area PE. In particular, in the configuration in which the guide rail 100 stands up from the front of the game board 80, when the game ball lands on the tip side of the guide rail 100, the load at the time of collision increases and the root portion of the guide rail 100 (details It is assumed that deformation or the like is likely to occur in the fixing pin 102a etc. This is not preferable because it can be a factor that impedes the smooth induction of the gaming ball. In this respect, by improving the front-rear position accuracy of the front of the game board 80, it is possible to suppress the dispersion of the landing positions of the game balls back and forth, and to preferably avoid the occurrence of the above-mentioned inconvenience.

  The stopper 267 and the plate spring 270 are arranged to be shifted in a direction different from the biasing direction of the plate spring 270 (more specifically, in the vertical direction), and the range over which the biasing force of the plate spring 270 is extended is expanded. Thereby, positioning in a wide area by a small number of leaf springs 270 is enabled, and the positioning function of the game board 80 is improved while suppressing an increase in the number of parts.

  By arranging the stoppers 267 on the upper and lower sides sandwiching the plate spring 270, the biasing force of the plate spring 270 prevents the rotation around the one stopper 267 as a fulcrum. Further, by equalizing the distances between the plate spring 270 and the respective stoppers 267, it is possible to suppress the biased action of the rotational moment generated in the game board 80, which contributes to the improvement of the stability at the time of positioning.

  In the present embodiment, in particular, the positioning accuracy is improved by positioning the plate springs 270 on the upper end side and the lower end side of the game board 80, respectively. Stoppers 267 are respectively disposed on the upper and lower sides sandwiching the plate springs 270, and the pair of the stoppers 267 and the plate springs 270 are grouped to limit the range in which the biasing force is applied. That is, the urging force used in one group is prevented from propagating to the other group. As a result, concentration of load on some of the stoppers 267 is suppressed, and a decrease in positioning accuracy is suppressed.

  In the front of the game board 80, a game area PE is defined by the induction rail 100. In the configuration in which the stopper 267 is disposed on the front side of the game board 80 as described above, it is necessary to make the induction rail 100 (game area PE) and the stopper 267 coexist. Therefore, the positioning function of the game board 80 is stabilized while expanding the game area PE by arranging the stoppers 267 at the upper and lower portions of the guiding rail 100 on the upper side and the lower side of the game board 80 on the rotating base end side. I am trying to

  In the configuration in which the game board 80 is biased by the plate spring 270, the strength of the biasing force of the plate spring 270 can be a factor affecting the positioning accuracy of the game board 80. That is, it is difficult to improve the positioning accuracy of the game board 80 when the biasing force of the plate spring 270 is weakened, and it is easy to improve the positioning accuracy of the game board 80 when the biasing force of the plate spring 270 is intensified. However, if the biasing force of the plate spring 270 is set to be strong in order to improve the positioning accuracy, the task of mounting the gaming board 80 may be difficult. In this respect, the above-mentioned inconvenience is eliminated by arranging the plate spring 270 on the rotating tip end side of the game board 80. Specifically, when the game board 80 is attached, the end on the rotation base end side of the game board 80 is inserted into the insertion portion 280, but the distance dimension D1 between the top portion 272a of the pressing portion 272 and the stopper 267 That is, the opening dimension of the inlet portion of the insertion portion 280 is set to be slightly larger than the thickness dimension of the game board 80. Therefore, the insertion operation of the game board 80 is not disturbed. In addition, when the rotating tip or the like of the game board 80 is pushed by hand, the movement of the game board against the biasing force can be facilitated because the distance from the power point to the fulcrum is larger than the distance from the action point to the fulcrum. Thereby, both the improvement of the positioning accuracy and the facilitation of the mounting operation of the game board 80 are suitably achieved.

  Note that by disposing the plate spring 270 closer to the rotation base end of the game board 80, the game board 80 is less likely to jump out to the front side of the inner frame 13 by the biasing force of the plate spring 270. As a result, the game board 80 is prevented from moving unexpectedly and interfering with the operator's hand or the like.

  The lock device 400 is disposed at a position on the inner frame 13 at least on the rotating tip side of the game board 80, and the movement of the game board 80 is restricted by the lock device 400. As compared with the case where the lock device 400 is arranged on the rotation base end side of the game board 80, the operation space of the lock device 400 can be easily secured, and the ease of operation is improved.

  By operating the operation lever 440 of the lock device 400, it is possible to switch to a locked state in which removal of the game board 80 is disabled. At this time, with the operation of the operation lever 440, the pusher 420 pushes the back of the game board 80 and the front of the game board 80 abuts on the operation unit 446, whereby the game board 80 is positioned. As described above, by performing positioning based on the near side reference in the mounting direction of the game board 80, the influence of variations in the thickness dimension of the game board 80 can be suppressed, and the positional accuracy of the front face of the game board 80 can be improved.

  The pusher 420 is configured to push the game board 80 when the operation lever 440 is switched from the unlocked state to the locked state. More specifically, after the operation portion 446 of the operation lever 440 moves to a position facing the front surface of the game board 80, the pusher 420 projects toward the game board 80 side. For this reason, compared with the structure which a pusher pushes a game board irrespective of the switching of the control lever 440, it can be made hard to produce the problem that switching operation of the control lever 440 is obstructed by the same pusher. Thus, it is possible to suppress the difficulty in attaching the game board while adopting the configuration for improving the positioning accuracy described above.

  The operating unit 446 of the lock device 400 is directed in the radial direction of the central axis of rotation of the game board 80 in the unlocked state, and the game board 80 is allowed to pass through the operating section 446 in that state. Is formed. When the operation unit 446 is switched to the locked state, the game board 80 will hit a position close to the base of the operation unit 446. Thereby, the stress generated in the base portion 441 or the like of the operation lever 440 can be reduced, and the deformation of the operation lever 440 can be suppressed by receiving the biasing force. This makes it easy to maintain the position accuracy of the game board 80.

  When the lock device 400 is switched from the lock state to the unlock state when removing the game board 80, the pusher 420 is in a state where the operation part 446 is in contact with the front face of the game board 80 when the operation lever 440 is turned. Then, the operation unit 446 moves to a position where it does not face the front of the game board 80. For this reason, it is possible to preferably suppress the inconvenience that the game board 80 jumps forward by the switching operation of the lock device 400. As shown in the present embodiment, when the operation unit 446 has both the function as the operation means and the function as the stopper, if the game board 80 jumps out temporarily by switching to the unlocked state, the operation unit 446 is gripped A disadvantage may occur such as the game board 80 colliding with the finger being played. In this regard, as described above, by terminating the energizing of the game board 80 in advance, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of such inconvenience and to improve the ease of operation.

  In the present embodiment, the model change is possible by replacing parts unique to each model such as the game board 80 and the like. In other words, reusability can be improved by diverting part of parts between models. The lock device 400 described above is integrated with the inner frame 13 as a diversion part, and diversion between models is possible. Thereby, as compared with the configuration in which the lock device 400 is attached to the game board 80, improvement of the reusability is achieved.

  Focusing on the point that the pusher 420 of the lock device 400 is biased by the coil spring 430, the game board 80 has both ends on the rotation base end side and the rotation tip end side of the game board 80 by the plate spring 270 and the coil spring 430. It can be said that it is energized at In this manner, the game board 80 is biased at its both ends, and movement is restricted by the stopper 267 and the operation unit 446 at each end, so that the position accuracy can be easily enhanced in the wide area of the game board 80. ing.

  When the game board 80 is attached, it is possible to turn the game board 80 while the game board 80 is placed on the temporary storage portion 290 of the inner frame 13. That is, since at least a part of the weight of the game board 80 can be deposited on the inner frame 13 side, it is not necessary to turn the game board 80 while supporting it. This is working to reduce the work load.

  When the game board 80 is put on the temporary storage portion 290 and turned to the mounting completion position, the game board 80 is placed on the lower side wall 263 of the inner frame 13 and the upper and lower positions of the game board 80 are defined. Ru. When the operator mounts the game board 80 on the inner frame 13, the shock upon mounting the game board 80 is lowered by putting it on the temporary holding portion 290 once instead of putting it on the lower side wall 263 from the beginning. The addition to the side wall portion 263 is suppressed. That is, the lower side wall portion 263 is protected, and the decrease in the function of defining the upper and lower positions of the game board 80 is suppressed.

  The game ball firing mechanism 110 is disposed under the lower side wall portion 263, and the game balls ejected from the firing rail 112 cross the lower side wall portion 263 and the induction rail 100 of the game board 80 (specifically, It lands near the entrance portion 104 of the outer rail 102). The launch rail 112 and the inlet portion 104 of the guide rail 100 are disposed above and below the lower side wall 263. Thereby, the influence of the position variation of the game board 80 is suppressed from reaching the landing position of the game ball, and the variation of the landing position is suppressed. In particular, the guide rail 100 is cantilevered by the game board 80, making it difficult to secure its strength. When the collision position of the game ball can not be identified, it is necessary to use the guide rail 100 in vain to reinforce the configuration. This is not preferable because it is not only difficult to manufacture but also can be a factor that squeezes the game area PE. In this respect, as described above, if the landing position of the game ball can be limited, reinforcement can be effectively performed, and the above-mentioned inconvenience can be eliminated.

  In addition, when the game board 80 is attached to the inner frame 13, the positioning projections 259 formed on the opposing plate portion 251 of the inner frame 13 are fitted into the through holes 91 of the game board 80. The position is defined. When the gaming board 80 is turned toward the mounting completion position, the positioning projections 259 fit into the through holes 91 after the vertical positions of the gaming board 80 are defined on the left and right sides of the positioning projections 259. As described above, when the positioning projection 259 fits into the through hole 91 in the state where the variation in the vertical position is suppressed, the inconvenience that the positioning projection 259 collides with the back surface of the game board 80 is less likely to occur. Thereby, the positioning projection 259 is protected.

  Before the positioning projection 259 is fitted into the through hole 91, the contact site between the game board 80 and the lower side wall 263 is expanded to the extent that the entire weight of the game board 80 is supported by the inner frame 13. In this manner, by eliminating the need for the worker to support the game board 80, the vertical position of the game board 80 varies due to the work variation, and the positioning projection 259 is prevented from colliding with the back of the game board 80. I am making it easy.

  Compared with the configuration in which the game board 80 is slid and mounted in the back and forth direction by rotating the game board 80 to the configuration for guiding to the mounting completion position, the contact section between the lower side wall 263 and the game board 80 It is easy to make In particular, the installation area of the pachinko machine is often limited, and the thickness of the pachinko machine tends to be limited. That is, in the case of adopting a configuration in which the game board 80 is slid back and forth, it becomes difficult to secure the stroke, and it becomes necessary to perform positioning in the vertical and horizontal directions within the short stroke. This may increase the risk if the positioning fails, in the arrangement having the positioning projections as described above. In this respect, as described in the present embodiment, in the configuration in which the gaming board 80 is attached by rotating, it is possible to easily secure a stroke while suppressing an increase in the thickness of the pachinko machine 10. Thereby, it is possible to define the left and right positions after the accuracy of the upper and lower positions is sufficiently increased.

  Two of the plurality of locking devices 400 are disposed along the lower side wall portion 263, and a positioning protrusion 259 is disposed between the two locking devices 400. When attaching the game board 80, when the game board 80 is dispersed to the left and right, the operation part 446 of the lock device 400 does not enter the insertion part 92 of the game board 80, and the game board 80 and the operation part 446 Will interfere. At this time, the positioning projection 259 is prevented from colliding with the back surface of the game board 80. As described above, by suppressing the positional deviation between the left and right of the game board 80 in a stepwise manner, the collision between the positioning projection 259 and the game board 80 is less likely to occur. Therefore, the positioning projection 259 is protected, and the positioning function is easily secured.

  In the configuration in which the game board 80 is fixed at the mounting completion position by the lock device 400, if the relative position between the lock device 400 and the positioning projection 259 varies, the game board 80 is fixed and stress is applied to the positioning projection 259. It can be fixed as it is applied. This is not preferable because it can be a factor causing deformation of the positioning projection and the like. In this respect, in the present embodiment, the lock device 400 and the positioning protrusion 259 are disposed on the same object (the opposing plate portion 251 of the inner frame 13) to suppress the deviation of the relative position of the two. In this way, it is possible to suppress the load from being applied to the positioning projection 259 due to fixing the game board 80.

  In the present embodiment, by adopting a configuration in which the game board 80 is attached from the front side of the inner frame 13, the arrangement freedom of the positioning projection 259 compared to a configuration in which the game board 80 is attached from the back side of the inner frame 13 In particular, it is easy to secure position accuracy within a range where position accuracy is required. Specifically, in the configuration in which the game board is attached from the back side of the inner frame, for example, a position overlapping in front and back with respect to the game area PE, and a position overlapping in front and back with various game components attached to the game board It is difficult to arrange the positioning projections on the front side of the inner frame 13 in the configuration where the positioning projections are difficult to arrange, but the arrangement of the positioning projections 259 can be prevented from being restricted as described above. In this manner, the positioning freedom of the positioning protrusion 259 is improved, and in particular, by providing the positioning protrusion near the entrance portion 104 of the guide rail 100, for example, when catching the game ball fired from the game ball firing mechanism 110, etc. And it is easy to suppress variations in the landing position of the game ball. Thereby, it is suppressed that the impact at the time of a game ball colliding with induction rail 100 (in detail outer rail 102) becomes large more than assumption, and avoiding reinforcement of the attachment structure of induction rail 100 or the same induction rail 100. The durability of the guide rail 100 can be improved. Therefore, it is possible to improve the durability of the guide rail 100 while suppressing the complication of the structure.

  The game balls fired from the game ball launch mechanism 110 are guided to the game area PE by passing between the inner rail 101 and the outer rail 102. In this case, the gaming ball can easily move along the outer rail 102 by centrifugal force. In the present embodiment, by disposing the positioning projection 259 behind the outer rail 102, the positional accuracy of the outer rail 102 can be further suitably improved, and the variation in the landing position of the gaming ball described above is suitably suppressed. It becomes possible. This can contribute to the improvement of the durability of the outer rail 102 more suitably.

  In particular, when the operation amount of the game ball firing handle 40 exceeds the first predetermined amount, the game ball fired from the game ball firing mechanism 110 is the firing rail 112 of the game ball firing mechanism 110 on the outer rail 102. It becomes easy to land on specific part SP which becomes extension of. The positioning protrusion 259 is located behind the specific portion SP, so that the position accuracy can be improved particularly at a portion where position accuracy is required, which can contribute to further improvement of the durability.

  In the embodiment described above, the positioning protrusion 259 and the locking device 400 are provided on the opposing plate portion 251. Thereby, the variation in relative position between the positioning projection 259 and the locking device 400 can be suppressed, and for example, by fixing the game board 80 by the locking device 400, the application of stress to the positioning projection 259 can be suppressed. By thus protecting the positioning projection 259, the positional accuracy of the game board 80 is improved. Further, by suppressing the variation in relative position between the positioning projection 259 and the lock device 400, the engagement margin between the positioning projection 259 and the through hole 91 of the game board 80 becomes small, causing a problem that the positioning can not be performed normally. It can be difficult.

  When attaching or detaching the game board 80, work will be performed from the front side of the game board 80 (specifically, the game area PE). That is, at the time of the attachment / detachment work of the game board 80, various configurations related to the game such as the nail 87 are exposed to the worker side. The gaming board 80 is provided with gripping portions 481 and 482 which can be gripped in the attaching and detaching operation. As described above, the provision of the grips 481 and 482 reduces the chance that various components such as the nail 87 can be gripped.

  The nail 87 or the like is configured to determine the game property. For this reason, if deformation or the like occurs, the flow path of the gaming ball changes, which may bring an unexpected disadvantage to the player or the hole. In particular, it is assumed that the above-mentioned inconvenience is likely to occur because the symbol display device 94, the various control devices 143 and the like are mounted and the total weight thereof is increased. In this respect, by providing the easily gripped portions (i.e., the grip portions 481 and 482) other than the nail 87 at the time of attaching and detaching the game board 80, the occurrence of the above-mentioned inconvenience can be suitably suppressed.

  The grip portions 481 and 482 are disposed on the inner frame 13 closer to the side opposite to the side supporting the front door frame 14. In particular, the first grip portion 481 is disposed closer to the rotation tip than the various configurations disposed in the game area PE. Therefore, when the front door frame 14 is opened and the game board 80 is accessed, access to the gripping portions 481 and 482 is easier than access to various configurations arranged in the game area PE. It has become. This promotes the use of the grips 481 and 482.

  Further, the grips 481 and 482 are disposed close to the tip end of the game board 80. This not only reduces the initial load when rotating the game board 80, but also makes it easy to secure the work space and contributes to the improvement of the ease of work when rotating the game board 80. .

  In general, in the case of grasping something, the ease of selection may vary depending on the distance to the subject and the presence or absence of obstacles in handing to the subject. In this respect, in the grip portions 481 and 482, they are held by projecting from the front face of the game board 80 in the same manner as the nails 87 and the guide rails 100 and by holding the finger inlet part inside the periphery of the game board 80. The portions 481 and 482 can be easily selected as objects to be gripped.

  By housing the front door wedge members 550 and 580, the cam members 530 and 600, the interlocking rod 540, etc. of the locking device 500 in the space surrounded by the inner frame 13 and the front door frame 14, the wedge members 550 etc. The unauthorized access to the cocoon member 550 etc. can be made difficult. As a result, it is possible to prevent the locking from being released illegally and the unauthorized access to the game area PE being made. For example, even in the configuration in which the wedge member or the like of the locking device is disposed on the back surface or the like of the inner frame 13, similar effects can be achieved by providing a cover or the like that covers the wedge member. However, when such a countermeasure is taken, a device etc. for avoiding the removal of the cover may be necessary. In this respect, as shown in the present embodiment, when the wedging member or the like is accommodated in the space surrounded by the inner frame 13 and the front door frame 14, it is not always necessary to add a cover or the like. The property can be improved, and a practically preferable configuration can be realized.

In addition, by changing the arrangement of the wedge member 550 or the like in the locking device 500 to improve the crime prevention, for example, the hole manager or the like compared to the configuration in which the number of locking devices is increased It is possible to suppress the decrease in workability when the door is opened in the normal procedure, and it is possible to preferably achieve both the ease of maintenance and the improvement of the crime prevention.
It is impossible to remove the inner frame 13 of the game board 80 from the back side. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the act of removing the game board 80 and unfairly exposing the space surrounded by the inner frame 13 and the front door frame 14. This makes it difficult to access the locking device 500 (specifically, the front door wedge member 550 or the like) through the central opening 76, which can contribute to the improvement of the crime prevention.

  In addition, by locking the front door frame 14 with the inner frame 13 closed, removal of the game board 80 can be disabled. This makes unauthorized access to the game area PE difficult, and can contribute to the improvement of the crime prevention. Therefore, for example, it is preferable that the gaming area PE is accessed while the gaming machine main part 12 is being transported, and the probability of winning in the general winning opening 81 or the like is changed by changing the nail 87 or the like. Can be suppressed.

  Even in the case where the crime prevention is improved in this way, access to the game area PE and attachment / detachment of the game board 80 are permitted by opening the front door frame 14, so the workability at the time of maintenance etc. is lowered. Can be suppressed.

  Even if the illegal tool is inserted through the central opening 76, the movement of the illegal tool is restricted by the opposing plate portion 251 and the peripheral wall portion 261, and the locking device 500 (for example, the front door wedge member 550) is reached. Can be difficult. Specifically, it is possible to guide the unauthorized tool passing through the gap between the game board 80 and the peripheral wall portion 261 to the side away from both the game area PE and the locking device 500, that is, to the glass 22 side of the front door frame 14. This can contribute to the further improvement of the crime prevention.

  By dividing the area in which the game board 80 is disposed and the area in which the locking device 500 is disposed, even if the unauthorized tool is inserted through the central opening 76, the same fraudulent device can be used in the locking device 500. It is possible to suppress reaching.

  Since the lock device 400 (more specifically, the operation lever 440) fixing the game board 80 to the inner frame 13 is disposed in the space surrounded by the front door frame 14 and the inner frame 13, the front door frame When the door 14 is locked to the inner frame 13 in a closed or other state, it becomes difficult to access the locking device 400 without opening the front door frame 14. Thereby, it is possible to preferably suppress such a disadvantage that the fixing of the game board 80 is unfairly released, and an access path to the locking device 500, the game area PE, etc. is easily secured.

  When the game board 80 is attached from the front side of the inner frame 13, the gap between the game board 80 and the inner frame 13 (central opening 76) is expanded when the game board 80 is temporarily pressed to the front door frame 14 side. It is assumed that it will be easier. In this respect, according to the present embodiment, by arranging the lock device 400 closer to the end portion of the game board 80 on the side of the lock device 500, the above-mentioned inconvenience can be suitably avoided. That is, by arranging the locking device 400 closer to the end portion on the locking device 500 side, it is possible to suppress the expansion of the gap between the game board 80 and the inner frame 13 on the side closer to the locking device 500. Thus, unauthorized access to the locking device 500 can be suitably suppressed by the unauthorized tool inserted through the gap. In particular, by arranging a plurality of lock devices 400 along the end of the game board 80 on the side of the lock device 500, the above-mentioned security effect is further improved.

  Even if an illegal tool or the like is inserted through the central opening 76, the operation lever 440 of the lock device 400 is not positioned on the insertion path, so that the unlocking operation by the illegal tool can be difficult. it can. Thereby, the fixation of the game board 80 is unfairly released, and by widening the gap between the game board 80 and the inner frame 13, unauthorized access to the locking device 500 and the game area PE through the gap is facilitated. Can be suitably suppressed.

  Further, the operation lever 440 of the lock device 400 described above is pivoted along the front surface of the game board 80, and the pivoting direction is different from the erecting direction of the peripheral wall portion 261. Therefore, even if an illegal tool or the like is inserted through the boundary portion between the game board 80 and the inner frame 13, it is possible to suppress an illegal operation of the operation lever 440 by the illegal tool. That is, even when trying to move the control lever 440 from the locked position to the unlock position by the illegal tool inserted along the end face or the peripheral wall portion 261 of the game board 80, the direction of pushing and pulling the incorrect tool and the operating direction of the control lever 440 And because they are different, such actions can be difficult.

  In the present embodiment, the game area PE is divided by the guide rail 100 and the game area division member 480, and the gap between the two and the glass 22 is equal to or less than the diameter of the game ball. These guide rails 100 and the game area dividing member 480 not only function as an obstacle that prevents access to the game area PE, but also function as a gap filling member that makes it difficult to secure a working space for performing fraud. In addition, if the game board 80 is pulled to the back side of the inner frame 13 in order to enlarge the work space, the gap between the inner frame 13 (specifically, the opposing plate portion 251) and the game board 80 is reduced and illegal. The movement of the tool is likely to be restricted. For the reasons described above, it is difficult to cheat the game board 80 and contribute to the improvement of the crime prevention function.

  When the pachinko machine 10 is being transported, that is, before being installed in an island facility or the like of the game hall, removal of the cam member 530 in the locking device 500 through the opening 320 of the inner frame 13 is permitted. By removing the cam member 530, the movement of the interlocking rod 540 is permitted, and the front door frame 14 can be opened by switching the front door wedge members 550 and 580 to the unlocked state. As described above, although it takes time and effort, by enabling the unlocking operation without using the operation key, it is possible to open the front door frame 14 in an emergency. On the other hand, when the inner frame 13 (game machine main part 12) is closed to the outer frame 11, the right frame portion 380 of the outer frame 11 is positioned on the removal track of the cam member 530 through the opening 320. Thereby, removal of the cam member 530 through the opening 320 becomes difficult or impossible, and it can be suppressed that the cam member 530 is removed and the front door wedge members 550, 580 are switched to the unlocked state. Therefore, while making it possible to open the front door frame 14 urgently at the time of transportation etc., making the front door frame 14 unfair opening behavior in a state where the inner frame 13 (game machine main part 12) is installed difficult. it can. That is, it is possible to suppress the decrease in the crime prevention while improving the convenience.

  In consideration of the convenience improvement when using the opening 320, the opening 340 is preferably formed to be large to some extent. However, simply increasing the size of the opening 340 is likely to cause inconvenience such as the insertion of the incorrect tool through the opening 340. In this respect, according to the above embodiment, the opening 320 is made to face the right frame 380 of the outer frame 11 in a state where the gaming machine main part 12 is closed to the outer frame 11. Access routes are being reduced. Thus, unauthorized access to the cam member 530, the wedge member 550, and the like through the opening 320 is suppressed, which contributes to the improvement of convenience while suppressing the decrease in the crime prevention function.

  Assuming that the opening is formed in one wall surface, assuming that the inner frame 13 (game machine main part 12) is pushed in a direction in which the opening and the outer frame 11 are facing each other, the opening and the outside are formed. When the gap with the frame 11 is expanded, it is considered that the crime prevention function at the same opening decreases at a stretch. In this respect, according to the present embodiment, by forming the opening 320 so as to straddle the wall surface portions 311b, 312a, and 312b facing in different directions, it is easy to suppress the decrease in the crime prevention function due to the influence of the position variation. There is. Specifically, even if the inner frame 13 is pushed to the left and right or the space between the first opening portion of the wall surface portion 311 b of the inner frame 13 and the wall surface portion 385 a of the outer frame 11 is expanded, the first wall surface 312 a The spread of the distance between the two opening portion and the wall surface portions 385b and 386b of the outer frame 11 is avoided. Further, even if the distance between the second opening of the wall surface portion 312a and the wall surface portions 385b and 386b of the outer frame 11 is expanded by pushing and pulling the inner frame 13 back and forth, etc. The spread of the distance between the first opening portion of the wall surface portion 311 b and the wall surface portion 385 a of the outer frame 11 is avoided. Thereby, it can suppress that a crime prevention function falls at a stretch due to the relative position variation etc. of inner frame 13 and outer frame 11, etc., and can realize a practically desirable configuration.

  Further, each of the opening portions constituting the opening portion 320 is configured such that removal of the cam member 530 through one opening portion becomes impossible. For this reason, as described above, it is possible to preferably suppress a fraudulent act such as facilitating the removal of the cam member 530 by shifting the relative position of the inner frame 13 and the outer frame 11. Further, it is possible to contribute to the facilitation of the emergency removal operation of the cam member 530 by expanding the opening 320 while securing the crime prevention.

  The locking device 500 is disposed at a position on the pivoting tip side of the inner frame 13 to facilitate suppressing the floating of the inner frame 13 in the locked state. In this case, since the locking device 500 is located in the vicinity of the boundary portion BP between the inner frame 13 and the outer frame 11, an unauthorized tool is inserted through the boundary portion BP and unauthorized access is made to the locking device 500. Be concerned about In this respect, in the present embodiment, the inner frame wedge member 620 is configured to protrude from the slit 512 formed in the inner frame 13 toward the wedge receiving member 350 of the outer frame 11. The exposure of the member 620 is suppressed to reduce the portion that is easily targeted by the above-mentioned incorrect tool. Thereby, the improvement of crime prevention is achieved.

  Even if an illegal tool is inserted into the gaming machine main part 12 through the slit 303, the open area of the locking device housing 77 is covered by the first base frame 510 of the locking device 500. Therefore, it is possible to make it difficult to reach the game area PE or the like.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the front door wedge member 550U which locks in a state in which the front door frame 14 is closed, and the inner frame wedge member 620U which locks in a state in which the inner frame 13 is closed. By biasing, it was set as the structure maintained at a locked state, respectively. Thereby, simplification of the structure regarding locking is realized.

  As described above, in the case of sharing the coil spring, if the wedge members 550U and 620U interfere with the coil spring 560 during operation of the wedge members 550U and 620U (for example, they are caught), switching to the locked state is prevented. It is assumed that the biasing function is reduced. For example, both the wedge members 550U and 620U can be disposed on the same flat plate. However, when such a configuration is adopted, the attachment portion (projection) of the front door wedge member is provided on the opposite side to the inner frame wedge member, so the coil spring connecting the two wedge members is the front door. It is assumed that it becomes easy to approach to a chopsticks member. This can be a factor that causes the above-described interference between the coil spring and the front door wedge member. In this respect, according to the present embodiment, the front door wedge member 550U is attached to the base frame fixing portion 511 of the first base frame 510, and the inner frame wedge member is attached to the member attachment portion 515 of the first base frame 510. 620 is attached, and the mounting portion (protrusion 622) of the front door wedge member 550U is made to project on the same side as the side where the member attachment portion 515 is erected, so that the space between the coil spring 560 and the front door wedge member 550U It is easy to set the gap. Therefore, the occurrence of the above-mentioned interference can be suppressed, and inconveniences such as malfunction can be suitably avoided.

  Further, by dividing and arranging the front door wedge member 550U and the inner frame wedge member 620U in the base frame fixing portion 511 and the member attachment portion 515, while securing the operation area of each wedge member 550U, 620U It becomes possible to bring members 550U and 620U closer. Thereby, the floating suppression function of the front door frame 14 and the inner frame 13 can be improved.

  Since the locking device 500 is attached to the inner frame 13, it becomes easy to open only the front door frame 14 or open only the inner frame 13, thereby facilitating the maintenance operation and the like. I can contribute.

  Moreover, it becomes possible to reduce the shift | offset | difference in the longitudinal direction in the 1st base frame 510 of the wedge member 550U for front doors, and the wedge member 620U for inner frames, and to arrange both wedge members 550U and 620U closely approaching. As described above, in the configuration in which both the wedge members 550U and 620U can be disposed close to each other, the movement stroke of the coil spring 560 can be suitably secured by devising the attachment position of the coil spring 560 as described above. For this reason, it is possible to preferably suppress the inconvenience that it becomes difficult to bring both the wedge members 550U and 620U close to each other.

  When a configuration in which two wedge members are connected by the coil spring 1 is adopted, it is assumed that a rotational moment is easily generated when each wedge member operates if the direction in which the biasing force acts and the operation direction of each wedge member are different. Be done. The rotational moment is preferably as small as possible because it may be a factor that hinders the smooth operation of the wedge member. However, for example, in the case where each wedge member is a slide type, it is necessary to align the operation trajectories of both wedge members, and the layout of the wedge members is likely to be restricted. This is not preferable because it makes it difficult to arrange both wedge members close to the end of the first base frame 510, which is contrary to the improvement of the floating suppressing function. In this respect, as shown in the present embodiment, if one of the two wedge members is pivotable, the influence of the rotational moment can be easily suppressed, and the above-described layout restriction can be reduced. As a result, the simplification of the configuration and the improvement of the floating suppressing function can be suitably achieved.

  When the front door wedge member 550U and the inner frame wedge member 620U, which are arranged up and down, are connected by the coil spring 560, depending on the hooking manner of the wedge members 550U and 620U against the wedge receiving members 63 and 350, the locked state is established. There is a possibility that switching will not be performed smoothly. Specifically, in the configuration in which the front door frame 14 and the inner frame 13 are rotatably supported, it is assumed that the front door frame 14 and the inner frame 13 easily tilt downward due to their own weight and the like. The degree of positional deviation based on such an inclination increases at the rotation tip side. Assuming that each wedge member is hooked from above with respect to the wedge receiving member, when the front door frame 14 or the inner frame 13 is closed by lowering the position of the wedge member due to the positional deviation, Strong interference with the heel receiving member may occur. This is not preferable because it may cause an excessive load on the wedge member and cause a loss in the locking function of the wedge member. In particular, when the respective wedge members are connected by a coil spring as described above, since the biasing directions of the two wedge members are opposite, there is a concern that one wedge member is easily caught from the upper side with respect to the wedge receiving member. .

  In this respect, in the present embodiment, by making the inner frame wedge member 620U pivotable and the front door wedge member 550U slide, the biasing direction of the wedge portion 555 in the front door wedge member 550U is determined. As it is, the biasing direction of the collar portion 625 of the inner frame collar member 620U is reversed. That is, in the wedge member 620U for the inner frame, the protrusion 622 to which the coil spring 560 is attached is disposed on the opposite side to the wedge portion 625 with respect to the rotation center axis line, whereby the biasing direction of the wedge member 625 Is reversing. Then, by setting the hook portions 555 and 625 of the hook members 550U and 620U to be hooked from the lower side with respect to the hook receiving members 63 and 350, even if the above-mentioned positional variation occurs, each hook member The strong interference between the 550 U and 620 U and the respective wedge receiving members 63 and 350 is suppressed, which contributes to the protection of the locking configuration.

  In the inner frame 13, the opposite wall of the inner frame 13 with respect to a region (hereinafter referred to as a passing region for convenience) to be passed when the flange 625 of the inner frame wedge member 620 moves from the locking position to the locking release position. A configuration is such that 305 is overlapped from the rotation tip side. Thereby, even if an illegal tool such as a wire is inserted from the boundary portion BP between the inner frame 13 and the outer frame 11, it is difficult to access the collar portion 625 by the illegal tool, and the same illegal It is possible to prevent the inconvenience that the hook portion 625 is moved to the locking release position by the tool and the locking is illegally released. That is, it can contribute to the improvement of crime prevention.

  Further, by forming the facing wall portion 305 on the same object as the arrangement target of the inner frame wedge member 620 (that is, the inner frame 13), the inner frame 13 is temporarily displaced at the closed position, etc. Also, the change in the positional relationship between the facing wall portion 305 and the collar portion 625 can be suitably suppressed. That is, the fall of the crime prevention nature resulting from the position shift etc. with respect to the outer frame 11 of the inner frame 13 can be suppressed. For example, even if a fraudster deliberately shifts the position of the inner frame 13 by pushing the inner frame 13 or the like, and attempts to access the buttocks 625 in the shifted state, such a reserve It is possible to suppress the easy movement of the buttocks 625 by a manual operation.

  In a state in which the inner frame 13 is closed to the outer frame 11, the tip end portion of the opposing wall portion 305 is accommodated in the weir receiving member 350 of the outer frame 11. As a result, even if the illegal tool is inserted from the boundary portion BP, it is difficult to operate the illegal tool to bypass the facing wall portion 305.

  In the gap between the opposing wall 305 and the opening 353 of the bowl receiving portion 351, the gap in the moving direction forward side when the flange 625 moves to the locking release position is more than the hooking margin between the flange 625 and the bowl receiving portion 351. It was set small. Therefore, even when the inner frame 13 is displaced to the locking release position side, the overlapping of the opposite wall portion 305 and the passing area of the flange portion 625 can be suitably secured.

  If the collar portion 625 is exposed through the slit 303 of the inner frame 13, the exposed portion in the entire locking device 500 can be reduced. Accordingly, it is possible to suppress that the configuration for moving the hook portion 625 or the like is an object of unauthorized access. However, in order to make the collar portion 625 movable, the slit 303 needs to have a size that allows the movement thereof, and there is a limit to the size reduction of the slit 303. That is, it is assumed that it is difficult to cope with only the size change of the slit 303 in order to suppress the fraudulent acts through the slit 303. In this respect, in the present embodiment, by forming the facing wall portion 305 along the opening edge of the slit 303, the unauthorized tool is temporarily inserted through the boundary portion BP between the inner frame 13 and the outer frame 11. Even if the same, the opposing wall portion 305 can prevent the intrusion of the unauthorized tool into the slit 303. Thereby, it is possible to preferably suppress fraudulent acts through the slit 303.

  When the locking device 500 and the opposing wall 305 are individually provided, the positional relationship between the collar 625 of the inner frame wedge member 620 and the opposing wall 305 varies due to the accumulation of manufacturing variations and assembly variations of the both. It is assumed to be easier. Such a variation is not preferable because it can be a factor to reduce the crime prevention function by the facing wall portion 305. In this respect, in the present embodiment, the above variation is suppressed by integrally molding the opposing wall portion 305 and the boss 302 for attaching the locking device 500 to the inner frame 13 with respect to the inner frame 13. The configuration can be realized.

  Further, by integrally molding the facing wall portion 305 with respect to the inner frame 13, further improvement of the crime prevention can be expected as compared with the case where the facing wall portion 305 and the inner frame 13 are separately provided. That is, the problem that the opposing wall is bypassed through the gap between the opposing wall and the inner frame 13 can be eliminated, and the crime prevention function of the opposing wall can be suitably exhibited.

  By leaving the game ball emission handle 40 in the inner frame 13 when the front door frame 14 is opened, the wiring between the game ball emission handle 40 and the power / emission control device 243 is facilitated. It has been realized.

  When the front door frame 14 is opened, the handle base 41 remains on the inner frame 13 side. As described above, in the configuration in which the handle base 41 remains, it is feared that the front door frame 14 tends to be easily lifted around the handle base 41. For example, the space (boundary portion) between the inner frame 13 and the front door frame 14 is expanded by pulling the periphery of the handle base 41 in the front door frame 14 or the like, and an incorrect tool such as a wire is inserted through the space. It is feared that access to the game area PE and the like becomes easy.

  Therefore, the front door first wedge member 550 is disposed on the side of the inner frame 13 on which the handle base 41 is provided, and further, for the front door between the handle base 41 and the rotation center axis CL of the inner frame 13 By arranging the second weir member 580, lifting of the front door frame 14 from the inner frame 13 is suppressed. Thereby, it is possible to suppress a drop in the crime prevention function around the handle base 41.

  In the configuration in which the front door frame 14 is rotatably supported, the floating on the rotation tip end side is likely to be remarkable as compared with the rotation base end side. Therefore, by arranging the front door second wedge member 580 closer to the handle base 41, the above-described lifting of the front door frame 14 is suitably suppressed.

  By arranging the front door second wedge member 580 and the handle base 41 side by side along the lower end of the inner frame 13, the expansion of the boundary portion is suitably suppressed. Furthermore, the second door wedge member 580 for the front door operates along the lower end of the inner frame 13 to secure the operation space of the second door wedge member 580 for the front door and to the boundary portion. The front door second weir member 580 can be brought closer. Thereby, the floating of the front door frame 14 can be suitably suppressed, which can contribute to the improvement of the crime prevention function.

  The lock position of the front door second hook member 580 is closer to the handle base 41 than the lock release position. Thereby, it is possible to suppress the floating of the front door frame 14 at a position closer to the handle base 41 as compared to the case where the lock release position is on the handle base 41 side than the lock position. Become. Therefore, it is possible to make it more difficult for the fraudulent acts performed through the boundary between the two regions described above.

  When the front door frame 14 is closed with respect to the inner frame 13, the second door member for the front door is configured such that the upper and lower positions of the front door frame 14 are defined by the bulging portion 66 and the second base frame 570 580 is switched from the unlocked state to the locked state. For this reason, it can be hard to receive to the influence by the inclination of the front door frame 14, etc., and it can suppress that the switch of the 2nd weir member 580 for front doors is prevented. In particular, the weight of the front door frame 14 is easily increased by having the upper tray 33, the lower tray 34, the glass 22, the lamps 23 to 25, the speaker 26 and the like. Although inclination at the end is likely to occur, the second door wedge member 580 for the front door is easily disposed closer to the pivoting tip by making it less susceptible to such weight. Thereby, the locking function of the front door second wedge member 580 can be made suitable.

  Unlike the front door frame 14, the handle base 41 can be firmly fixed to the inner frame 13 because it is not necessary to consider opening each time. Therefore, it is easy to suppress the insertion of the incorrect tool through the boundary between the handle base 41 and the inner frame 13. As described above, the cam member 530, the screw 527 for fixing the cylinder lock 520, and the like are disposed behind the member excellent in crime prevention property, thereby preventing unauthorized access to the cam member 530 etc. It contributes to improvement.

  By arranging the handle base 41 on the pivoting tip side of the front door frame 14 in the inner frame 13, the combination of the front door frame 14 and the handle base 41 is made suitable. That is, when the front door frame 14 rotates, it does not pass through the front side of the handle base 41, and the boundary between the handle base 41 and the front door frame 14 is the rotation of the front door frame 14 in the handle base 41. It is limited to the part except the movement tip side and the lower end. Thereby, the boundary portion between the handle base 41 and the inner frame 13 is prevented from spreading over the entire peripheral edge of the handle base 41, and it is difficult to perform an illegal act such as inserting an illegal tool through the boundary portion.

  The front door frame 14 is restrained from rising between the handle base 41 and the pivoting center axis of the front door frame 14 by the front door second weir member 580. Thereby, the gap between the front door frame 14 and the lower frame portion 13b of the inner frame 13 is prevented from being easily expanded.

  The front door second wedging member 580 is switched to the unlocked state based on the unlocking operation of the cylinder lock 520. That is, it is configured to be interlocked with switching of the front door first weir member 550. As a result, while the closing function is improved, complication of the locking and releasing operation is suppressed, and a practically preferable configuration is realized.

  In addition, it is not limited to the description content of embodiment mentioned above, For example, you may implement as follows. Incidentally, the following alternative configurations may be applied individually to the configurations in the above-described embodiment, or may be applied in combination with each other.

  (A1) In the above embodiment, the plate springs 270 as "biasing means" are provided vertically and the stopper 267 is disposed between the two plate springs 270, but the stopper 267 between the plate springs 270 is omitted. It is also possible. That is, each leaf spring 270 may be disposed between the two stoppers 267, and the stopper 267 does not necessarily have to be disposed between the leaf springs 270. Further, the number of leaf springs 270 may be set arbitrarily as long as they are disposed between the two stoppers 267. For example, it is possible to add a third leaf spring between the two leaf springs 270 in the above embodiment. In this case, the third leaf spring may be disposed at an intermediate position between the two stoppers 267 disposed between the two leaf springs 270.

  (A2) In the above embodiment, the top 272a of the leaf spring 270 is positioned closer to the pivoting end of the game board 80 than the stopper 267, but the invention is not limited to this. For example, the top portion 272a may be located behind the stopper 267 in a plan view of the inner frame 13.

  (A3) In the above embodiment, the leaf spring 270 and the stopper 267 are arranged at the position on the inner frame 13 on the rotation base end side of the game board 80, but it is also possible to change this as follows. . That is, the leaf spring 270 and the stopper 267 can be disposed at a position on the inner frame 13 located on the rotating tip side of the game board 80, and disposed at a position along the upper end or the lower end of the game board 80 in the inner frame 13. It is also possible. Furthermore, it is also possible to arrange a leaf spring and a stopper along the outer periphery of the game board 80. However, in the case where the gaming board 80 is rotated and mounted, the mounting operation of the gaming board 80 may be difficult if the stopper projects on the rotation path. Therefore, desirably, as described in the above-mentioned embodiment, the leaf spring and the stopper are disposed closer to the rotation base end of the game board, and in other parts, switching positioning means are used as shown in the locking device 400. It is good.

  (A4) In the above embodiment, although one pair of positioning mechanisms consisting of a pair of stoppers 267 and a plate spring 270 disposed therebetween is disposed on the upper end side and the lower end side of the game board 80 The number of sets of mechanisms is not limited to two. In the present embodiment, in particular, a configuration is adopted in which the game ball fired from the game ball launch mechanism 110 lands on the guide rail 100 on the lower end side of the game board 80, and position accuracy around this landing position It is preferable to improve. Therefore, it is sufficient that at least one set of positioning mechanisms be disposed on the lower end side of the game board 80 and position accuracy at a desired position be secured.

  (A5) In the above embodiment, the plate spring 270 is disposed at the center of the pair of stoppers 267. However, the plate spring 270 may be disposed closer to either one of the stoppers 267 by changing it. It is.

  (A6) In the above embodiment, a pair of positioning means is constituted by the pair of stoppers 267 arranged along the edge of the rotary base end of the game board 80 and the plate spring 270 arranged therebetween. It is also possible to change this as follows. That is, in addition to the pair of stoppers 267, a third stopper 267 provided offset to the rotating tip end side is provided, and a flat spring is provided within a range surrounded by the three stoppers 267 in front view of the inner frame 13. It is also possible to arrange 270 and to constitute one set of positioning means by these three stoppers 267 and one leaf spring 270. Thereby, the rotation of the game board 80 with the one stopper 267 at the base end can be suitably suppressed, which can contribute to the improvement of the positioning accuracy. In addition, it is also possible to arrange a plurality of leaf springs 270 within the range surrounded by the three stoppers 267.

  (A7) In the above embodiment, the plate spring 270 formed by folding a steel plate in a substantially U shape is used as the "biasing means", but the "biasing means" is not limited thereto. For example, the steel plate may be bent in a substantially U-shape to form another type of leaf spring. Also, instead of the plate spring 270, a coil spring, a rubber cushion or the like can be used.

  (A8) In the above embodiment, the plate spring 270 is disposed so that the bent portion 273 of the plate spring 270 faces the left side wall portion 264, but the plate spring 270 has a bent portion 273 that is the left side wall portion 264 It may be arranged to face the opposite side. However, in the configuration in which the plate spring 270 is installed on the opposing plate portion 251, by receiving the reaction force from the game board 80 at a position close to the left side wall portion 264, bending deformation of the opposing plate portion 251 is suppressed and biased. There is an advantage that it is easy to secure the function. In this respect, it is assumed that it is difficult to enjoy this merit when the above-described change is made. Therefore, it is preferable to adopt the configuration shown in the above embodiment.

  Note that the installation target of the plate spring 270 is not limited to the facing plate portion 251, and a configuration corresponding to the plate spring 270 can be installed on the left side wall portion 264.

  (A9) In the above embodiment, the stopper 267 is integrally formed with the inner frame 13. However, the stopper may be provided separately from the inner frame 13. However, in this case, it is assumed that the positioning accuracy tends to decrease due to the accumulation of errors such as manufacturing variations and mounting variations of the stopper. Therefore, desirably, the stopper is integrally formed on the inner frame 13 to avoid such a disadvantage.

  (A10) In the above embodiment, the plate member 268 having the reinforcing function of the stopper 267 and the plate spring 270 are separately provided, but both may be integrally formed. In this case, it is possible to arrange a connecting portion connecting the connecting portion connected to the stopper 267 and the plate spring portion to the inside or the outside of the inner frame 13 (for example, the left side wall 264). It is desirable to dispose it on the outside of the left side wall portion 264 in consideration of the interference avoidance of As described above, when the connecting portion is disposed outside the left side wall portion 264, an opening or the like may be formed in the left side wall portion 264 or the opposing plate portion 251 so that the plate spring portion protrudes inside the inner frame 13.

  (A11) Although the stopper 267 is reinforced by the plate member 268 in the above embodiment, the plate member 268 can be omitted. In this case, it is preferable to increase the strength of the stopper 267 itself by, for example, increasing the size of the stopper 267. However, it is assumed that not only the formation of the stopper 267 will be difficult when the strength of the stopper 267 is improved, but also it will be difficult to secure its positional accuracy. Therefore, it is preferable to give priority to securing the accuracy for the stopper 267, and to compensate for the shortage by the plate member 268 when there is a concern about insufficient strength.

  (B1) In the above embodiment, the game board 80 is urged to the front side of the inner frame 13 at the four corners of the game board 80, but the energizing point of the game board 80 is both ends of the game board 80 The other is optional as long as at least one place is set on the side. For example, it is possible to omit the plate spring 270 on the upper end side of the game board 80 and the lock device 400 (specifically, the coil spring 430).

  (B2) In the above embodiment, although the urging aspect at the rotation base end side of the game board 80 and the urging aspect at the rotation tip end side are different, it is also possible to unify both of them. For example, instead of the leaf spring 270 and the stopper 267, the locking device 400 can be disposed. However, as described above, in the present embodiment, it is intended to avoid the miniaturization of the game board 80 while avoiding the interference with the front door frame 14, and the rotation system for attaching the game board 80. Is adopted. If the lock device 400 is disposed on the rotating tip side of the game board 80, it is assumed that the configuration for making the game board 80 rotatable is complicated. Also, instead of the locking device 400, a configuration corresponding to the plate spring 270 and the stopper 267 may be arranged, but even in this case, the rotation of the game board 80 is not inhibited. Care must be taken. Therefore, in order to urge the game board 80 at both ends while suppressing complication of the configuration, the plate spring 270 and the stopper 267 are disposed on the rotation base end side, and the lock device 400 is disposed on the rotation tip end side. It is preferable to do.

  (B3) In the above embodiment, the game board 80 is attached to and detached from the inner frame 13 by rotating it, but the present invention is not limited to this. For example, the game board 80 may be attached to and detached from the inner frame 13 by sliding movement.

  (C1) In the above embodiment, the lock state and the unlock state are switched by rotating the operation unit 446 of the lock device 400, but this is changed to slide the operation unit in a specific direction. Thus, the lock state and the unlock state may be switched.

  (C2) In the above-described embodiment, the game board 80 is the fixed object to be locked by the lock device 400, but the fixed object is not limited to the game board 80. For example, the back pack unit 15 or the game ball launch mechanism 110 may be fixed.

  (C3) The arrangement of the lock device 400 is optional. For example, it is also possible to arrange it close to the rotation base end of the game board 80. However, in the case where the front door frame 14 is disposed close to the pivoting base end side, it may be difficult to secure a work space for pivoting the lock device 400. Therefore, it is preferable that the front end of the front door frame 14, that is, the front end of the game board 80 be disposed close to the front end.

  (C4) In the above embodiment, when the operation amount of the operation unit 446 reaches a predetermined amount, the pusher 420 pushing the game board 80 protrudes at a stretch, but it is also possible to change it as follows. is there. That is, the protrusion amount of the pusher 420 may be gradually increased according to the increase of the operation amount of the operation unit 446. Hereinafter, a specific example will be described based on FIG. FIG. 34 is a schematic view showing a modification of the lock device, and dot hatching in FIG. 34 shows a pusher.

  As shown in FIG. 34, the lock device 850 is fixed to the shaft 851 fitted in the rear side cylindrical portion 861 of the inner frame 13, the pusher 852 inserted in the shaft 851, and the tip of the coaxial body 851. And an operating lever 853. The end of the shaft body 851 opposite to the operation lever 853 is formed with a flange 854 that abuts on the rear end surface of the back side cylinder portion 861. The flange 854 is formed on the back side of the inner frame 13 The stopper member 858 is fixed so as to be sandwiched between the rear end face of the portion 861. The rear end surfaces of the stopper member 858 and the rear side cylindrical portion 861 prevent the axial movement of the shaft body 851 in the axial direction.

  A thread is formed over a predetermined range at a portion of the shaft body 851 through which the pusher 852 is inserted. On the other hand, on the inner circumferential surface of the pusher 852, a thread groove corresponding to the thread is formed. The pusher 852 has a polygonal outer periphery as in the above embodiment, and is fitted to the front side cylindrical portion 862 of the inner frame 13 in a state in which the rotation is restricted.

  When the control lever 853 is rotated in a predetermined direction, the shaft body 851 is rotated accordingly. At this time, when the screw thread of the shaft body 851 and the screw groove of the pusher 852 mesh with each other, the pusher 852 moves in the axial direction of the shaft body 851. Specifically, the control lever 853 is rotated clockwise to move to the game board 80 (that is, it protrudes from the front cylindrical portion 862), and the control lever 853 is rotated counterclockwise to play the game board Move to the side away from 80 (ie, immerse into the front cylinder 862).

  When the game board 80 is attached to the inner frame 13, the game board 80 is pushed toward the operation portion 855 of the operation lever 853 by rotating the operation lever 853 clockwise. Thereby, the front surface of the game board 80 abuts on the operation unit 855, and further turning operation of the operation lever 853 becomes impossible, and the front and back position of the game board 80 is defined.

  In addition, it is also possible to add the structure equivalent to the coil spring 430 shown to the said embodiment. In this case, the biasing force of the coil spring 430 can suppress the separation of the pusher 852 from the game board 80, that is, the looseness, and can preferably maintain the positioning state.

  Further, in addition to the above configuration, it is possible to provide the front door frame 14 or the like with blocking means for blocking the movement of the operation portion 855. Thereby, it can be easily suppressed that the positioning state is released unintentionally. For example, the front door frame 14 may be provided with a fitting recess or the like to be fitted with the operation portion 855 as the blocking means. By preventing the rotation of the operation unit 855, it is also possible to suppress the decrease in the positioning function.

  However, in the configuration in which the position of the game board 80 is defined on the basis of the front surface, the rotational position of the operation unit 855 may differ depending on the difference in thickness of each game board 80. When the thickness of the game board is changed due to a model change or the like, there is a possibility that it will not be possible to secure the charge for the operation unit 855 and the game board 80. Furthermore, even if the fitting recess or the like is added, it may be difficult to normally exhibit the blocking function. Therefore, it is preferable to adopt a configuration in which the lock position of the operation unit 855 is the same without being affected by the thickness difference of the game board 80 as described in the above embodiment.

  (C5) In the above embodiment, the pusher 420 pushes the game board 80 when the operation unit 446 rotates from the unlock position to the position where it abuts against the front face of the game board 80. It may be changed as follows. That is, it is also possible to adopt a configuration in which the pusher 420 pushes the game board 80 at the time before the operation portion 446 rotates from the unlock position to the position where it abuts against the front surface of the game board 80. However, when such a change is made, it is assumed that the operation of the operation unit 446 is likely to be hindered by the game board 80 pressed by the pusher 420. This can be a factor that makes it difficult to switch the lock device 400. In this respect, as described in the above embodiment, if the pusher 420 is configured to push the game board 80 after the operation part 446 is rotated to a position where it is not disturbed by the game board 80, the operation part 446 and the game board are true. Although friction is generated between it and 80, it is possible to avoid the inconvenience that the operation unit 446 is attached to the game board 80 (specifically, the inner surface of the insertion portion 92).

  (C6) In the above-described embodiment, the position control of the pusher 420 is realized by the retaining portions 442 and 443 of the operation lever 440, the connecting portion 444, and the projection 422 of the pusher 420, thereby simplifying the configuration. However, in this configuration, the operating portion 446 may move in a direction not intended by the operator due to the biasing force of the coil spring 430 that pushes the pusher 420. On the other hand, for example, a configuration may be employed which can transmit the operation force applied to the operation unit to the pusher via another link member or the like and can also prevent the biasing force of the coil spring 430 from propagating to the operation unit . In this case, although the structure is complicated, the ease of operation can be improved. However, focusing on the fact that the space in which lock device 400 can be arranged is limited, and an increase in the space can lead to a reduction in the arrangement area of game board 80, the configuration shown in the above embodiment is more practical It is considered to be a preferred configuration.

  (C7) In the above embodiment, when the lock device 400 is in the unlocked state, the longitudinal direction of the operation unit 446 coincides with the direction orthogonal to the rotation center axis of the game board 80, but It is not limited to this. For example, the longitudinal direction of the operation unit 446 may be different from the direction orthogonal to the rotation center axis of the game board 80. However, in this case, since the game board 80 is configured to rotate, it is necessary to set the passage gap of the operation portion 446 in the insertion portion 92 large. This is a factor of moving a portion of the operation unit 446 in contact with the game board 80 away from the base 441 of the operation lever 440. That is, it can be a factor to reduce the running allowance with the game board 80 and to increase the stress applied to the operation lever 440. Therefore, desirably, in the unlocked state, the longitudinal direction of the operation portion 446 may be aligned in the direction orthogonal to the rotation center axis of the game board 80.

  (C8) In the above embodiment, the operation portion 446 of the operation lever 440 has a symmetrical shape about the central axis of the base 441. However, it is not necessary to form such a symmetrical shape. The shape may be different on both sides.

  In addition, although the operation unit 446 is configured to contact the front of the game board 80 on both the upper and lower sides of the base 441, this is changed, and one of the upper and lower sides of the base 441 is abutted on the front of the game board 80 Configuration is also possible. For example, the control lever 440 can be deformed from a T-shape to an L-shape to reduce the position of contact with the front of the game board 80.

  (C9) In the above embodiment, the operation levers 440 have the same shape, while the insertion portions 92 of the game board 80 have different shapes. However, this is changed to be similar to the operation levers 440. The shape of each insertion portion 92 may be unified.

  (C10) In the above embodiment, the rotation range of the operation lever 440 is limited to about 90 °, and the lock state and the unlock state are switched within that range. However, the rotation range of the operation lever 440 Is not limited to this. For example, it may be 180 degrees or 360 degrees.

  Moreover, it is switched to the locked state by rotating clockwise from the unlocked state, and it is switched to the unlocked state by rotating counterclockwise from the locked state, but this is changed as follows You may That is, switching between the locked state and the unlocked state may be performed by the turning operation in the same direction. For example, it is also possible to adopt a configuration in which the locked state and the unlocked state are switched each time it is rotated 180 ° clockwise. As a result, it is possible to easily secure the running allowance of the gaming board 80 and the operation unit 446 shown in (c7).

  (C11) In the above embodiment, the pusher 420 is urged toward the game board 80 by the coil spring 430, but instead of the coil spring 430, another type of spring member such as a leaf spring may be used The following elastic members may be used.

  (C12) In the above embodiment, the control lever 440 of the lock device 400 is housed in the area sandwiched by the inner frame 13 and the front door frame 14, but the control lever 440 is exposed from the same area It is also good. However, in this case, unauthorized removal of the game board 80 becomes easy, and there is a possibility that the crime prevention function may be degraded. Therefore, in consideration of the improvement of the crime prevention function, it is desirable to dispose the operation lever 440 at a position where access from the outside of the pachinko machine 10 is impossible or difficult.

  (D1) In the above embodiment, the first grip portion 481 and the second grip portion 482 of the game board 80 are disposed on the one game area dividing member 480, but the disposition targets of the grip portions 481 and 482 are different. It is also possible. For example, two game area dividing members may be provided, the first holding unit may be provided on one of the game area dividing members, and the second holding unit may be provided on the other.

  (D2) In the above embodiment, the gripping portions 481 and 482 are disposed on the rotating tip side of the game board 80, but the positions of the gripping portions 481 and 482 are not limited thereto. It is also possible to arrange in However, as shown in the above embodiment, when the pivoting base end of the game board 80 and the pivoting base end of the front door frame 14 are on the same side, It is assumed that access to the In this case, it is difficult to utilize the gripping portions 481 and 482, and as a result, it is feared that various configurations in the game area PE can be easily grasped. Therefore, desirably, the holding portion may be disposed on a gaming machine component (for example, the game area dividing member 480) disposed at a position closer to the rotation tip than the game area PE.

  (D3) In the above embodiment, the first holding portion 481 is provided on the wall of the game area dividing member 480 facing the rotating tip of the game board 80, but the position of the first holding portion 481 is arbitrary. is there. For example, it is also possible to arrange the second holding portion 482 side by side on the wall portion of the game area dividing member 480 facing downward. However, when both gripping portions 481 and 482 are juxtaposed, it is assumed that it is difficult to improve the stability when gripping the game board 80 even if two gripping portions are provided. Therefore, preferably, the grips may be disposed on walls facing in different directions.

  (D4) In the above embodiment, the open portions of the grips 481 and 482 are located inside the periphery of the game board 80, but the present invention is not necessarily limited to this. For example, the open portions of the grips 481 and 482 may be located outside the periphery of the game board 80. However, in this case, it may be difficult to secure a work space (specifically, a space for inserting a finger into the grip) when gripping the grip. Specifically, in the configuration in which the game board 80 is attached from the front side of the inner frame 13, a track for attaching and detaching the game board 80 is secured on the front side of the game board 80. By securing a working space for gripping the gripping portion on this track, interference with peripheral parts and fingers can be suitably avoided, but as described above, the open portion of the gripping portion is located outside the gaming board 80 If it does, it will be necessary to create a separate work space. This is not preferable because it can be a factor that makes it difficult to coexist with the peripheral components of the game board 80 and the peripheral structure. Therefore, desirably, the open portions of the grip portions 481 and 482 may be disposed inside the periphery of the game board 80.

  (D5) In the above embodiment, the grips 481 and 482 are concaved to allow insertion of a finger into the grips 481 and 482, but the shape of the grips is not limited to this and is optional is there. For example, the gripping portions may be formed in a projecting shape projecting to the front side of the game board 80, and these gripping portions may be pinched with a finger.

  (D6) One of the first grip 481 and the second grip 482 may be omitted. However, limiting the number of grips to only one may cause the following disadvantages. That is, since the total weight of the game board 80 is increased by mounting various components such as the variable display unit 85, it is not efficient to hold the game board 80 with only one hand. When it is removed from the inner frame 13, it is assumed that the other part of the game board 80 is easily grasped by the hand not grasping the grasping portion. In this case, if the configuration relating to the playability such as the nail 87 is held, it is not preferable because the playability may change. Therefore, two grips may be provided to correspond to both hands.

  (D7) It is also possible to place the first grip portion 481 on the extension of the moving path of the gaming ball with respect to the rubber 490. In this case, the screw 491 may be disposed on the same extension. In addition, it is also possible to use structures or means other than screw 491 as a fixing means of the game area division member 480. For example, a locking pin or an adhesive may be used.

  (D8) In the above embodiment, the game area partitioning member 480 is configured to have the return rubber 490, but the return rubber 490 may be omitted.

  (D9) In the above embodiment, the first gripping portion 481 is disposed above the second gripping portion 482 and on the rotating tip side of the game board 80, but the disposition of these gripping portions 481 and 482 is It is optional. Moreover, it is arbitrary also about the dent direction of each holding part 481,482.

  (D10) In the above embodiment, the facing portion 485 facing the inner rail 101 is provided in the game area partitioning member 480, but the same configuration can be applied to the outer rail 102.

  Although it is possible to omit the facing portion 485 and the unit housing portion 486, in order to secure the strength of the second grip portion 482, it is assumed that it is difficult to miniaturize the game area partitioning member 480. Ru. In this respect, if the facing portion 485 and the unit housing portion 486 are arranged around the second holding portion 482 of the game area partitioning member 480, the limited space on the front of the game board 80 is effectively utilized, and the game area Coexistence with PE can be made suitable.

  (D11) In the above embodiment, the second grip portion 482 is arranged at a position closer to the rotation base end of the game board 80 than the right locking device 400R, but it is also possible to exchange the positions of both. However, the lock device 400 is preferably disposed closer to the end of the game board 80 from the viewpoint of improving the positioning function, and the second grip portion 482 from the viewpoint of stability improvement in a state of supporting the game board 80. It is preferable to arrange in the center of the In this regard, when the above change is made, the functions of the second grip portion 482 and the right locking device 400R may be degraded. Therefore, desirably, as described in the above-described embodiment, the lock device 400 may be disposed closer to the rotation tip than the second grip portion 482 is.

  (E1) In the above embodiment, the opposing plate portion 251 as a "flat plate portion" has a ring shape (specifically, a rectangular frame), but the opposing plate portion has a flat plate shape facing the back of the game board 80 The outer shape may not necessarily be annular. For example, the “flat plate portion” may be formed in a long plate shape extending across the left side frame portion 13 c and the right side frame portion 13 d of the inner frame 13.

  In addition, although the opposing plate portion 251 is configured to have irregularities such as ribs or dents for the purpose of reinforcement or member attachment, it is also possible to have a configuration that does not have such irregularities or the like.

  (E2) In the above-mentioned embodiment, although game board accommodation part 75 was constituted by counter board part 251 and peripheral wall part 261, the game board accommodation part 75 is not indispensable. The peripheral wall portion 261 may be omitted as long as it has a configuration corresponding to at least the opposing plate portion 251.

  (E3) In the above embodiment, the positioning projections 259 which define the left and right positions of the game board 80 are disposed between the left and right lock devices 400R, 400L for fixing the game board 80, but the lock devices 400R, 400L and the positioning The positional relationship between the protrusions 259 is arbitrary, and it is not necessary to arrange the positioning protrusions 259 between the two locking devices 400R and 400L. In addition, although the positioning projection 259 is disposed close to the lock device 400L on the left side, the positioning projection may be disposed close to the lock device 400R on the right side.

  (E4) In the above embodiment, the operation unit 446 of the lock device 400 enters the insertion portion 92 of the game board 80 in the process of arranging the game board 80 at the mounting completion position, and then the positioning projection 259 is the game board 80 Alternatively, the operation portion 446 may be inserted into the insertion portion 92 after the positioning projection 259 is inserted into the through hole 91. However, in this case, since the positioning projection 259 tries to enter the through hole 91 in a state where the left and right positions of the game board 80 are largely dispersed, the positioning projection 259 does not fit into the through hole 91 and the back surface of the game board 80 There is a concern that they will collide. This is not preferable because it may cause the positioning protrusion 259 to be deformed and a decrease in positioning accuracy. Therefore, desirably, as described in the above embodiment, first, the operating portion 446 and the inserting portion 92 suppress the rough positional deviation of the game board 80, and the positioning projection 259 penetrates in a state where the positioning is made noticeable It may be configured to enter the hole 91.

  (E5) Although the positioning projection 259 has a cylindrical shape in the above embodiment, the positioning projection may be prismatic. Further, although the diameter of the tip end portion of the positioning projection 259 is reduced, it is also possible to omit this.

  (E6) In the embodiment described above, in the flat plate portion constituting the opposing plate portion 251, the positioning protrusion is provided on the flat plate portion connected to the corner portion closest to the entrance portion 104 of the induction rail 100 in the corner portion of the peripheral wall portion 261. Although the 259 and the locking device 400 are provided, the positioning projection 259 and the locking device 400 may be provided on another flat plate portion.

  Further, the positioning projection 259 and the lock device 400 are disposed on the flat plate portion connected to the left side frame portion 13c to which the support fittings 71 and 72 for supporting the front door frame 14 are attached among the flat plate portions constituting the opposing plate portion 251. However, it is also possible to arrange the positioning projections 259 and the locking device 400 on other flat plate parts.

  Furthermore, although the flat plate portion in which the positioning protrusion 259 and the lock device 400 are disposed is connected to the plurality of wall portions 263 and 264 of the wall portions 262 to 265 configuring the peripheral wall portion 261, the invention is limited thereto. It is not a thing. For example, the flat plate portion can be connected to only one wall portion.

  (F1) In the above embodiment, the positioning projections 259 which define the left and right positions of the game board 80 are disposed behind the outer rail 102 of the game board 80, but this is changed and the positioning projections 259 of the pachinko machine 10 It is also possible to arrange it inside the outer rail 102 or outside the outer rail 102 in a front view. However, even when the arrangement of the positioning projections 259 is changed as described above, it is preferable to arrange the positioning projections 259 as close as possible to the specific site SP.

  (F2) In the above embodiment, the inlet portion 104 of the guide rail 100 is disposed closer to the lower end of the game board 80. However, the inlet portion 104 may be disposed closer to the upper end of the game board 80. However, when such a change is made, it is assumed that the distance between the entrance portion 104 and the game ball launch mechanism 110 is expanded, and the variation in the landing position of the game ball becomes large. In this case, even if the positional variation is suppressed by the positioning protrusion near the entrance portion 104, the firing variation of the gaming ball becomes dominant and there is a concern that the benefit of the stabilization function of the landing position by the positioning protrusion can not be sufficiently obtained. Be done. Therefore, desirably, the entrance portion 104 of the guide rail 100 should be positioned close to the lower end of the game board 80, ie, the game ball launch mechanism 110.

  In addition, although the inlet portion 104 of the guide rail 100 is disposed near the center of the game board 80, it is also possible, for example, to move the inlet portion 104 closer to the end on the rotating base end side of the game board 80. In this case, the game ball firing mechanism 110 may be disposed close to the same side.

  (F3) In the above-described embodiment, the game balls fired from the game ball firing mechanism 110 obliquely cross the lower edge of the game board 80, that is, the lower sidewall 263 of the inner frame 13. In other words, the inlet portion 104 of the guide rail 100 and the tip end portion of the launch rail 112 in the gaming ball launch mechanism 110 are diagonally opposed to each other with the lower side wall portion 263 interposed therebetween. The game ball emitted from the game ball firing mechanism 110 is arranged by changing this and arranging the entrance portion 104 of the induction rail 100 and the tip portion of the firing rail 112 in the game ball firing mechanism 110 across the lower side wall 263. However, the lower end edge of the game board 80, that is, the lower side wall 263 of the inner frame 13 may be vertically traversed. However, in this case, there is a possibility that the gaming ball may deviate to the inner rail 101 side, and it may be difficult to specify the landing position of the gaming ball. Therefore, desirably, the flying direction of the game ball should be slightly inclined toward the outer rail 102 side.

  (F4) In the above embodiment, the outer rail 102 has a circular arc shape, and the tangent TL at the specific portion SP of the outer rail 102 is in the same direction as the rail direction of the launch rail 112, whereby the impact upon landing of the game ball is achieved. And smooth guidance along the outer rail 102. This may be changed as follows. That is, the entire outer rail may not be arc-shaped, and a part including the specific portion SP may extend in the same direction as the rail direction of the launch rail 112. Thereby, the same effect as the above embodiment can be obtained.

  (F5) In the above embodiment, the rail support member 107 is attached to the through hole 91 through which the positioning protrusion 259 is inserted. However, the rail support member 107 may be omitted. Further, it is also possible to attach the rail support member 107 using a hole or the like other than the through hole 91.

  (F6) Instead of the through holes 91 penetrating in the thickness direction of the game board 80, it is also possible to use holes or recesses which do not penetrate in the thickness direction of the game board 80. Furthermore, although the through hole is formed into a long hole shape expanded vertically, and the movement of the positioning projection 259 is allowed in the vertical direction, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, it is also possible to form the inner shape of the through hole 91 in accordance with the outer shape of the positioning protrusion 259 and to provide the through hole 91 and the positioning protrusion 259 with a positioning function in the vertical direction. However, when such a change is made, it is assumed that the load generated on the positioning projection 259 becomes large, and the deformation of the positioning projection 259 is likely to occur. This is not preferable because it may be a factor that causes a decrease in the positioning function. Therefore, desirably, the through holes 91 may be formed such that a gap allowing positional variations in the upper and lower portions of the game board 80 is generated between the through holes 91 and the positioning projections 259.

  (F7) In the above embodiment, the positioning projection 259 is provided on the inner frame 13 and the through hole 91 through which the positioning projection 259 is inserted is provided on the game board 80. However, replacing the positioning projection 259 and the through hole 91 Is also possible. That is, it is also possible to provide a through hole in the inner frame 13 and to provide a positioning projection to be inserted into the through hole in the game board 80.

  (F8) In the above embodiment, the guide rail 100 is configured by the inner rail 101 and the outer rail 102, but both rails are not necessarily required. It is sufficient if at least a rail corresponding to the outer rail 102 is provided. In addition, the inner rail 101 and the outer rail 102 do not have to be separately provided, and it is also possible to integrally provide both (for example, integrally molding).

  (F9) In the embodiment described above, the game ball lands on the specific portion SP of the outer rail 102 when the operation amount of the game ball firing handle 40 becomes equal to or more than the first prescribed amount. It is also possible that the game ball lands on the specific portion SP of the outer rail 102 when the operation amount is equal to or more than the second predetermined amount. As the operation amount of the game ball emission handle 40 is increased, the emission speed of the game ball is also increased. When the firing speed of the gaming balls increases to a level that reaches the return rubber 490, it is assumed that the impact when landing on the outer rail 102 also increases. By suppressing the variation in the collision position of the game balls shot at such a high firing speed, it is possible to easily contribute to the improvement of the durability of the outer rail 102.

  (F10) In the above embodiment, the positioning projection 259 always protrudes from the opposing plate portion 251 of the inner frame 13. However, even if the positioning projection is movable, switching between the positioning position and the non-positioning position is possible. Good. Specifically, the positioning protrusion may be movable in and out with respect to the opposing plate portion.

  (G1) In the above embodiment, the lower side wall portion 263 has a flat plate shape as the “placement portion”. However, the present invention is not limited to this. The “mounting portion” may face at least the lower end surface of the game board 80 and support the game board 80 from the lower side, as long as the variation in the vertical position of the game board 80 can be suppressed. For example, it is also possible to make the "mounting portion" not linear but linear or point-like.

  (G2) In the above embodiment, the lower side wall portion 263 is in contact with the entire lower end surface of the game board 80. However, the lower side wall portion 263 is changed to the left and right sides of the lower end surface of the game board 80 It may be configured to abut against. If at least the contact points are set at an interval that can suppress inclination of the game board 80 to the left and right, the function of defining the upper and lower positions of the game board 80 is secured.

  (G3) In the above embodiment, after the gaming board 80 is placed on the lower side wall portion 263 and the upper and lower positions are defined, the left and right positions are defined by the positioning protrusions 259. May be It is also possible to adopt a configuration in which the definition of the upper and lower positions and the definition of the left and right positions are simultaneously performed. However, it is assumed that it is difficult to secure the strength of the positioning projection 259 compared to the lower side wall portion 263. As described above, when positioning is first performed by the positioning projection 259 having inferior strength, there is a concern that the weight of the game board 80 is added to the positioning projection 259 and the deformation of the positioning projection 259 is likely to occur. Ru. This is not preferable because it may be a factor that causes a decrease in positioning accuracy. Therefore, desirably, in the process of mounting the gaming board 80, it is preferable first to allow the upper and lower positions to be defined by the lower side wall portion 263.

  In particular, in the above embodiment, the temporary storage portion 290 is formed in the inner frame 13, and the variation in the vertical position of the game board 80 is suppressed at the initial stage of installation of the game board 80, and the game board 80 is rotated. The game board 80 is guided on the lower side wall portion 263 to further suppress variations in the vertical position. The positioning projection 259 is inserted into the through hole 91 in a state where the gaming board 80 is mounted on the lower side wall portion 263. That is, the positioning projection 259 is suppressed from being inserted into the through hole 91 before the upper and lower positions are defined. However, the temporary storage portion 290 is not an essential component and may be omitted.

  (G4) In the above embodiment, the lower side wall portion 263 as the placement portion has a substantially planar shape, but the present invention is not limited to this. For example, the game board 80 may be supported by projections extending in the front and back direction.

  (G5) In the above embodiment, the rotation center of the game board 80 is displaceable. However, the rotation center of the game board 80 may be fixed. For example, the gaming board 80 may be pivotally supported by the inner frame 13. In particular, it is preferable to axially support the gaming board 80 in a state in which vertical movement of the game board 80 is permitted, and to reduce the load on the axial part after the positioning by the lower side wall part 263 is performed.

  (G6) In the above embodiment, the positioning projection 259 is disposed close to the lower side wall 263. However, the positioning projection 259 may be disposed close to the upper side wall 262. However, assuming that the positioning accuracy of the upper and lower positions of the game board 80 becomes the highest near the lower side wall 263 (for example, the variation when the game board 80 is inclined to the left and the right becomes the smallest near the lower side wall 263) Preferably, the positioning projection 259 is disposed close to the lower side wall portion 263 side.

  (H1) In the above embodiment, the locking device 500 is attached to the inner frame 13 as the "game machine main body", but it may be changed and attached to the front door frame 14 as the "door".

  (H2) In the above embodiment, the locking device 500 is disposed on the pivoting end side of the front door frame 14, but the position of the locking device may be arbitrarily changed. For example, it is also possible to arrange the locking device along the upper end and the lower end of the front door frame 14. The front door frame 14 does not have to be rotatably provided, and may be slidably provided.

  (H3) In the above embodiment, the locking device 500 locks the front door frame 14 closed with respect to the inner frame 13 and locks the inner frame 13 closed with the outer frame 11. However, it is not limited to this. The locking device 500 only needs to have a function of locking in a state in which at least the front door frame 14 is closed, and it is also possible to omit the function of locking in a state in which the inner frame 13 is closed. However, in this case, it is preferable to separately provide a locking device that locks the inner frame 13 in a closed state with respect to the outer frame 11. It is also possible to provide the locking device 500 with a function of locking the back pack unit 15 in a closed state with respect to the inner frame 13.

  (H4) In the above embodiment, the front door frame 14 and the handle base 41 cover the front of the inner frame 13 and the game ball launch handle 40 is attached to the handle base 41. It is also possible to attach the game ball emission handle 40 to the front door frame 14 by omitting it.

  (H5) In the above embodiment, the locking device 500 is covered by both the front door frame 14 and the handle base 41. However, this may be changed, and the locking device 500 may be covered only by the front door frame 14. .

  (H6) In the above embodiment, the locking device accommodating portion 77 is formed in the inner frame 13, and the front open portion is covered by the first base frame 510 as a "base member" in the locking device 500. It is not necessary to cover by the first base frame 510. For example, the open portion may be covered by a cover member or the like, or the open portion may not be covered. Even if the opening portion is not covered, since the locking device 500 is covered by the inner frame 13 and the front door frame 14, the conventional configuration (configuration for mounting the locking device on the back of the inner frame 13) and If it compares, it can improve a crime prevention function not a little.

  (H7) In the above embodiment, the game board 80 is attached and detached from the front side of the inner frame 13. However, the game board may be attached and detached from the back side of the inner frame. However, when making such a change, it is preferable to make the following change together. By opening the front door frame, it is changed so that the release operation of the lock device for fixing the game board to the inner frame becomes possible. For example, the front door frame is provided with blocking means for blocking the switching operation of the lock device when the operation unit of the lock device is disposed on the front side of the inner frame or when the inner frame 13 is not opened with respect to the outer frame 11 It is good to As a result, it is possible to make it difficult for the game board to be removed to easily access the game components such as the nails 87 and the like.

  (H8) In the above embodiment, the game board 80 is attached to and detached from the front side of the inner frame 13. However, the same concept can be applied to other game machine parts mounted in the inner frame. It is. For example, in the present embodiment, the game ball launch mechanism 110 is connected to the control device provided on the back side of the inner frame through a through hole or the like formed in the inner frame 13, but its removal By adopting the configuration from the front side of 13, it is possible to preferably suppress such a disadvantage that the gaming ball firing mechanism 110 is removed and the fraud is likely to be performed through the through hole.

  (H9) In the above embodiment, the mounting and demounting track of the game board 80 is specified by the game board housing portion 75 (specifically, the peripheral wall portion 261) and the insertion portion 280, and in the state where the front door frame 14 is closed, The presence of the front door frame 14 makes it impossible to remove the game board 80, but it is also possible to omit the game board accommodating portion 75 and the insertion portion 280.

  (H10) In the above embodiment, when the front door frame 14 is closed with respect to the inner frame 13, the glass holder 27 of the front door frame 14 as the "division means" and the right side wall 265 of the inner frame 13 Although the space surrounded by the inner frame 13 and the front door frame 14 is divided into the area on the game board 80 side and the area on the locking device 500 side, it is not necessarily limited to this. For example, a partition extending to the front of the inner frame 13 may be provided on the back of the front door frame 14, or a partition extending to the back of the front door frame 14 may be provided on the front of the inner frame 13. .

  Furthermore, the space enclosed by the inner frame 13 and the front door frame 14 is not necessarily divided into the area on the game board 80 side and the area on the locking device 500 side, and the space is not divided into both areas. It is also possible. However, in this case, the crime prevention function is likely to be reduced compared to the above embodiment.

  (H11) It is also possible to provide the front door frame 14 with blocking means for blocking switching of the operation part 446 of the lock device 400 as the “fixing means”. For example, a recess may be formed in which the operation unit 446 in the locked state is fitted, or a stopper may be in contact with the operation unit 446 from the front in the rotational direction when the operation unit 446 is switched to the unlocked state. It is good to form. Thus, unauthorized removal of the game board 80 can be suppressed, which can contribute to the further enhancement of the crime prevention function.

  (H12) In the above embodiment, although each wedge member 550, 620 is configured to protrude from the locking device accommodating portion 77, it may be configured such that each of the wedge members 550, 620 does not protrude from the locking device accommodating portion 77. It is possible. Hereinafter, a specific example will be described based on FIG. FIG. 35 is a schematic view showing a locking device and a configuration associated therewith.

  As shown in FIG. 35, the front door frame 14 is provided with a weir member 871 projecting toward the inner frame 13 side. An insertion hole 893 is formed in the front plate portion 892 of the first base frame 891 of the locking device 890, which faces the back surface of the front door frame 14, into which the wedge member 871 is inserted. A front door weir receiving member 894 corresponding to the weir member 871 is provided on the back side of the front plate portion 892. A hole 895 is formed in the front door wedge receiving member 894, and the front door frame 14 is locked by the hook member 871 being hooked on the hole 895.

  Similarly, the outer frame 11 is provided with a wedge member 881 projecting to the inner frame 13 side. An insertion hole 897 for allowing passage of the wedge member 881 is formed in the rear plate portion 896 facing the back wall portion 301 of the locking device accommodation portion 77 in the locking device 890. On the front side of the rear plate portion 896, an inner frame weir receiving member 898 corresponding to the weir member 881 is provided. A hole 899 is formed in the inner frame collar receiving member 898, and the inner frame 13 is locked to the outer frame 11 by the hook member 881 being hooked on the hole 899.

  As described above in detail, when the wedge member 871 of the front door frame 14 enters into the locking device accommodating portion 77, the wedge member 871 and the front door wedge receiving member 894 are formed in the inner area of the locking device accommodating portion 77. The hook member 881 and the hook support member 898 for the inner frame are hooked in the inner region of the locking device housing 77 by the hook member 881 of the outer frame 11 entering the locking device housing 77. By suppressing the exposure of the respective hook receiving members 894 and 898 to the outside of the locking device accommodating portion 77 and blocking the access from the outside of the pachinko machine to the hook receiving members 894 and 898 by the first base frame 891. Can. By making such changes, it is possible to contribute to the further improvement of the crime prevention.

  (H13) In the above embodiment, the wedges 620 for the inner frame are exposed to the back side of the inner frame 13 through the slits 303 of the inner frame 13, and the gap between the slits 303 and the wedges 620 for the inner frame Although it was set as the structure covered from the inner side of the locking apparatus accommodating part 77 by the flange 545 of 540, you may change this as follows. That is, the gap may be covered by a member or the like other than the interlocking rod 540. In particular, when the gap is covered with a portion other than the ridge portion of the wedge for the inner frame, the gap can be suitably closed when the wedge for the inner frame operates.

  (H14) In the above embodiment, the first base frame 510 of the locking device 500 is configured to have the member attaching portion 515 and the flange portion 516, but both of them can be omitted. In this case, various configurations attached to the member attachment portion 515 may be attached to the base frame fixing portion 511. However, in the above embodiment, the mounting and demounting track of the locking device 500 is defined by the member mounting portion 515 and the flange portion 516. When the front door frame 14 is closed, removal of the locking device 500 is suppressed by the presence of the front door frame 14 on the mounting and demounting track. When the member attachment portion 515 and the flange portion 516 are omitted as described above, for example, the peripheral wall of the locking device accommodation portion 77 may be extended to the front door frame 14 side and the removal track of the first base frame 510 may be twisted. Thereby, the fall of a crime prevention function can be controlled.

  (H15) Although the opening 320 corresponding to the cam member 600 of the locking device 500 is formed in the inner frame 13 in the above embodiment, the opening 320 may be omitted. However, when such a change is made, it is impossible to open the front door frame 14 without the operation key, which may reduce the convenience.

  (H16) In the above embodiment, the central opening 76 of the inner frame 13 is covered by the game board 80. However, the game board 80 may be closed. In this case, the back and forth position of the game board 80 may be positioned by bringing the back surface of the game board 80 into contact with the opposing plate portion 251 of the inner frame 13. The central opening 76 is not an essential component, and may be omitted.

  (H17) In the above embodiment, one side of the gaming board 80 is inserted into the insertion portion 280, and the gaming board 80 is moved to the mounting completion position by rotating the gaming board 80. It is good also as composition which makes it move to a mounting completion position by making slide movement. When such a change is to be made, for example, the insertion portion 280 may be omitted, and the slide direction of the game board may be defined by the peripheral wall portion of the game board accommodation portion.

  (H18) In the above embodiment, the locking device 500 has the cylinder lock 520, the interlocking hook 540, the front door wedge member 550, and the inner frame wedge member 620 attached to the first base frame 510 as the "base member". However, the first base frame 510 may be omitted, and the above-described various configurations may be attached to the inner frame 13 and the front door frame 14.

  (I1) In the above embodiment, the front door wedge member 550U as the "first locking member" and the inner frame wedge member 630U as the "second locking member" in the locking device 500 are biased toward the locking position. Although the coil spring 560U is used as the "biasing member", it may be changed as follows. It is also possible to use a compression coil spring, a plate spring or the like instead of the coil spring 560U (tension coil spring), and it is also possible to use an elastic member such as rubber instead of the coil spring 560U.

  (I2) In the above embodiment, the protrusion 554 in the front door wedge member 550U is the "first attachment portion", and the protrusion 622 in the inner frame wedge member 620 is the "second attachment portion". It is also possible to That is, it is possible to dispose the protrusion of the inner frame wedge member 620U in a portion opposite to the front door wedge member 550U in the inner frame wedge member 620U. In particular, by forming the respective projections 554 and 622 on the opposite sides of the both wedge members 550U and 620U, securing of the free length of the coil spring 560U can be further facilitated.

  Further, although the inner frame wedge member 620U is disposed above the front door wedge member 550U, it is also possible to turn these double wedge members 550U and 620U upside down.

  (I3) In the above embodiment, the front door wedge member 550U and the inner frame wedge member 620U disposed on the upper end side of the first base frame 510 as the “base member” are connected by the coil spring 560U. It is also possible to change this and connect the front door wedge member 550L and the inner frame wedge member 620L disposed on the lower end side of the first base frame 510 with a coil spring 560L. However, in the above embodiment, since the arrangement of the front door wedge member 550 is limited by the game ball emission handle 40, it is not necessary to bring the inner frame wedge member 620 close to the front door wedge member 550.

  (I4) In the above embodiment, the protrusions 554 and 622 of the wedge members 550 and 620 are urged toward each other to maintain the wedge members 550 and 620 in the locking position. It is also possible to reverse the biasing direction. That is, by biasing the protrusions 554 and 622 of the wedge members 550 and 620 away from each other, the wedge members 550 and 620 can be maintained at the locked position. However, if such a change is made, it is feared that it will be difficult to arrange the wedge members 550 and 620 close to each other. Therefore, desirably, the configuration shown in the above embodiment may be adopted.

  (I5) In the above embodiment, the protrusion 554 of the front door wedge member 550 is provided on the rising portion 553. However, the protrusion may be provided on the base portion 551.

  (I6) In the above embodiment, the front door wedge member 550 and the inner frame wedge member 620 are disposed at different parts of the first base frame 510. That is, the front door wedge member 550 is attached to the base frame fixing portion 511 of the first base frame 510, and the inner frame wedge member 620 is attached to the member attachment portion 515 of the first base frame 510. It is good also as composition which changes this and attaches each wedge member 550, 620 to the same object.

  (I7) In the above embodiment, the front door wedge member 550 is provided slidably and the inner frame wedge member 620 is provided rotatably. The movement mode of each of the wedge members 550 and 620 is optional, and for example, both the wedge members 550 and 620 may be slidable or rotatable.

  (I8) In the above embodiment, the handle base 41 for fixing the game ball emission handle 40 is provided on the lower end side of the locking device 500, and the front door wedge member 550L is used as the handle base to avoid overlapping with the handle base 41. It was placed above 41. The handle base 41 can be omitted, and the front door frame 14 can be further lifted by arranging the front door wedge member 550L toward the lower end of the locking device 500 (inner frame 13). It can be suitably suppressed. In this case, it is assumed that the positions of the front door wedge member 550L and the inner frame wedge member 620L approach each other. However, instead of the coil springs 560L and 630 of these double wedge members 550L and 620L, one coil spring is used. By urging 550L and 620L, a practically preferable configuration can be realized.

  (I9) In the above embodiment, the locking device 500 is disposed on the front side of the inner frame 13. However, it is also possible to change the locking device 500 and dispose the locking device on the back side of the inner frame 13.

  (I10) In the above embodiment, the wedge members 550 and 620 are configured to allow movement to the lock release position independent of the movement of the interlocking wedge 540. This may be changed so that movement to the unlocking position is permitted only when each wedge member 550, 620 follows the movement of the interlocking wedge 540.

  (I11) In the above embodiment, although the wedge members 550 and 620 are disposed in the locking device 500 and the wedge receiving members 63 and 350 are disposed in the front door frame 14 and the outer frame 11, this is changed to a locking device. The wedge member may be disposed on the front door frame 14 and the outer frame 11 while the wedge receiving member is disposed. That is, the "locking member" is not limited to the hook member but may be a hook receiving member. In addition, if both the wedge member and the wedge receiving member are regarded as an equivalent relationship, for example, the locking member on the locking device side is the locking device side locking member, the front door frame and the outer frame side locking member is the front door side locking member , It can also be called an outer frame side locking member.

  (I12) In the above embodiment, each wedge member 550, 620 is operable using one cylinder lock 520, but two cylinder locks are provided corresponding to each wedge member 550, 620 individually, Each wedge member 550, 620 may be individually operable using each cylinder lock.

  (J1) In the above embodiment, the inner frame wedge member 620 of the locking device 500 is exposed to the back side of the inner frame 13 through the slit 303 as the “through hole” in the inner frame 13 as the “opening / closing body”. The opposing wall portion 305 as a "wall portion" is formed along the periphery of the slit 303, but it is also possible to form the opposing wall portion 305 away from the periphery of the slit 303.

  (J2) The wedge member 620 for the inner frame is disposed close to the upper end and the lower end of the inner frame 13 to make it easy to suppress the floating of the inner frame 13 from the outer frame 11. In this case, for example, in the slit 303 corresponding to the upper wedge member 620U, the upper wall portion 13a of the inner frame 13 and the front frame are extended by extending the opposing wall portion 305 along the upper end edge of the slit 303. Unauthorized access from the boundary with the door frame 14 can be easily suppressed. It is also possible to apply the same change to this as to the lower facing wall 305.

  (J3) In the above embodiment, the standing amount of the opposing wall portion 305 is set to the extent that the hooked portion of the inner frame wedge member 620 can be covered, but this is changed and the slit 303 of the inner frame wedge member 620 It may be set equal to the protrusion amount of.

  (J4) In the above-mentioned embodiment, although the tip portion of the opposite wall portion 305 enters the opening 353 formed in the crucible receiving member 350 of the outer frame 11, it is not limited to this. For example, it is also possible to adopt a configuration in which the opening 353 is not included. However, in this case, it is feared that the detouring of the facing wall portion 305 becomes easy and the security function decreases. Therefore, in the case of adopting a configuration in which the facing wall portion 305 does not enter the opening 353, the tip of the facing wall portion 305 may be brought close to or in contact with the front side plate portion 352 of the wedge receiving member 350. Thereby, the fall of a crime prevention function can be suppressed. When such a change is actually applied, it may be difficult to bring the end of the opposite wall 305 close to or in contact with the front plate 352 due to variations in the mounting position or the like. And when solving such a problem, it becomes easy to make a structure complicated. Therefore, it is preferable to adopt a configuration in which the tip of the opposing wall 305 enters the opening 353 as described in the above embodiment.

  (J5) In the above embodiment, the facing wall portion 305 overlaps the entire movement range of the inner frame wedge member 620 from the pivoting tip side of the inner frame 13, but the present invention is not necessarily limited thereto. The opposing wall portion is configured to overlap a part of the movement range, which makes it difficult to switch the inner frame wedge member 620 to the unlocked state.

  (J6) In the above embodiment, the opposing wall portion 305 is disposed slightly offset with respect to the slit 303 in the releasing direction (downward) of the inner frame wedge member 620, but it is not always necessary to offset as such Absent. Further, the vertical width of the facing wall portion 305 does not have to be matched with the vertical width of the slit 303 as long as the inner frame wedge member 620 can be covered in the entire range of its movement range. However, since it is assumed that the slit 303 is also easily targeted as an intrusion path of the fraudulent tool, it is preferable to form the facing wall portion in accordance with the slit 303.

  (J7) The opposing wall portion 305 does not have to extend on the locking side with respect to the inner frame wedge member 620 in the locked state, and may be extended to at least the locking release position side. Thereby, an act of hooking an illegal tool such as a wire on the inner frame wedge member 620 and switching to the lock release state can be suppressed.

  (J8) In the above embodiment, the rising direction of the opposing wall portion 305 is the same as the protruding direction of the inner frame wedge member 620 from the slit 303, but the present invention is not necessarily limited thereto. For example, it is also possible to incline with respect to the protrusion direction of the wedge member 620 for inner frames. However, even in the case where such a change is made, the surface of the opposing wall portion facing the pivoting tip side of the inner frame 13 is parallel to the protrusion direction or the tip side of the inner frame wedge member 620 It is preferable to incline so as to be away from the inner frame wedge member 620.

  In the opposite wall portion, the surface of the inner frame 13 facing the pivoting tip may be a curved surface.

  (K1) In the above embodiment, the opening 320 as the "opening" continues to the side of the gaming machine and the back of the gaming machine, but the opening faces either the side of the gaming machine or the back of the gaming machine It is also possible. In other words, the openings 320 extend across the plurality of wall surface portions 312a and 312b facing in different directions. The present invention is not limited to this, and it is also possible not to straddle a plurality of wall surface portions.

  For example, the opening may be formed on a wall surface facing the rear of the pachinko machine 10. However, when such a change is made, it becomes easy to cover the opening 320 with the outer frame 11 while the removal operation of the cam member 530 and the screw 531 as the “restricted portion” becomes easy.

  Further, it is also possible to form the opening on the wall surface facing the pivoting tip side of the inner frame 13. However, when such a change is made, while the outer frame 11 easily covers the opening, it is assumed that the operation of removing the screw 531 becomes difficult.

  Therefore, desirably, the opening 320 is formed so as to straddle the wall surface portion 312a facing the rear of the pachinko machine 10 and the wall surface portion 312b facing the pivoting tip side of the inner frame 13 as described in the above embodiment. , It is good to balance the ease of work and the securing of crime prevention.

  (K2) In the above embodiment, the cam member 530 and the screw 531 are allowed to be taken out through the opening 320. However, the cam member 530 and the screw 531 can not be taken out. It is good also as composition. However, when such a change is made, the removed cam member 530 and the screw 531 remain in the locking device accommodating portion 77, whereby the cam member 530 and the screw 531 are caught and the unlocking operation is performed. Can be hindered. In the present embodiment, since the front door wedge members 550U and 550L are disposed on the upper side of the cam member 530, the hooking with the cam member 530 and the like is easily avoided. Since the interlocking rod 540 is configured to move downward, a disadvantage that the cam member 530 or the like is caught between the interlocking rod 540 and the lower side wall portion or the like of the locking device accommodating portion 77 may sufficiently occur. Therefore, it is desirable to take measures such as reversing the operation direction of the interlocking lever 540 at the time of unlocking the front door frame 14 in conjunction with the above change.

  (K3) In the above embodiment, both front door wedge members 550U and 550L are disposed above the cam member 530, but the arrangement of these front door wedge members 550U and 550L can be changed as follows. It is. For example, both front door wedge members 550U and 550L may be disposed below the cam member 530, or the front door wedge member 550U may be located above the cam member 530 and the front door wedge member 550L may be located below the cam member 530. It is also possible to arrange in In particular, by arranging them together on one side of the cam member 530, unauthorized access to the front door wedge member 550 far from the cam member 530 (unauthorized unlocking through the opening 320) from the cam member 530 An improvement in the security function is expected, such as being blocked by the other front door wedge member 550 on the near side.

  (K4) In the above embodiment, the expanded portion 321 for partially expanding a specific portion of the opening 320 is formed, and the expanded portion 321 can be used as a guide and guide when inserting a tool such as a driver. Can be omitted as long as the insertion path of the tool is secured.

  Further, in the above embodiment, the expanded portion 321 for removing the screw 531 is integrally provided to the opening 320 which allows the cam member 530 and the screw 531 to be taken out. It is also possible to provide a configuration (for example, a through hole or an opening) corresponding to 321 separately and independently from the opening 320.

  (K5) In the above embodiment, the opening 320 is covered by the outer frame 11. However, the opening 320 may be closed by the outer frame 11. This can contribute to the further improvement of the crime prevention function.

  (K6) In the above embodiment, the screw 531 is used as a "fixer" for fixing the cam member 530 of the locking device 500, but instead of the screw 531, a locking member such as a locking pin or C ring is used. It is also possible to use.

  In addition, by closing the inner frame 13, the outer frame 11 or the configuration attached to the outer frame 11 may be positioned on the removal fastener of the "fixing tool". In particular, in combination with a configuration in which the cam member 530 is fixed by a locking member such as a locking pin or a C ring, the axial direction of the cylinder lock 520 intersects with the removal direction of the fixing member. It becomes easy for the direction to face the pivoting tip side of the inner frame 13. Thereby, this modification can be realized suitably.

  (K7) In the above embodiment, the operation of the cam member 530 is transmitted to the front door wedge member 550 by the interlocking rod 540. However, this interlocking rod 540 is omitted, and the wedge member for the front door is omitted by the cam member 530. It is good also as composition which operates 550 directly.

  (L1) In the above embodiment, the locking device 500 of the inner frame 13 as the "game machine main body" has the second door 580 for the front door as the "second locking member", and the front door frame 14 Although the receiving member 63 is provided, it is possible to replace the both. That is, while the locking device 500 has a weir receiving member, the front door frame 14 may have a weir member. In this case, the wedge receiving member may be switched from the unlocked state to the locked state by pressing the wedge member.

  (L2) In the above embodiment, switching the front door second wedge member 580 as the "second locking member" to the unlocked state of the front door first wedge member 550 as the "first locking member" Although it is configured to be interlocked and switched to the unlocked state, it is not necessary to interlock both the wedge members 550 and 580. For example, it is also possible to separately provide a cylinder lock 520 corresponding to the front door second wedge member 580 to individually perform the unlocking operation. However, in this case, the opening operation of the front door frame 14 becomes complicated, which may lead to the deterioration of maintainability. Therefore, desirably, the front door first hook member 550 and the front door second hook member 580 are interlocked, and by the unlocking operation of 1, the both hook members 550 and 580 are switched to the unlocked state. It is good to do.

  (L3) In the above embodiment, the front door second hook member 580 is disposed on the pivoting end side of the front door frame 14 as a "door body", but the front door second hook member 580 is a front door It is also possible to arrange on the rotation base end side of the frame 14.

  In addition, the second door wedge member 580 for the front door is disposed closer to the handle base 41 that constitutes the “operation unit for gaming”, but the second door wedge member 580 for the front door is disposed closer to the pivot center axis of the front door frame 14 It is also possible to arrange.

  (L4) In the above embodiment, the locking position of the front door second wedge member 580 is the pivoting tip side of the front door frame 14 (handle base 41 side), and the locking release position is the pivoting base end of the front door frame 14 Although it was configured to be on the side, the locking position and the locking release position may be reversed. However, in order to suppress the floating of the front door frame 14 in the vicinity of the boundary with the handle base 41, it is desirable to set the locking position closer to the handle base 41.

  (L5) In the above embodiment, the locking device 500 (specifically, the second base frame 570 and the second door 580 for the front door) is disposed on the front side of the inner frame 13. It is also possible to arrange it on the back side of. In addition, although the locking device 500 was installed in the inner frame 13, it is also possible to install in the front door frame 14. FIG.

  (16) In the above embodiment, the front door second weir member 580 is configured to allow movement to the lock release position independent of the interlocking weir 540. It is also possible to change this so that the movement to the locking release position always follows the movement of the interlocking rod 540.

  (L7) In the above embodiment, the wedge receiving hole portion 64 and the bulging portion 66 of the front door frame 14 are arranged such that the former is closer to the handle base 41 than the latter. It is also possible to arrange so as to be close to the base 41.

  Also, the bulging portion 66 can be omitted.

  (18) In the above embodiment, the handle base 41 is disposed at a position overlapping the locking device 500 in a front view of the pachinko machine 10. However, the handle base 41 can also be disposed at a position not overlapping.

  (19) In the above embodiment, the handle base 41 and the front door frame 14 are made to coexist such that the boundary between the handle base 41 and the front door frame 14 is a part of the periphery of the handle base 41. It is also possible to make the handle base 41 and the front door frame 14 coexist so that the boundary between the two is formed over the entire circumference of the base 41.

  (L10) The handle base 41 may be held by the inner frame 13 so as to be able to open and close. For example, it is preferable to pivotally support the handle base 41 at an end portion of the inner frame 13 that is on the pivoting tip side of the front door frame 14.

  (L12) In the above-described embodiment, one front door second weir member 580 is provided, but a plurality of front door second weir members 580 may be provided. In this case, the front door second weir members 580 are arranged side by side in the longitudinal direction of the second base frame 570, and the same configuration as the interlocking weir 540 is added to interlock the front door second weir members 580 You should do it.

  (L13) In the above embodiment, the front door second wedge member 580 slides to the left and right to switch between the locked state and the unlocked state. However, this is changed. The lock state may be switched to the lock release state by sliding the wedge member up and down. In addition, it is also possible to adopt a configuration in which the locked state and the unlocked state can be switched by rotating the front door second wedge member 580 in the same manner as the inner frame wedge member 620.

  (M1) In the above embodiment, the base plate portion 355 of the crucible receiving member 350 fixed to the outer frame 11 as the “support frame” is formed by forming the recessed portion 381 in the installation surface 382 of the right frame portion 380. The base plate portion 355 may be protruded from the installation surface 382 by omitting the recessed portion 381 and projecting the entire crucible receiving member 350 forward.

  (M2) In the above embodiment, the base plate portion 355 as a “wall portion” has a function as an attaching portion for attaching the wedge receiving member 350 to the outer frame 11, but this is changed, It is also possible that the base plate portion 355 does not have a function as an attachment portion. In this case, the hook receiving member 350 may be provided with a separate attachment.

  However, the base plate portion 355 has a function to prevent further intrusion when the unauthorized tool is hit when the unauthorized tool is inserted from the boundary portion BP between the outer frame 11 and the inner frame 13 If the base plate portion 355 is fixed to the outer frame 11, the deformation of the base plate portion 355 can be suppressed and the improvement of the crime prevention function can be expected. Therefore, desirably, by adopting a configuration in which the base plate portion 355 is fixed to the outer frame 11, the base plate portion 355 may be configured to have both the attachment function and the crime prevention function.

  (M3) In the above embodiment, the base plate portion 355 extends further above the upper end of the opening 353 of the crucible receiving member 350 and further downward than the lower end of the opening 353, but is limited thereto is not. The base plate portion 355 has only to cover at least the hooked portion of the hook receiving member 350 (that is, the upper end edge of the opening 353) from the boundary portion BP side, and the vertical width thereof is arbitrary. However, if attention is focused on making it difficult to detour the same base plate portion 355 and intrusion into the opening 353 and enriching the crime prevention function, the base plate portion 355 at least than the opening 353 as described in the above embodiment. It is preferable to be configured to extend upward and downward.

  (M4) In the above embodiment, the base plate portion 355 is disposed on the rotation base end side of the inner frame 13 relative to the wall surface portion 312b of the second inner step portion 312 of the inner frame 13. May be changed as follows. That is, the left and right positions of the base plate portion 355 and the wall surface portion 312b may be the same, or the base plate portion 355 may be disposed closer to the pivoting tip side of the inner frame 13 than the wall surface portion 312b. However, if such a change is made, there is a concern that the base plate portion 355 is likely to be diverted if the illegitimate tool moves backward along the wall surface portion 312b. The arrangement shown in the above embodiment is preferable.

  (M5) In the above embodiment, the front end edge of the installation surface 382 of the outer frame 11 (right frame portion 380) is positioned rearward of the boundary portion BP between the outer frame 11 and the inner frame 13 The front end edge of the surface 382 may be positioned forward of the boundary portion BP. However, in this case, if it moves to the front of the incorrect tool and coincides with the protruding direction of the base plate portion 355, the base plate portion 355 can be easily detoured. This can be a factor that reduces the crime prevention function of the base plate portion 355. Therefore, it is desirable to adopt a configuration in which the front end edge of the installation surface 382 is behind the boundary portion BP as described in the above embodiment.

  (M6) The inner frame 13 may be formed with a protrusion or the like that protrudes rearward and fits in the recess 381 of the outer frame 11. This can contribute to the further strengthening of the crime prevention function.

  (M7) In the above embodiment, the locking device 500 is disposed along the right side frame portion 13d of the inner frame 13, but the locking device 500 may be disposed along the upper side frame portion 13a of the inner frame 13 is there. In this case, the crucible receiving member 350 of the outer frame 11 may be disposed in the upper frame portion of the outer frame 11, and a configuration corresponding to the recess 381 and the installation surface 382 may be formed in the upper frame. In addition, the locking device 500 is disposed along the lower frame 13b and the left frame 13c of the inner frame 13, and the arrangement of the hook receiving member 350, the installation surface, and the recess along the lower frame of the outer frame 11. It is also possible to arrange in the left frame part.

  (M8) In the above embodiment, forming the plurality of step portions 311 to 313 in the right side frame portion 13d of the inner frame 13 makes it difficult for the unauthorized tool to intrude, and even if it is temporarily intruded Intrusion routes are likely to be limited. However, the step portions 311 to 313 are not necessarily required and may be omitted. However, when the step portions 311 to 313 are omitted, it is desirable to leave a configuration corresponding to the wall surface portion 312 b of the second inner step portion 312 located in front of the hollow portion 381 of the outer frame 11. Improper tools inserted from the boundary portion BP between the outer frame 11 and the inner frame 13 easily move along the wall surface of the inner frame 13 or the like, and the movement path is easily defined by the wall surfaces. Therefore, by leaving the configuration corresponding to the wall surface portion 312b of the second inner step portion 312 as described above, it is possible to easily guide the unauthorized tool that has invaded from the boundary portion BP to the recess portion 381. Thereby, the crime prevention function of the base plate portion 355 of the hook receiving member 350 can be easily exhibited.

  (M9) In the above-described embodiment, fracture screws are used as the fixing means for fixing the wedge receiving member 350, but it is also possible to replace these fracture screws with ordinary screws, nails, locking pins or the like. Even when the fixing means is changed as described above, it is desirable that the mounting position of the fixing means is in an area surrounded or covered by the outer frame 11 and the inner frame 13.

  (M10) In the above embodiment, the gap 354 is formed at the boundary portion of each plate portion in the wedge receiving portion 351 of the wedge receiving member 350, but these gaps can be omitted.

  (M11) In the above embodiment, the crucible receiving member 350 is formed by bending a steel plate, but the material of the crucible receiving member 350 is not limited to a steel plate, and another metal plate may be used. And synthetic resins may be used. In addition, when using a synthetic resin material, it is good to use a colored opaque thing so that the inside of a cage | basket receiving member may become difficult or impossible to visually recognize.

  (N1) In the above embodiment, although the "open portion" is configured by the upper notch portion 89 of the game board 80, the "open portion" may be configured by a through hole penetrating in the thickness direction of the game board 80 It is possible. However, when the through hole is adopted, the operation when inserting the harness H may be complicated. Therefore, desirably, notches may be employed.

  (N2) In the above embodiment, the upper notch 89 is opened to the upper side and the rotation center side, but this is changed, and the upper notch is opened to any one of the upper side and the rotation center side It is also good.

  Further, the upper notch 89 does not have to be formed at the upper corner, and may be disposed at an intermediate position between the upper end and the lower end of the game board 80.

  (N3) In the above embodiment, the upper notch 89 is provided with the harness support 89a for supporting the harness H, and the harness support 89a is used to attach and detach the game board 80 and after the game board 80 is attached. Although H is configured to be supported, the harness H is separated from the harness support portion 89a by connecting the harness side connector C1 and the control device side connector C2 or arranging the game board 80 at the mounting completed position. It is good also as composition. That is, it is not necessary to always support the harness H by the harness support portion 89a.

  (N4) In the above embodiment, the central opening 76 as the "opening" is provided, but an opening for a harness may be provided separately from the central opening 76.

  (N5) In the above embodiment, the upper notch 89 is provided at a position higher than the sound lamp control device 143 (specifically, the controller side connector C2), and the upper notch 89 is further higher Although the harness opening 36 is provided at the position, the positional relationship between the various components 36, 89, and 143 is not limited to this. For example, the harness opening 36 may be provided at a position lower than the upper notch 89.

  (N6) In the above embodiment, by shifting the central axis of rotation of the game board 80 and the central axis of rotation of the front door frame 14, the harness H is moved to the mounting completed position of the game board 80. Although the configuration is such that the slack is reduced, it is also possible to make the two central axes coincide. By adopting this modification, the margin of the harness H can be further reduced. Therefore, in addition, it is preferable to set the total length of the harness H such that the connectors C1 and C2 can not be connected without passing through the upper notch 89. As a result, it is possible to make it difficult for the harness H to be pinched between the three members of the inner frame 13, the front door frame 14 and the game board 80 due to the work variation.

  (N7) In the above embodiment, the upper side on the shortest path connecting the harness opening 36 of the front door frame 14, the control device side connector C2 of the audio lamp control device 143, and the upper end of the game board 80 Although the notch 89 is formed, it is also possible to form the upper notch 89 at a position deviated from the shortest path. However, in this case, slackening of the harness H is reduced by rotating the game board 80 toward the mounting completion position, and the harness H can enjoy the alignment function of moving to the upper notch 89 side. It is assumed to be difficult.

  (N8) In the above embodiment, the game board 80 is arranged at the installation completion position by rotating it, but may be arranged at the installation completion position by sliding the game board 80.

  In addition, although the rotation center of the game board 80 is set to the same side as the rotation base end side of the front door frame 14, the rotation center of the game board 80 is opposite to the rotation base end side of the front door frame 14. It is also possible to set to.

  Although the front door frame 14 is rotatably supported by the inner frame 13, the front door frame 14 may be slidably supported by the inner frame 13.

  However, when the above three modifications are adopted, it is necessary to increase the margin of the harness H as compared with the configuration shown in the above embodiment. For this reason, it is assumed that problems such as disconnection due to interference with peripheral parts are likely to occur. Therefore, it is preferable to secure a space for releasing the excess deflection of the harness H and the like.

  (N9) In the above embodiment, the harness opening 36 of the front door frame 14 is provided close to the end on the rotation base end side of the front door frame 14, but the arrangement of the harness opening 36 is It is optional. For example, it is also possible to provide the harness opening 36 on the pivoting tip side of the front door frame 14. In this case, it is preferable to provide a clamp or the like that guides the harness H along the back surface of the front door frame 14 toward the pivoting base end and holds the harness H at a position close to the end of the pivoting base end.

  (N10) In the above embodiment, the front door frame 14 is configured to have the annular illumination portion 23 and the speaker portion 26 as the “effect device”, but it is also possible to omit one of the two. In addition, the front door frame 14 may be configured to have a display device such as a liquid crystal display as the “effect device”.

  (O1) Another type of pachinko machine or the like different from the above embodiment, for example, a pachinko machine in which a motorized character opens a predetermined number of times when a game ball enters a specific area of a special device The present invention can be applied to a pachinko machine that becomes a jackpot when a right enters and becomes a jackpot, a pachinko machine equipped with other features, an arrange ball machine, a game machine such as a ball ball, and the like.

  A non-ball-ball type game machine, for example, a plurality of reels having a plurality of kinds of symbols attached in the circumferential direction, starts the rotation of the reels by inserting medals and operating the start lever, and the stop switch is operated. If a specific symbol or a combination of specific symbols is established on an effective line visible from the display window after the reel is stopped by the passage of a predetermined time, a bonus such as payout of medals is awarded to the player The present invention can also be applied to slot machines.

  Furthermore, the game machine main body supported by the outer frame so as to be openable and closable is provided with a storage section and a loading device, and the start lever is operated after a predetermined number of gaming balls stored in the storage section are loaded by the loading device. The present invention can also be applied to a gaming machine in which a pachinko machine and a slot machine are integrated by starting to rotate the reels.

<About the invention group extracted from the above embodiment>
Hereinafter, the features of the invention group extracted from the embodiment described above will be described while showing effects and the like as necessary. In the following, for ease of understanding, the corresponding configuration in the above embodiment is appropriately shown in parentheses or the like, but the present invention is not limited to the specific configuration illustrated in the parentheses or the like.

<Feature A group>
Features A1. A game board (game board 80) in which a game area (game area PE) is formed;
And a support frame (inner frame 13) for detachably supporting the game board,
In the gaming machine in which the gaming board is attached to the supporting frame from the front of the gaming machine,
A plurality of contact portions (stoppers 267) provided on the support frame and contacting the front surface of the game board;
The support frame is provided with urging means (a flat spring 270) for urging the gaming board forward of the gaming machine by pushing the gaming board from the back side of the gaming board.
The plurality of contact portions are respectively disposed at positions where rotation of the game board with the contact portion of 1 due to the urging force of the urging means can be suppressed by another contact portion. A game machine characterized by

  According to the feature A1, by making it possible to attach the game board from the front of the support frame (that is, the front side of the support frame), the work is easy compared to the case where the game board is attached from the back side of the support frame Can be promoted. As described above, in the configuration in which the game board is attached from the front side of the support frame, the positional accuracy of the front of the game board (for example, the positional accuracy in the longitudinal direction) as compared with the configuration in which the game board is attached from the back side of the support frame. It is assumed that it becomes difficult to improve the position of the front of the game board in this feature by positioning the front of the game board by means of the contact portion and the urging means.

  In the configuration in which the game board is biased by the biasing means, for example, the range over which the biasing force of the biasing means extends can be determined by shifting the position pressed by the biasing means on the game board and the position stopped by the contact portion. The positioning function of the game board can be improved while facilitating expansion and suppressing the complication of the configuration. However, when such a configuration is simply applied, it is assumed that the gaming board can be easily pivoted about the contact portion. Furthermore, even if the game board is prevented from rotating, it is possible for the game machine to be easily affected by the rotational moment. These are not preferable because they lower the stability at the time of positioning and may be a factor that hinders the improvement of the positioning accuracy of the game board. Therefore, in the present feature, the plurality of contact portions are disposed at positions where rotation of the game board with the contact portion of 1 due to the biasing force of the biasing means can be suppressed by the other contact portions. It is possible to eliminate the above-mentioned inconvenience. Thereby, it is possible to contribute to the improvement of the position accuracy of the game board while facilitating the installation of the game board.

  Further, by providing a plurality of contact parts, for example, the formation of the contact parts can be facilitated and the contact parts compared to the case where a large contact part including the plurality of contact parts described above is provided. This contributes to the facilitation of securing the positioning accuracy by

Feature A2. The plurality of contact portions are arranged in a specific direction,
The gaming machine according to A1, wherein the biasing means is disposed at a position located inside the two disposed at both ends of the contact portion group in the specific direction.

  As shown in the feature A2, if the urging means is disposed at a position inside the two arranged at both ends in the arrangement direction (specific direction) of the contact portion group, the rotation of the game board is preferable. And can contribute to the improvement of the positioning accuracy.

Feature A3. Having a plurality of the biasing means,
The gaming machine according to A1 or A2, wherein the contact portions are disposed on both sides of the respective biasing means in a front view of the gaming machine.

  According to the feature A3, positioning can be facilitated by providing a plurality of biasing means and increasing the position to push the game board, but depending on the positional relationship between each biasing means and the contact portion, a specific contact portion There is concern that the load placed on the This is not preferable because it promotes deformation of the contact portion and the like, which may cause variations in positioning accuracy in various places of the game board. In this respect, in the present feature, by arranging the contact portions on both sides of the urging means in the front view of the gaming machine, it is possible to preferably enjoy the merits while suppressing the above-mentioned disadvantages. This contributes to the further improvement of the positioning accuracy of the game board.

  Feature A4. The gaming machine according to A3, wherein the biasing means is disposed substantially at the center of the contact portion on both sides of the biasing means.

  According to the feature A4, it is possible to reduce the difference in load applied to each contact portion by the biasing force of the biasing means. As a result, for example, the disadvantage that one contact portion is easily deformed is less likely to occur, and it is possible to easily suppress the decrease in the positioning accuracy.

  It should be noted that the biasing means has a configuration shown in the present feature, "the biasing means is one of the contact portions of the contact portions on both sides of the biasing means from the portion pressed by the biasing means on the gaming board and The other contact part of the contact parts on both sides of the biasing means from the distance to the part where the gaming board is hit, the part pressed by the biasing means on the gaming board, and the game It is possible to replace with the game machine described in A3 characterized in that the game machine is arranged at a position substantially equal to the distance to the part where the board is hit.

Feature A5. A game ball launch device (game ball launch mechanism 110) provided on the support frame and disposed below the gaming board and firing game balls,
The gaming ball launcher has a launch rail (launch rail 112) that defines the launch direction of the gaming ball,
An induction rail (induction rail 100) attached to the front of the gaming board and guiding the gaming ball fired from the launch rail to the gaming area;
And an installation surface (a launch mechanism installation portion 79) provided on the front surface of the support frame and on which the launch rail is installed;
The gaming machine according to any one of A1 to A4, wherein the contact portion and the installation surface are integrally formed.

  In the configuration in which positioning is performed on the front of the game board as indicated by the feature A1 etc., the surface on which the game board abuts the contact portion, specifically the contact portion, with the positioning accuracy (hereinafter referred to as contact surface for convenience. It depends on the position of). If the positions of the contact surface and the installation surface vary, the front and rear positions of the launch rail and the front surface of the game board (specifically, the guide rail) are likely to vary. As a result, it is assumed that the landing positions of the game balls on the guide rails vary. This is not preferable because it can be a factor that hinders the smooth induction of the game ball. As shown in this point and the present feature, by integrally molding the contact portion and the installation surface, it is possible to suppress the positional variation between the contact portion and the installation surface. As a result, it is possible to make the above-mentioned inconvenience less likely to occur and to make the guidance of the gaming ball smooth.

Feature A6. The gaming area has a substantially circular shape,
It has an induction rail (induction rail 100) which is provided on the front of the gaming board and guides the game ball fired from the game ball launch device (game ball launch mechanism 110) to the same game area.
The guide rail extends along a portion on one side of the gaming board at the outer edge of the game area, and has a circular arc shape projecting on one side of the gaming board,
The gaming machine according to any one of A1 to A5, wherein the contact portion is disposed above and below a portion which is convex on the one side in the guide rail.

  According to the feature A6, by arranging the contact portions above and below the portion of the guide rail which is convex on one side of the game board, the game area and the contact portion are preferably provided on the front side of the game board. It is possible to coexist.

  In particular, in combination with the feature A5, the "game ball launch device" and the "guide rail" in the feature may be the same as the "game ball launch device" and the "guide rail" in the feature A5.

  Feature A7. The gaming machine according to any one of A1 to A6, wherein the contact portion and the biasing means are disposed along one side of the gaming board.

  In the configuration in which the game area is formed on the front side of the game board as shown in the feature A1 etc., and in the case where the contact part corresponding to the front of the game board is further provided, the arrangement of the contact parts. It is not preferable that the expansion of the game area is limited by the game. In this respect, as shown in the feature A7, if the contact portion and the urging means are arranged along one side of the game board to suppress the expansion of the occupied area of the configuration related to positioning, the above-mentioned inconvenience is suppressed. It is possible to preferably make the contact portion and the game area coexist.

Feature A8. A door (front door frame 14) rotatably supported by the support frame and covering the game board from the front,
The contact portion and the biasing means are disposed along one side on the same side as the side supported by the support frame in the game board,
The gaming board is inserted into and removed from the support frame by being rotated about the inserted portion in a state of being inserted between the contact portion and the biasing means. The gaming machine according to any one of A1 to A7, characterized in that

  In the case where the supporting frame is provided with a door as shown in the feature A8, it may be difficult to push the gaming board straight from the front of the gaming machine and attach it with the door open. In particular, when the gaming machine is installed on the island facility of the game hall, it is assumed that it will be difficult to secure the work space and secure the mounting track when attaching the game board on the rotating base end side of the door. Be done. In this respect, according to the present feature, since the game board can be disposed at the mounting completion position by rotating it with respect to the support frame after inserting the game board into the insertion portion, the above-mentioned inconvenience should preferably be wiped off. Can.

  In such a configuration, if it is necessary to perform an additional operation such as moving the contact portion to a position where it abuts on the game board after temporarily arranging the game board in a predetermined attachment position, as described above It is assumed that the work will be complicated because it is difficult to secure. Therefore, on the rotating base end side of the game board, it is preferable to adopt a fixed abutment portion which does not require a separate operation. Thereby, further simplification of the installation operation of the game board can be expected.

  Feature A9. The gaming machine according to A8, wherein the contact portion is disposed at a position closer to the rotation base end of the gaming board than a portion of the biasing means which abuts on the back surface of the gaming board. .

  As described in the feature A8, in the configuration in which the game board is inserted between the contact portion and the urging means, it is feared that the game board may be easily caught on the support frame as the insertion angle of the game board decreases temporarily. Be done. In this respect, in the present feature, the insertion portion is directed to the front side of the gaming machine by being disposed closer to the rotation base end of the gaming board than the portion abutting against the back surface of the gaming board in the biasing means. It becomes possible. Thus, the insertion angle can be increased, which can contribute to the facilitation of the insertion operation.

  Further, in the case of adopting a configuration in which the game board is urged forward of the gaming machine, the positioning accuracy can be improved by setting the urging force to a certain extent. However, if the biasing force is intensified, it may be difficult to mount the game board. In this respect, according to the present feature, by arranging the abutting portion and the abutting portion of the urging means to be offset, the urging force becomes resistance when inserting the game board when the urging force is increased. It is possible to suppress both of the above and achieve both the improvement of the positioning accuracy and the facilitation of the insertion operation.

Feature A10. The contact portion is a first contact portion fixed to the support frame,
The biasing means is a first biasing means,
The support frame is provided on the rotating tip side of the game board when the game board is attached rather than the first contact portion, and is not in contact with the front of the game board or the front of the game board A second contact portion (operation portion 446 of the lock device 400) switchable to the state;
Second urging means provided on the same side as the second contact portion in the support frame and urging the game board forward of the game machine by pushing the game board from the back side of the game board A game machine described in A8 or A9, comprising a pusher 420 and a coil spring 430) of the lock device 400.

  According to the feature A10, improvement in the positioning accuracy of the game board can be expected. For example, by adopting the fixed first contact portion on the rotating base end side of the game board and the movable second contact portion on the rotating tip end side of the game board, the front of the game board can be It is possible to make effective use of the work space and to facilitate the removal and installation of the game board.

Characteristics A11. The first biasing means is configured to be able to energize the game board in the process of rotating the game board,
The second biasing means is configured to bias the game board based on switching from the non-contacting state of the second contact portion to the contact state. A10 The gaming machine described in.

  According to the feature A11, by biasing the game board being rotated by the first urging means, the operation variation in rotating the game board can be suppressed, and for example, the game board is caught on the support frame It is possible to make it difficult to cause a problem that the turning operation is hindered. Further, the second biasing means disposed on the rotating tip side of the game board biases the game board by switching the second contact portion to the above-mentioned abutting state after the game board is disposed at the mounting completion position. It will be done. Therefore, even if the urging force of the second urging means is increased to improve the positional accuracy, the mounting operation of the game board is not easily disturbed thereby. That is, it can contribute to both the ease of operation and the positioning accuracy.

<Feature B group>
Feature B1. A game board (game board 80) in which a game area (game area PE) is formed;
And a support frame (inner frame 13) for supporting the gaming board,
In the gaming machine, the gaming board can be attached to the supporting frame from the front of the gaming machine,
A contact portion (for example, the stopper 267 or the operation portion 446 of the lock device 400) provided on the support frame and in contact with the front surface of the game board;
The support frame is provided with urging means (for example, a leaf spring 270 and a coil spring 430) for urging the game board forward of the game machine by pushing the game board from the back side of the game board.
A game machine characterized in that the contact portion and the biasing means are respectively disposed at a position on one end side of the game board and a position on the other end side of the game board in the support frame.

  According to the feature B1, the game board can be attached from the front (that is, the front side) of the support frame, compared with the case where the game board is attached from the back side of the support frame Promote the facilitation of However, in the configuration in which the game board is attached from the front of the support frame in this manner, the positional accuracy in the game board mounting direction (front-back direction) of the game board front is improved compared to the configuration where the game board is attached from the back side of the support frame. It is assumed to be difficult.

  In this respect, in the present feature, the back and forth position of the game board can be defined by pushing the game board forward of the game machine by the urging means and preventing the movement of the game board by the contact portion. In particular, by arranging the contact portions and the urging means on both ends of the game board, it is possible to easily suppress tilting or rotation of the game board by the urging force. This can contribute to the improvement of the position accuracy of the game board (specifically, the front thereof).

  In addition, in this feature, the biasing means and the contact portion on one end side are arranged so as to be able to prevent the game board from rotating about the contact portion by the biasing force of the same biasing means. Is desirable. For example, the contact portion may be disposed in front of the biasing means, on both sides of the biasing means, or the like. Similarly, the biasing means and the contact portion on the other end side may be arranged to be able to prevent the game board from rotating about the contact portion due to the biasing force of the biasing means. desirable.

Feature B2. A game board (game board 80) in which a game area (game area PE) is formed on the front, and a collection passage (collection passage of base member 141) for collecting the game balls having passed through the game area )When,
And a support frame (inner frame 13) for supporting the gaming board,
The gaming board is allowed to be attached to the supporting frame from the front of the gaming machine, and the collecting passage is disposed in a state of being exposed behind the supporting frame through the opening formed in the supporting frame. In the game machine that
A contact portion (for example, the stopper 267 or the operation portion 446 of the lock device 400) provided on the support frame and in contact with the front surface of the game board;
The support frame is provided with urging means (for example, a leaf spring 270 and a coil spring 430) for urging the game board forward of the game machine by pushing the game board from the back side of the game board.
A game machine characterized in that the contact portion and the biasing means are respectively disposed on both sides of the opening of the support frame.

  According to the feature B2, by making it possible to attach the game board from the front (that is, the front side) of the support frame, compared to the case where the game board is attached from the back side of the support frame Promote the facilitation of However, in the configuration in which the game board is attached from the front of the support frame in this manner, the positional accuracy in the game board mounting direction (front-back direction) of the game board front is improved compared to the configuration where the game board is attached from the back side of the support frame. It is assumed to be difficult.

  In this respect, in the present feature, the back and forth position of the game board can be defined by pushing the game board forward of the game machine by the urging means and preventing the movement of the game board by the contact portion. In particular, by arranging the contact portion and the urging means on both sides across the opening, the game board can be prevented from tilting or rotating by the urging force, and the game board (in detail, the front surface thereof) Contribute to the improvement of the position accuracy of

  In addition, in this feature, the biasing means and the contact portion located on one side of the opening can be prevented from pivoting the game board centering on the contact portion by the biasing force of the same biasing means. It is desirable to arrange as follows. For example, the contact portion may be disposed in front of the biasing means, on both sides of the biasing means, or the like. In addition, similarly for the biasing means and the contact portion located on the opposite side across the opening, it is possible to prevent the game board from rotating about the contact portion due to the biasing force of the same biasing means. It is desirable to arrange as follows.

  Feature B3. The gaming machine according to B1 or B2, wherein the contact portion and the biasing means are disposed along the periphery of the gaming board.

  By arranging the contact portion and the urging means along the periphery of the game board as indicated by the feature B3, it is possible to improve the positional accuracy of the game board in a wide range.

  In the case where the game area is provided on the front side of the game board and the collection passage is provided on the rear side, as shown in the feature B2, particularly, the game area and the collection passage preferably coexist with the contact part and biasing means. It can be done.

Feature B4. A door (a front door frame 14) covering the game board from the front is supported by the support frame so as to be openable and closable,
The door body is provided with a panel member (glass 22) positioned in front of the gaming area and having transparency so that the gaming area is visible.
The gaming area is provided with gaming parts (center frame 95 etc.) which project from the gaming board toward the panel member and face the panel member with a gap smaller than the diameter of the gaming ball. ,
The contact portion and the biasing means are characterized in that they allow displacement of the game board toward the biasing means in a state where the game board is in contact with the contact portion. The gaming machine according to any one of B1 to B3.

  According to the feature B4, the movement of the game ball moving in the game area through the panel member of the door is visible. By providing the gap between the panel member and the game component, the inconvenience that the game ball collides with the panel member is less likely to occur. In the gaming machine in which the door can be opened and closed, when the movement of the game ball stagnates in the game area, the game area can be accessed by opening the door. By opening the door in this manner, it is possible to carry out a clearing operation such as clogging of the gaming balls. When closing the door after work, if the game ball is pinched between the game parts and the panel member, the game parts and the panel member may be damaged due to an impact when the game parts and the panel member interfere with each other through the game ball. Deformation or the like may occur.

  In this respect, in the present feature, the backward displacement of the game board is permitted. Thus, when the game ball is caught between the game component and the panel member, the impact can be weakened by displacement of the game board (game component) against the biasing force of the biasing means. Therefore, deformation or the like of the game component or the panel member can be suitably suppressed. That is, it becomes possible to protect game parts and the like. In particular, by arranging the contact portion and the urging means at both ends of the game board, it is possible to improve the positioning function and further to enjoy the protection function of the game parts in the wide area of the game board. It is possible to suitably cope with the enlargement of the game machine and the diversification of the arrangement of the game parts.

  Feature B5. The game component is disposed between the energizing means located on one end side of the game board and the energizing means located on the other end side of the game board as described in B4. Gaming machine.

  By arranging biasing means on both sides of the game component as shown in the feature B5, further improvement of the protection function of the game component and the panel member shown in the feature B4 can be expected. In particular, in the combination with the feature B3 (a configuration in which the contact portion and the urging means are arranged along the periphery of the game board), the protection function is provided while coexistence with the game area (game parts) and the recovery passage. It can be enjoyed and a practically preferable configuration can be realized.

Feature B6. A game ball launch device (game ball launch mechanism 110) provided on the support frame and disposed below the gaming board and firing game balls,
The gaming ball launcher has a launch rail (launch rail 112) that defines the launch direction of the gaming ball,
The game board is provided with an induction rail (induction rail 100) which stands up from the front of the game board and guides the game balls fired from the game ball launch device to the game area
The inlet portion (inlet portion 104) of the guide rail is disposed near the lower end of the game board,
The gaming machine according to any one of B1 to B5, wherein the contact portion and the biasing means are disposed closer to the lower end of the gaming board.

  In the configuration in which the game balls ejected from the game ball launch device are guided to the game area by the guide rails, the impact generated on the guide rails upon landing of the game balls is large due to the variation in the landing position of the game balls in the guide rails. It can be. Such an increase in impact is not preferable because, for example, the guide rail may be distorted or the like, which may cause the smooth induction of the game ball to be impaired. In this respect, as shown in the present feature, the entrance portion of the induction rail is disposed closer to the lower end of the game board and the contact portion and the urging means are similarly disposed closer to the lower end of the game board. Can be improved. Thereby, the dispersion | variation in the landing position mentioned above can be suppressed and a practically preferable structure is realizable.

  Feature B7. The gaming machine according to B6, wherein the contact portion and the urging means are disposed on both sides of the entrance portion of the guide rail in the width direction of the game board.

  According to the feature B7, the positional accuracy of the game board can be further improved at the entrance of the induction rail, and the effect shown in the feature B6 can be made more remarkable.

Feature B8. A door (front door frame 14) rotatably supported by the support frame and covering the game board from the front,
The contact portion is
A first contact portion (for example, a stopper 267) provided on the same side as the side on which the door is supported in the support frame and fixed to the support frame;
The support frame is provided on the side opposite to the side on which the door is supported, and can be switched to both a state in contact with the front of the game board and a state not in contact with the front of the game board And a second contact portion (eg, the operation portion 446 of the lock device 400);
An insertion part (insertion part 92) opened on the front and back of the game board in the game board and allowing insertion of the second contact part when the second contact part is not in the contact state Etc) is formed,
The biasing means is
A first biasing unit (for example, a plate spring 270) provided on the same side as the side on which the door is supported in the support frame;
And a second biasing means (for example, a coil spring 430) provided on the side of the support frame opposite to the side on which the door is supported.
The game board is inserted into and removed from the support frame by being rotated about the inserted portion in a state where the game board is inserted between the first contact portion and the first biasing means. The gaming machine according to any one of B1 to B7, which is characterized in that

  In the case where the support frame is provided with a door as shown in feature B8, it is assumed that it becomes difficult to push the game board straight from the front of the gaming machine and attach it with the door open. In particular, when the gaming machine is installed on the island facility of the game hall, it is thought that securing the working space when attaching the game board and securing the mounting track on the pivoting base end side of the door tends to be difficult Be In this respect, according to the present feature, after the game board is inserted between the first contact portion and the first biasing means, the game board can be disposed at the attachment completion position by rotating with respect to the support frame. Therefore, there is no need to secure a work space on the rotation proximal end side, and the above-mentioned inconvenience can be wiped off suitably.

  On the other hand, on the rotating tip side of the game board, the contact part may be a hindrance to the arrangement operation of the game board if the contact part is temporarily fixed similarly to the rotating base end side. In this respect, it is possible to switch between the state in which the second contact portion is in contact with the front surface of the game board and the state in which the second contact portion is not in contact with the front surface of the game board. By forming the insertion portion in the game board, the above-mentioned inconvenience in the arrangement operation is eliminated. Then, after the gaming board is placed at the mounting completion position, the second contact portion is switched from the non-contact state to the contact state, whereby the positioning on the rotating tip side is performed. Since the work space can be easily secured on the rotating tip side of the game board compared to the rotating tip side, it is possible to easily perform the switching operation of the contact portion described above.

  As described above in detail, the first contact portion on the rotation base end side is fixed, and the second contact portion on the rotation tip end side is movable, thereby facilitating the operation and practically. A preferred configuration can be realized.

Feature B9. The first biasing means is configured to be able to energize the game board in the process of rotating the game board,
The second biasing means is configured to bias the game board based on switching from the non-contacting state of the second contact portion to the contact state. B8 The gaming machine described in.

  According to the feature B9, the variation in operation when rotating the game board can be suppressed by urging the game board being rotated by the first urging means, and for example, the game board is caught on the support frame It is possible to make it difficult for the inconvenience that the rotation operation of the same game board is interrupted. Further, the second biasing means biases the game board by performing a switching operation to a state in which the second contact portion abuts after the game board is disposed at the mounting completion position. Therefore, even if the urging force of the second urging means is increased to improve the positional accuracy, the mounting operation of the game board is not easily disturbed thereby. That is, it can contribute to both the ease of operation and the positioning accuracy.

  Feature B10. The first contact portion is disposed at a position closer to the rotation base end of the gaming board than a portion of the first biasing means that contacts the back surface of the gaming board, or B8 or The gaming machine described in B9.

  In the configuration in which the game board is inserted between the first contact portion and the first urging means as shown in the feature B8 and the like, the game board is temporarily supported against the support frame as the insertion angle of the game board is temporarily reduced. It is feared that it becomes easy to get caught. In this respect, in the present feature, the insertion of the game board is performed because the first contact portion is disposed closer to the rotation base end of the game board than the portion in contact with the back surface of the game board in the first urging means. It becomes possible to turn the mouth to the front of the gaming machine. Thus, the insertion angle can be increased, which can contribute to the facilitation of the insertion operation.

  Further, in the case of adopting a configuration in which the game board is urged forward of the gaming machine, the positioning accuracy can be improved by setting the urging force to a certain degree. However, if the biasing force is intensified, it may be difficult to mount the game board. In this respect, according to the present feature, when the biasing force is increased by displacing the first contacting portion and the contacting portion of the first biasing means, when the biasing force inserts the game board Can be suitably combined with the improvement of the positioning accuracy and the facilitation of the insertion operation.

Feature B11. The second contact portion extends in a predetermined direction along the front surface of the gaming board, and in the non-contacting state, the longitudinal direction of the second contact portion is the pivoting tip of the gaming board from the pivoting base end side It is pivotally attached to the support frame so as to turn to the side and to face in a different direction in the abutting state,
The insertion portion extends from the rotation base end side of the game board to the rotation front end side, and allows passage of the second contact portion in the non-contact state and the second in the contact state. The gaming machine according to any one of B8 to B10, wherein the gaming machine is formed so as not to allow passage of the abutment portion.

  In the configuration shown in the feature B8 and the like, if the opening part of the insertion part is enlarged in order to avoid interference between the game board and the second contact part at the time of game board rotation, the second contact part and the game board It will be difficult to secure the cost of In particular, when the second contact portion is pivotable, if the distance from the pivot center to the hook portion becomes large, it becomes difficult to press the gaming board, and the playing board of the second biasing means rather makes the gaming board Positioning accuracy may be reduced.

  In this respect, according to the present feature, the size of the open part of the insertion part does not have to be increased unnecessarily with respect to the second contact part, and the hanging allowance between the second contact part and the game board is secured It is easy to do. Furthermore, the distance from the rotation center of the second contact portion to the hook portion can be reduced. Thereby, the deformation and the like of the second contact portion can be suppressed, which can contribute to the improvement of the positioning accuracy.

Feature B12. A game board (game board 80) in which a game area (game area PE) is formed;
And a support frame (inner frame 13) for supporting the gaming board,
In the gaming machine, the gaming board can be attached to the supporting frame from the front of the gaming machine,
The support frame is provided with a plurality of support mechanisms (for example, lock devices 400) for supporting the game board,
The support mechanism is
A contact portion (for example, the stopper 267 or the operation portion 446 of the lock device 400) that contacts the front surface of the gaming board;
A game machine comprising: an urging unit (for example, a leaf spring 270 or a coil spring 430) for urging the game board from the back side of the game board to the front of the game machine.

  According to the feature B12, the game board can be attached from the front (that is, the front side) of the support frame, compared with the case where the game board is attached from the back side of the support frame Promote the facilitation of However, in the configuration in which the game board is attached from the front of the support frame in this manner, the positional accuracy in the game board mounting direction (front-back direction) of the game board front is improved compared to the configuration where the game board is attached from the back side of the support frame. It is assumed to be difficult.

  In this respect, in the present feature, the back and forth position of the game board can be defined by pushing the game board forward of the game machine by the urging means and preventing the movement of the game board by the contact portion. For example, by arranging the support mechanism on both ends of the game board, it is possible to prevent the game board from being tilted or pivoted by the biasing force. This can contribute to the improvement of the position accuracy of the game board (specifically, the front thereof).

  The technical ideas shown in the features B2 to B11 can be applied to the present feature. In particular, in combination with the features B8 to B11, the first contact portion and the first biasing means constitute a first support mechanism, and the second contact portion and the second bias means constitute a second support mechanism. Good.

<Feature C group>
Feature C1. A game component (game board 80) that can be attached to and detached from an installation target (inner frame 13),
Positioning means (locking device 400) provided on the mounting object for positioning the game components;
The positioning means is
An operation unit (operation unit 446 of the operation lever 440) which is provided on one side of the game component and can be switched to a positioning state for positioning the game component and a positioning release state for releasing the positioning of the game component;
The game component is provided on the other side of the game component, and when the operation unit is switched from the positioning release state to the positioning state, a pressing unit (pusher 420) for pressing the game component toward the operation unit is provided. ,
In the positioning state, movement of the game component to the operation unit side is restricted by the game component pushed by the pressing unit coming into contact with the operation unit from the same pressing unit side. A gaming machine to be.

  According to the feature C1, by switching the operation unit from the positioning release state to the positioning state, the game component is sandwiched between the operation unit and the pressing unit. At this time, the game components are not pushed toward the pressing portion by the operating portion, but are pushed toward the operating portion by the pressing portion. As a result, it is possible to position the game component on the basis of the portion in contact with the game component in the operation unit, more specifically, the operation unit.

  Feature C2. The gaming machine according to C1, wherein the pressing portion approaches the operation portion based on the switching of the operation portion from the positioning release state to the positioning state.

  In order to suppress positional deviation or the like of the game components, it is desirable to increase the pressing force by the pressing portion to a certain extent. However, if this pressing force acts at the initial stage of switching operation of the operation unit, it is assumed that switching operation of the operation unit becomes difficult because the operation unit and the game component can be stuck. In this respect, according to the present feature, when the pressing portion is configured to approach the same operation portion by switching operation of the operation portion, for example, when the operation portion is in the positioning release state, the pressing portion and the operation portion It becomes possible to provide a gap which allows movement of the gaming parts and positional variation between them. As a result, it is possible to suppress that the switching operation of the operation unit becomes difficult due to the pressing force of the pressing unit. For example, the pressing portion may be formed so as to be deformable or displaceable toward the side closer to the operation portion.

Feature C3. The pressing portion is biased toward the operation portion,
When the operation unit is in the positioning release state, the displacement to the game component side by the urging force is restricted, and when the operation unit is in the positioning state, the displacement to the game component side by the urging force The gaming machine according to C1 or C2 characterized in that the gaming machine according to C1 or C2 includes a restraining means (the protrusion 422 of the pusher 420, the holding portions 442 and 443 of the operation lever 440 and the connecting portion 444).

  As shown in the feature C3, the pressing portion is urged toward the operation portion side, and the action of the urging force is regulated by the regulation means, thereby facilitating the attachment of the game components and improving the positional accuracy of the game components. Can be suitably achieved.

  For example, the biasing state may be realized by providing a biasing member that biases the pressing portion, or the biasing state may be realized by the elastic force of the pressing portion itself.

Feature C4. The positioning means has a shaft portion (shaft body 410) extending in a state of standing up from the object to be mounted toward the game component,
An insertion portion (insertion portion 92) into which the shaft portion is inserted is formed in the gaming component,
The operation portion is formed to extend from the tip end portion of the shaft portion in a direction intersecting with the shaft portion, and rotation around the central axis of the shaft portion is permitted.
The insertion portion extends in the same direction as the longitudinal direction of the operation portion in the positioning release state, and allows passage of the operation portion.
In the case where the operation portion is switched to the positioning state, the longitudinal direction of the operation portion is different from the longitudinal direction of the insertion portion, as described in any one of C1 to C3. Gaming machine.

  When the operation unit and the game component are in contact with each other, the stress generated in the shaft decreases as the contact point between the two approaches the shaft. In this feature, by making the insertion portion into an elongated hole shape extending in the same direction as the operation portion, the operation portion at the time of game component installation and interference with the game components are avoided, and the operation portion and the operation portion are It becomes possible to abut on the game board. Thereby, the stress can be reduced, which contributes to the improvement of the positioning accuracy.

  For example, the configuration in which the operation unit faces one side of the game component on both sides sandwiching the rotation center axis of the operation unit can contribute to further improvement of the positioning accuracy.

Feature C5. A game board (game board 80) in which a game area (game area PE) is formed on the front side,
A support frame (inner frame 13) for supporting the gaming board;
Positioning means (lock device 400) for defining the position of the game board,
It is a gaming machine capable of attaching the gaming board to the supporting frame from the front of the gaming machine,
An insertion portion (insertion portion 92) penetrating in the thickness direction of the gaming board is formed in the gaming board,
The positioning means is
It is provided to project to the front side of the game board through the insertion part, and is opposed to the front of the game board and abuts on the front of the game board, thereby making the movement of the game board to the front of the game board impossible. An operation unit (operation unit 446 of the operation lever 440) switchably provided in both a positioning state and a positioning release state in which movement of the gaming board to the front of the gaming machine is permitted;
It is provided at the back of the game board, and has a pressing part (pusher 420) for pressing the back of the game board toward the operation part when the operation part is switched from the positioning release state to the positioning state. A gaming machine characterized by having

  According to the feature C5, by switching the operation unit of the positioning unit to the positioning state, the operation unit is disposed at a position facing the front of the game board, and the game board is pushed forward by the press unit toward the game machine It becomes. Since the operation unit is located in front of the game board, the game board is held by the operation unit. Thereby, the front and back positions of the game board are defined.

  As described above, in the configuration where the game board is attached from the front, if positioning is performed based on the front face of the game board, the front face of the game board (that is, the above is compared to the configuration where positioning is performed based on the back face of the game board Position accuracy of the game area can be improved. Specifically, when positioning is performed on the basis of the back of the game board, the positional accuracy of the front of the game board is likely to be reduced due to the influence of manufacturing variations such as the thickness of the game board. In this respect, in the present feature, such a disadvantage can be suitably eliminated to contribute to the improvement of the position accuracy.

  The technical ideas shown in the features C1 to C4 can also be applied to this feature.

Feature C6. A door (front door frame 14) rotatably supported by the support frame and covering the game board from the front,
The support frame is provided on the same side as the side on which the door is supported, and is open on the opposite side to the side on which the door is supported, and the door is supported. And an insertion portion (insertion portion 280) into which the game board is inserted from the side opposite to the side
The gaming board is inserted into and removed from the support frame by being rotated about the insertion portion while being inserted into the insertion portion.
The positioning means is provided on the support frame, and is disposed opposite to the side on which the insertion portion is provided in the support frame,
The gaming machine according to C5, wherein the insertion portion allows passage of the operation portion in a process of rotating the gaming board to a mounting completion position.

  According to the feature C6, by providing the positioning means in the support frame, for example, in the game machine of the type in which the model is changed by replacing the game board, it becomes possible to reuse the positioning means among the models. It can contribute to the improvement of the rate. Furthermore, by providing the positioning means on the support frame, it is possible to suppress variation in the positioning accuracy for each game board.

  In addition, when the support frame is provided with a door, it may be difficult to push the game board straight from the front of the gaming machine and attach it with the door open. In particular, when the gaming machine is installed on the island facility of the game hall, it is assumed that it will be difficult to secure the work space and secure the mounting track when attaching the game board on the rotating base end side of the door. Be done. In this respect, according to the present feature, since the game board can be disposed at the mounting completion position by rotating it with respect to the support frame after inserting the game board into the insertion portion, the above-mentioned inconvenience should preferably be wiped off. Can.

  However, if the positioning means is disposed on the pivoting base end side (that is, the insertion portion side) of the door, the positioning means may be easily hooked when inserting the game board, or the operation portion may be difficult to operate. obtain. Therefore, in the present feature, the positioning means is arranged on the support frame opposite to the side where the insertion portion is provided. This prevents the positioning means from interfering with the installation operation of the game board.

  Feature C7. The insertion portion is an abutment portion (stopper 267) located in front of the gaming board and in contact with the front surface of the gaming board, and an urging portion located behind the gaming board and biasing the gaming board forward And a flat spring (270).

  According to the feature C7, positioning can be performed on both the rotating tip end side and the rotating base end side of the game board, which can contribute to the improvement of the positioning accuracy of the game board.

  In particular, in the configuration in which the game board is rotated and attached / detached, it tends to be difficult to dispose the positioning means at a position near the insertion portion. That is, since the insertion track to the insertion part is easily restricted by the operation part or the like, it is difficult to arrange the positioning means on the rotation base end side if priority is given to facilitating the game board installation work. In addition, when the fixed contact portion and the biasing portion are arranged on the rotating tip side, it is difficult to bring the contact portion into contact with the game board.

  In this respect, if the fixed biasing portion and the abutting portion are disposed on the rotation base end side and the movable positioning means is disposed on the rotation tip end side, the above-mentioned various disadvantages can be eliminated, which is practically preferable. The configuration can be realized.

Feature C8. The positioning means is provided with a shaft portion (shaft body 410) which stands from the support frame toward the game board and extends along the insertion portion.
The operating portion is formed so as to extend from the tip end portion projecting from the insertion portion in the shaft portion in a direction intersecting the shaft portion, and in the positioning release state, the longitudinal direction of the operating portion Is directed from the rotation base end side of the game board to the rotation front end side, and in the positioning release state, rotation around the central axis of the shaft is permitted, so as to turn in a different direction.
The C6 or C7 is characterized in that the insertion portion extends from the rotation base end side of the game board to the rotation tip end side and allows passage of the operation portion in the positioning release state. The gaming machine described in.

  In the configuration shown in the features C6 and C7, when the opening part of the insertion part is enlarged in order to avoid the interference between the game board and the positioning means when the game board is rotated, the engagement between the operation part and the game board It will be difficult to secure a fee. In particular, when the positioning means is pivotable, if the distance from the rotation center to the hook portion increases, it becomes difficult to press the gaming board, and the pressing force of the pressing section rather lowers the positioning accuracy of the gaming board. obtain.

  In this respect, according to the present feature, the size of the open part of the insertion part does not have to be unnecessarily enlarged with respect to the operation part, and it is possible to easily secure the running allowance of the operation part and the game board. Furthermore, the distance from the rotation center of the operation unit to the hook portion can be reduced. Thereby, the deformation of the operation unit (specifically, the positioning means) can be suppressed, which contributes to the improvement of the positioning accuracy.

Feature C9. A door (front door frame 14) covering the game board from the front is rotatably supported by the support frame,
The door body is provided with a panel member (glass 22) which is located in front of the game area and has transparency and is formed so that the game area is visible.
In the frame on the pivoting base end side of the door (left frame 13c) in the support frame, a shaft (supporting brackets 71 and 72) for pivotally supporting the door and a position facing the game board The gaming machine according to any one of C5 to C8, further comprising: an installation portion (opposite plate portion 251) on which the positioning means is installed.

  In the configuration in which the game board (more specifically, the game area) is covered by the door body, when the positions of the door body and the game board vary, for example, the game ball moving in the game area by the panel member approaching the game board It is assumed that it becomes easy to hit a panel member. In this respect, in the present feature, by providing the shaft portion and the installation portion in the frame portion on the pivoting base end side of the door in the support frame, it is possible to prevent the occurrence of positional variations between the door and the game board . Thereby, it is possible to easily avoid the collision of the game ball with the panel member.

  In addition, in combination with the feature C7 or the like (a configuration having an abutment portion and a frame portion), the abutment portion is provided in the frame portion of the support frame, and the urging portion is provided in the installation portion. Further improvement in position accuracy can be expected.

Feature C10. A game ball launch device (game ball launch mechanism 110) provided on the support frame and disposed below the game board and firing game balls in the game area,
The gaming machine according to any one of C5 to C9, wherein the positioning means is disposed closer to the lower end of the gaming board.

  According to the feature C10, it is possible to improve the positional accuracy of the gaming board at least in the vicinity of the end on the gaming ball launching device side. Thereby, for example, it is possible to easily suppress the variation in the landing position of the gaming ball. For example, a plurality of positioning means may be arranged along the lower edge of the game board.

Feature C11. The game board is provided with an induction rail (induction rail 100) which stands up from the front of the game board and guides the game balls fired from the game ball launch device to the game area
The entrance portion of the guide rail is disposed near the lower end of the game board,
The gaming machine according to C10, wherein the positioning means is disposed at least around the inlet portion (inlet portion 104).

  In the configuration in which the game balls ejected from the game ball launch device are guided to the game area by the guide rails, the impact generated on the guide rails upon landing of the game balls is large due to the variation in the landing position of the game balls in the guide rails. It can be. Such an increase in impact is not preferable because, for example, the guide rail may be distorted or the like, which may cause the smooth induction of the game ball to be impaired. In this respect, as shown in the present feature, by disposing the positioning means around the entrance of the guiding means, it is possible to suppress the variation in the landing position and realize a practically preferable configuration.

  Feature C12. The gaming machine according to C11, wherein the positioning means are disposed on both the left and right sides of the entrance portion of the guide rail.

  According to the feature C12, the positional accuracy of the game board can be further improved at the entrance of the induction rail, and the effect shown in the feature C11 can be made more remarkable.

Feature C13. A door (front door frame 14) rotatably supported by the support frame and covering the game board from the front,
The support frame is provided on the same side as the side on which the door is supported, and is open on the opposite side to the side on which the door is supported, and the door is supported. And an insertion portion (insertion portion 280) into which the game board is inserted from the side opposite to the side
The gaming board is inserted into and removed from the support frame by being rotated about the insertion portion while being inserted into the insertion portion.
A storage plate (upper plate 33 or lower plate 34) provided on the door body and storing game balls;
An open portion (lower notch portion 88) formed on a portion of the gaming board which is to be the pivoting base end side of the entrance portion and opened to the pivoting base end side of the gaming board;
And a guiding passage portion (passage forming portion 121 etc.) which is provided straddling the support frame and the door through the opening portion and which is disposed above the storage plate and guides the game ball to the storage plate. Equipped
The gaming machine according to C12, wherein the insertion portion is connected to the opening portion and is open to the rotation base end side of the gaming board.

  In the case where the positioning means is disposed on both sides of the entrance as shown in the feature C12, one of the two positioning means is positioned closer to the rotation base end than the entrance and the game board to the insertion part There is a concern that the insertion of In particular, it is assumed that such a disadvantage becomes noticeable when the entrance is disposed at the center in the width direction of the game board.

  In addition, when the guiding passage is positioned above the storage tray, it is possible to move the gaming ball using the weight of the gaming balls when guiding the gaming balls to the storage tray. However, in recent years, the game area tends to be expanded, which tends to restrict the arrangement of the induction passage. That is, there is concern that the guidance passage is pushed downward by the expansion of the game area (game board). This can be a factor that makes it difficult to guide the gaming balls to the storage tray.

  In this respect, in the present feature, by providing the game board with the open part, coexistence of the above-mentioned induction passage and the game board is possible. That is, it is possible to arrange the position of the induction passage above the storage tray while expanding the game area. Furthermore, an insertion portion for positioning means on the rotation base end side is formed so as to be continuous with the opening portion, and the insertion portion is opened to the rotation base end side, thereby the same positioning when inserting the game board Interference with the means and the insertion portion can be avoided. Thereby, the arrangement of the induction passage and the expansion of the game area can be suitably realized, and further, the improvement of the positioning accuracy and the facilitation of the insertion operation of the game board can be suitably achieved.

  For example, the open portion may be configured by a notch opened to the rotation base end side and the lower side at the lower corner portion on the rotation base end side of the game board.

  Note that the "door" and the "insertion portion" shown in the present feature may be the same as the "door" and the "insertion portion" shown in the feature C6 and the like.

  Feature C14. The gaming machine according to any one of C5 to C13, wherein the operation unit and the pressing unit face each other across the gaming board.

  According to the feature C17, by interposing the gaming board between the operation unit and the pressing unit, it is possible to contribute to the improvement of the positioning accuracy of the gaming board.

  Feature C15. The pressing unit is capable of switching from the state in which the game board is pressed from the back side of the game board to the state in which the game board is not pressed when the operation part is switched from the positioning release state to the positioning state The gaming machine according to any one of C5 to C14, which is characterized in that

  According to the feature C15, the game board can be removed by switching the operation unit to the positioning release state. At this time, by pressing the gaming board by the pressing part is avoided by operating the operation part, it is possible to suppress the game board from being pressed and moved by the pressing part after the positioning release. As a result, it is possible to make it difficult for the hand operating the operation unit, for example, to interfere with the game board.

  Feature C16. In the state where the operation unit faces the front of the game board, the pressing unit switches between a state in which the game board is pressed from the back side of the game board and a state in which the game board is not pressed The gaming machine according to any one of C5 to C15, which is characterized in that:

  According to the feature C16, in a state where the operation unit is facing the game board, switching between a state where the game board is pressed and a state where the game board is not pressed is performed. This makes it possible to suppress resistance when attaching the game board, and it is less likely that the game board will be pushed by the holding portion when it is removed, move unexpectedly and interfere with hands etc. it can.

<Feature D group>
Feature D1. A game board (game board 80) having a game area (game area PE) formed on the front side,
In a gaming machine in which the gaming board is attached from the front of the gaming machine with respect to a support frame (inner frame 13) for detachably supporting the gaming board,
A game area partition member (game area partition member 480) fixed to the game board in a state of being projected from the front of the game board and partitioning the game area,
A gaming machine provided with a gripping portion (gripping portions 481 and 482) provided on a part outside the gaming area in the gaming area partitioning member and capable of gripping from the front side of the gaming board.

  When a configuration is adopted in which the game board is detached from the front of the support frame, although the game board can be easily detached, it is assumed that the following inconvenience is likely to occur. In other words, various configurations such as nails and variable display devices arranged in the game area of the game board are different from the configuration in which the game board is detached from the back side of the support frame by facing the worker side. It becomes easy to be selected as an object of holding at the time of game board attachment and detachment. Holding the configuration in the game area is not preferable because it can cause unintended changes in game play and the like.

  According to this point, according to the present feature, various configurations such as nails and the like arranged in the game area are selected as objects to be gripped by providing parts that can be gripped both at the time of wearing and at the time of removal outside the game area. Reduce the chances of being That is, it is possible to suppress gripping of various components arranged in the game area, and to suppress changes in the game characteristics and the like caused by the work of attaching and detaching the game board.

Feature D2. It has an insertion portion (insertion portion 280) provided on the support frame and into which one side portion of the game board is inserted,
The gaming board is inserted into and removed from the support frame by being rotated about the insertion portion while being inserted into the insertion portion.
The gaming machine according to D1, wherein the grip portion is disposed on a rotating tip side of the gaming board.

  It is not always the case that an operator can positively utilize the holding unit just by providing the holding unit for the game board. In this respect, according to the present feature, facilitation of the installation operation of the game board by utilizing the gripping portion is made clear, and the merit by utilizing the gripping portion is further enhanced, thereby providing the operator with It is possible to promote the utilization of the grip portion.

  For example, when mounting the game board, the game board is lifted while holding the holding part of the game board placed on the floor or the like, and the game board is inserted into the insertion part of the support frame. Since the holding portion is disposed on the rotating tip side of the gaming board, the gaming board can be easily pivoted without the need to change the holding of the gaming board. For this reason, compared with the case where the holding part is arrange | positioned at the rotation base end side of a game board, it becomes easy to perform the rotation operation | work of a game board. As described above, by enhancing the merits of using the holding unit, it is possible to reduce an opportunity for holding various configurations in the game area.

Feature D3. A door (front door frame 14) rotatably supported by the support frame and covering the game board from the front,
The insertion portion is provided on the same side as the side on which the door is supported in the support frame, and is opened to the opposite side to the side on which the door is supported in the support frame. , The game board is inserted from the open side,
The gaming machine according to D2, wherein the holding portion is provided on the opposite side to the side inserted into the insertion portion in the gaming board.

  In the configuration in which the game board (more specifically, the game area) is covered by the door from the front of the gaming machine, it is assumed that the work becomes difficult to perform because the attachment / detachment of the game board is interrupted by the door. By applying the feature D2 to such a configuration, it is possible to eliminate the above-mentioned inconvenience and to realize a practically preferable configuration.

  Specifically, the game board is inserted into the insertion portion provided on the pivoting base end side of the door body, and the mounting operation is performed by rotating the game board. By providing the holding portion on the opposite side of the game board to the side inserted into the insertion portion (i.e., the turning tip side of the game board), it becomes easy to secure a work space. For example, in the island facilities of the game hall, the pivoting range of the door is easily restricted by the adjacent game machines etc. Even in such a case, interference with the door is avoided and the above work Space can be easily secured.

  In addition, also at the time of the removal work of the game board, interference with the door can be avoided similarly, and a work space for moving the game board can be easily secured. As described above, by arranging the holding unit at a position where the game board can be easily attached and detached, the utilization of the holding unit is promoted to reduce the possibility of holding various components arranged in the game area. Can.

  Feature D4. The game board is provided on the rotary base end side of the game board with respect to the game area division member in the game board, and the game area is divided with the game area division member, and emitted from the game ball launch device (game ball launch mechanism 110) A game machine according to D2 or D3 comprising a guide rail (guide rail 100) for guiding the played game ball to the same game area.

  According to the feature D4, after the game balls launched from the game ball launch device land on the guide rails, the game balls are guided to the game area by the guide rails. In the guiding rail, the guiding aspect of the gaming ball by the guiding rail may change depending on the landing position and angle of the gaming ball. That is, when the positions of the guide rails vary and the landing position accuracy of the gaming balls is lowered, there is a possibility that the smooth guidance of the gaming balls is hindered. Therefore, in the present feature, by providing the induction rail and the game area partitioning member separately, it is possible to suppress the decrease in the position accuracy of the induction rail due to the load generated when the grip portion is gripped. In addition, in the configuration in which the game board is inserted into the insertion portion and then rotated, the guide rail is disposed closer to the pivot base end than the game area partitioning member, that is, the game area partition member is disposed closer to the rotation tip than the induction rail. Therefore, it contributes to the facilitation of the turning operation of the game board.

  It is assumed that the guide rail is likely to be selected as a grip target more than or equal to various configurations disposed in the game area, but the guide rail is gripped from the viewpoint of improving the landing position accuracy of the gaming ball described above Is not desirable. In this respect, in combination with the feature D3 (composition having a door), in particular, access to the grip portion can be facilitated as compared with the guide rail. In other words, it is possible to reduce the possibility that the guide rail is selected as a gripping target. Thereby, a practically preferable configuration can be realized.

Feature D5. The gripping portion includes a first gripping portion (first gripping portion 481) and a second gripping portion (second gripping portion 482) provided separately.
The first grip portion is disposed closer to the end opposite to the side to be inserted into the insertion portion in the gaming board,
The game according to any one of D2 to D4 characterized in that the second holding portion is disposed closer to an end extending from the rotation base end side of the game board to the rotation tip end side in the game board Machine.

  According to the feature D5, by separately providing the first holding unit and the second holding unit, it is possible to further reduce the chance that various components arranged in the game area can be touched. For example, the game board often includes a large number of nails (nails 87) and display devices (variable display units 85) as the various components described above, and the weight tends to increase. When the weight is increased in this way, if only one grip is set, the operator grips any part of the game board with the hand opposite to the hand holding the grip when supporting the game board It is assumed that. In this regard, if the first and second grips are set in advance, such an opportunity can be reduced.

  In particular, the first gripping portion is disposed closer to the end opposite to the side to be inserted into the insertion portion in the game board, and the second gripping portion is an end extending from the proximal end side of the game board to the rotating tip end side By arranging them closer to the club, it is possible to suppress the crossing of both hands when holding the game board while making it easy to support the weight of the game board. As a result, the possibility that the various components in the game area are positively gripped by the operator can be reduced for the purpose of facilitating the work.

Feature D6. The first holding unit is disposed on the upper end side of the game board,
The gaming machine according to D5, wherein the second grip portion is disposed on the lower end side of the gaming board.

  In order to realize the configuration shown in the feature D5, as shown in the present feature, it is preferable to dispose the first holding unit on the upper end side of the game board and the second holding unit on the lower end side of the game board. As a result, it is possible to prevent the arm holding the game board from being located in front of the game area, and to make it difficult for the arm to hit various game components arranged in the game area. Further, by arranging the two grips vertically apart, it is possible to contribute to the improvement of the balance when gripping the game board.

Feature D7. The game area division member is
The impact generated by the collision is provided when the game ball is provided in a part facing the game area side in the game area division member and the game ball launched along the guide rail (guide rail 100) of the game board collides While absorbing part, it is equipped with the return part (return rubber 490) which bounces the same game ball,
The return part and the first holding part are juxtaposed on the inside and outside of the game area with the same return part inside the game area and the first holding part outside the game area. Or the gaming machine described in D6.

  When the game board is lifted, it is assumed that the load of the game board due to its own weight tends to be concentrated on the holding portion (game area partitioning member). In such a part where the load is easy to concentrate, it is necessary to have a strength that can withstand it. In this respect, according to the present feature, by arranging the return part and the first holding part in parallel inside and outside the game area, that is, in the part where the original strength is required to be secured (the part provided with the return part) By providing the first grip portion close to each other, it is possible to gather the places where the strength is to be secured, and to suppress the spread of the area necessary for securing the strength. As a result, it is possible to make it difficult for the game area to be pressed by the game area dividing member.

  In combination with the feature D4 or the like (configuration having a guide rail), the "guide rail" shown in the present feature may be the same as the "guide rail" such as the feature D4.

  Incidentally, it is also possible to apply the technical idea shown in the present feature to the features D1 to D4 and the like. In this case, the present feature is changed to "If the game area partition member is provided in a portion facing the game area side in the game area partition member, and the game ball launched along the guide rail collides To absorb part of the impact generated by the collision, and includes a return part (return rubber 490) for returning the same game ball, and the return part and the grip part are the same as the inside of the game area, the same return part. The gaming machine according to any one of D1 to D4 is characterized in that the holding portion is juxtaposed inside and outside the gaming area as the outside of the gaming area.

Feature D8. It has first fixing means (screw 491) for fixing the game area partitioning member to the game board,
The gaming machine according to D7, wherein the first fixing means is disposed between the return portion and the first holding portion.

  According to the feature D8, by arranging the first fixing means between the return part and the first holding part, the first fixing means is also used for securing the strength of the return part and for securing the strength of the first holding part. can do. Thereby, a practically preferable configuration can be realized.

Feature D9. An induction rail (induction rail 100) provided on the gaming board guides the gaming ball having flowed down the gaming area to a discharge port (out port 86) formed on the gaming board and is located above the discharge port. Open to the pivoting tip side of the gaming board,
The gaming area partitioning member covers an open portion of the induction rail,
Furthermore, the gaming area partitioning member has an opposing portion (opposing portion 485) which is opposed to the lower side of the guiding rail between the lower open end of the guiding rail and the discharge port. ,
The gaming machine according to any one of D5 to D8, wherein the second grip portion is disposed on the opposite side of the facing portion to the guide rail.

  According to the feature D9, a part of the gaming balls having reached the game area enters, for example, a ball entrance (general winning opening 81 etc.) in the process of flowing down the game area, but does not enter the same ball entrance The game ball is led to the outlet by the guide rail. The guide rail is open to the pivoting end side of the game board, and the strength at the open end and the periphery thereof tends to be lower than other portions in the guide rail. In addition, it is assumed that a load is easily added to the induction rail by the collision of the game balls having flowed down the game area. If the guide rail is deformed or the like, it is feared that the smooth discharge of the game balls is hindered.

  In this respect, in the present feature, the gaming area partitioning member has an opposing portion that faces the guide rail from the lower side. That is, a part (opposing part) of the game area partitioning member overlaps the induction rail inside and outside. For example, when the guide rail abuts on the facing portion, it is possible to suppress deformation, positional deviation, and the like of the guide rail, back up the guide function of the guide rail, and preferably wipe out the above-mentioned inconvenience.

  In combination with the feature D4 or the like (configuration having a guide rail), the "guide rail" shown in the present feature may be the same as the "guide rail" such as the feature D4.

Feature D10. It has a second fixing means (screw 491) for fixing the gaming area partitioning member to the gaming board,
The gaming machine according to D9, wherein the second fixing means is disposed between the facing portion and the second holding portion.

  According to the feature D10, by arranging the second fixing means between the facing part and the second holding part, the second fixing means is also used for backup of the guide rail and for securing the strength of the second holding part. be able to. Thereby, a practically preferable configuration can be realized.

Feature D11. It comprises identification means (certificate stamp 492) to which identification information unique to each gaming machine is given,
The gaming area partitioning member has an installation unit (unit accommodation unit 486) for installing the identification means,
The gaming machine according to D9 or D10, wherein the installation portion is disposed on the opposite side of the facing portion to the guide rail.

  As shown in the feature D9, when the game area partitioning member adopts the configuration having the facing portion, the above-described backup function of the guide rail is improved by improving the strength around the facing portion in the game region partitioning member. can do. In order to realize such an improvement in strength, increasing the size of the game area partitioning member is considered as one method. In this respect, by providing the installation portion for the identification means in the game area partitioning member and making the installation portion and the opposing portion coexist, it is possible to effectively utilize the occupied space of the game region partitioning member. That is, the strength of the game area partitioning member can be improved and the installation portion of the identification means can be secured (that is, the space can be effectively used), and a practically preferable configuration can be realized.

  Since the game area partitioning member is a part that does not particularly need to be detached from the game board, it is possible to strengthen its attachment or to disallow removal after attachment. By preventing removal of the identification means by the game area partitioning member, unauthorized removal of the identification means can be suppressed and contribution to the improvement of the crime prevention can be achieved. For example, the space on the front side of the game board can be effectively used as compared with a configuration in which the identification means is attached to the game board using a member different from the game area division member. Considering that the game area is formed on the front of the game board and the area outside the game area is limited, it is considered that the technical contribution degree by providing the installation section for the identification means in the game area division member is large Conceivable.

Feature D12. The game ball launch device (game ball launch mechanism 110) provided below the gaming board and firing game balls is provided.
A gaming machine for guiding a gaming ball fired from the gaming ball launching device to the gaming area by an induction rail of the gaming board,
A control means (lock device 400) is provided outside the game area and arranged at a lower corner of the rotary tip side of the game board to restrict removal of the game board from the support frame. Equipped
The gaming area partitioning member extends up and down along the edge on the rotating tip side of the gaming board, and the lower end of the gaming board bypasses the restricting means from the gaming area side to lower the gaming board Reached the department,
In any one of D5 to D11, the second holding portion is disposed at a position on the game area dividing member on the rotation base end side of the game board with respect to the restricting means. The gaming machine described.

  According to the feature D12, by restricting the removal of the game board by the restricting means disposed at the lower corner of the rotating base end side of the game board, the positional deviation or the like on the lower end side of the game board is suitable. Can be suppressed. Thereby, the dispersion | variation in the landing position in the induction | guidance | derivation rail of the game ball thrown from the game ball launch device can be suppressed suitably.

  Further, in the configuration in which the game board is mounted by being rotated, it is assumed that positional variations and the like on the rotating tip end side become more remarkable than in the rotating base end side. Therefore, it is preferable to arrange the restricting means close to the end on the rotation proximal side. In the present feature, by disposing the second grip portion closer to the rotation base end than the restriction means, it can be easily brought close to the rotation tip side of the restriction means. Further, with regard to the second grip portion, it is preferable that the second grip portion be disposed close to the peripheral edge (specifically, the lower end edge) of the gaming board, in consideration of facilitation of access at the time of game board attachment and detachment. That is, it is preferable that the second holding portion as well as the restricting means be disposed close to the lower end of the game board. In this respect, the second grip portion can not only be brought closer to the center of the game board by extending the game area dividing member by detouring the restricting means, but also can be arranged closer to the lower edge of the game board Is possible. Then, by arranging the second holding portion at a position on the rotation base end side with respect to the restricting means, stability improvement in a state in which the game board is lifted is improved, and further to the lower end side of the game board The arrangement facilitates the access to the second grip portion. Therefore, the second grip portion and the restricting means can be suitably coexisted.

Feature D13. The game ball launch device (game ball launch mechanism 110) provided below the gaming board and firing game balls is provided.
A gaming machine for guiding a gaming ball fired from the gaming ball launching device to the gaming area by an induction rail of the gaming board,
It is provided outside the game area, and is provided on a rotating tip end side of the game board, and is provided with a control means (lock device 400) for restricting the removal of the game board from the support frame,
The entrance portion (inlet portion 104) of the guide rail and the restricting means are arranged along the lower edge of the game board so that the entrance portion is closer to the pivot base end of the game board than the restricting means. Is set up,
The gaming machine according to any one of D5 to D11, wherein the second grip portion is disposed between the restricting means and the entrance portion.

  According to the feature D13, by arranging the regulation means and the entrance portion of the guide rail in parallel along the lower edge of the game board, it is possible to suppress the positional variation of the entrance portion of the guide rail. Thereby, it can contribute to the variation control of the landing position of the game ball in the induction rail, and can contribute to the facilitation of the induction of the game ball.

  In addition, by arranging the second grip portion between the restricting means and the entrance portion of the induction rail, movement of the game ball from the gaming ball launch device to the induction rail is permitted while the game board is being lifted. The balance maintaining function and the positional deviation suppressing function of the game board can be suitably improved, and a practically preferable configuration can be realized.

  Feature D14. One of the first grip portion and the second grip portion is opened to the rotary tip end side of the game board, and is recessed from the rotary tip end side to the rotary base end side. The gaming machine according to any one of D13.

  According to the feature D14, the insertion direction of the finger is the same as the insertion direction of the game board into the insertion portion by inserting the finger into the grip portion (dented portion). Thereby, the insertion work of the game board can be facilitated.

  In addition, compared to a configuration in which the holding portion is constituted by a protrusion or the like and the protrusion is held or held during attachment / detachment work of the game board, the present feature is in terms of ease of supporting weight of the game board and ease of rotation. The configuration shown in is considered to be better. In other words, when the configuration of the projection or the like is adopted, it is assumed that the possibility of holding hands is increased in the process of attaching and detaching the game board. Furthermore, in the process of attaching and detaching the game board, there is a concern that the possibility of holding a portion other than the projection is increased in the process of transporting the game board. From the above reasons, it is considered that the merits of adopting the technical idea shown in the present feature for the grip portion are great.

Feature D15. The first grip portion is opened to the rotary tip end side of the gaming board, and is recessed from the rotary tip end side to the rotary base end side,
The gaming machine according to any one of D5 to D14, wherein the second holding portion is opened below the gaming board and is recessed upward.

  According to the feature D15, the configuration shown in the feature D3 can be suitably realized. Specifically, in a state of facing the gaming board, the second hand grip on the lower side is held by the hand in the insertion direction of the same game board, and the first hand held on the upper side is held by the other hand. . In this state, if the game board is attached to the support frame, the game is performed by pressing the game board onto the insertion section with the hand of the first holding unit while supporting the weight of the game board with the hand of the second holding unit. The installation work of the board can be performed smoothly.

  Feature D16. The gaming machine according to any one of D5 to D15, wherein the second grip portion is closer to the rotation base end side of the game board than the first grip portion.

  According to the feature D16, it is possible to suppress the crossing of both hands when gripping each gripping portion, which can also contribute to the improvement of the easiness of holding the gaming board.

  When the gaming board is removed from the support frame, it is necessary for the operator to support the weight of the gaming board. If the holding unit is disposed in consideration of only the insertion operation and rotation operation of the game board, it may be difficult to support the weight of the game board. If the worker changes hands to cope with this, it is possible to improve the ease of holding, but at the same time, it is expected that the working efficiency will deteriorate. In particular, when such a changeover is performed, it is feared that the frequency of occurrence of inconvenience such as grasping the configuration in the game area increases. According to this point and this feature, such an inconvenience can be avoided by devising the arrangement of the holding parts as described above.

  Further, compared to the first grip portion, the second grip portion is a portion that plays a larger role in supporting the weight of the game board. By arranging the second grip portion closer to the rotation base end (for example, closer to the center of the game board) than the first grip portion, a configuration in which the game board can be easily supported can be realized.

Feature D17. A game board housing section which is divided by a base portion (opposite plate portion 251) opposed to the back surface of the game board and a standing wall portion (peripheral wall portion 261) standing forward from the base portion in the support frame (The game board accommodating portion 75) is formed,
The gaming machine according to any one of D1 to D16, wherein the holding part protrudes from the gaming board storage part in a state where the gaming board is stored in the gaming board storage part.

  According to the feature D17, when the game board is removed, it is possible to make it difficult for the support frame to prevent the access to the grip from being interrupted. In addition, when attaching the game board, even if the game board is pushed in while holding the holding part, the inconvenience that the hand holding the holding part interferes with the game board accommodating part of the support frame is preferably provided. It can be avoided. In this way, it is possible to avoid the change of hands at work and to contribute to the improvement of work efficiency.

Feature D18. The support frame is supported so as to be openable and closable by a support target (outer frame 11),
The gaming board is described in any one of D1 to D17 characterized in that attachment and detachment from the front of the gaming machine are permitted at least in a state where the support frame is closed with respect to the support target. Of gaming machines.

  If a configuration is adopted in which the game board is detached from the back side of the support frame, it may be necessary to open the support frame before attaching or detaching the game board. In this case, when the game board is attached or detached, the support frame may move, and the operation of attaching and detaching the game board may not be smoothly performed. This is assumed to be particularly likely to occur when mounting a game board. On the other hand, if it is attempted to mount the game board with one hand while holding the support frame with one hand in order to eliminate such a disadvantage, the work load may increase. In this case, in order to balance the gaming board, it is necessary to grip the central portion of the gaming board. In order to cope with this, if the position of the gripping portion is made to correspond to the one-handed operation in advance, the degree of freedom in arranging the gripping portion is reduced.

  In this respect, the game board can be attached and detached from the front side of the support frame, and the operator can hold the game board with both hands if the game board can be attached and detached while the support frame is closed to be supported. It becomes possible. In this case, as compared with the case of holding the game board with one hand, it is easy to balance the game board, and it is possible to suppress the restriction on the arrangement of the holding parts. Therefore, even if the holding unit is set at a position deviated from the center of the game board as shown in the feature D 2 etc., it is possible to avoid difficulty in performing work when attaching and detaching the game board, and a practically preferable configuration is realized. it can.

<Feature E group>
Feature E1. A game board (game board 80) in which a game area (game area PE) is formed;
A support frame (inner frame 13) for detachably supporting the gaming board;
A flat plate portion (counter plate portion 251) provided on the support frame and facing the plate surface of the game board;
Fixing means (lock device 400) provided on the flat plate portion for fixing the game board to the support frame;
And a projection (positioning projection 259) provided on the flat plate portion and defining an attachment position of the game board with respect to the support frame by being inserted through an insertion portion (through hole 91) formed in the game board A game machine characterized by comprising:

  According to the feature E1, by making the gaming board detachable from the support frame, it is possible to contribute to the facilitation of the maintenance work of the gaming board, and the like. When the game board is attached to the support frame, positioning is performed by inserting the protrusion of the support frame into the insertion portion of the game board, and the game board is fixed to the support frame by the fixing means. In this feature, in particular, the fixing means for fixing the game board and the projection for positioning are arranged on the same flat plate portion. Thereby, the shift of the relative position between the fixing means and the protrusion can be suppressed, and for example, the load can be suppressed from being applied to the protrusion by fixing the game board. By thus protecting the projections, it is possible to contribute to the improvement of the position accuracy of the game board.

Feature E2. The gaming area is formed on the front of the gaming board,
The gaming machine according to E1, wherein the gaming board is attached to and detached from the front of the gaming machine with respect to the support frame, and the back surface of the gaming board is fixed in a state of facing the flat plate portion.

  In the feature E2, the game board is attached to and detached from the support frame from the front of the game machine, which contributes to the facilitation of the work of attaching and detaching the game board. However, when it is possible to attach and detach the game board from the front, it is assumed that it will be difficult to secure the positional accuracy of the game board (specifically, the front) in comparison with the configuration where the game board is attached and removed from the back of the support frame. Be done. If the configuration shown in the feature E1 is applied to such a configuration, the positional accuracy of the game board can be enhanced, and a practically preferable configuration can be realized.

  Feature E3. A game board storage section (game board storage section) divided into a support frame by the flat plate portion and an enclosing portion (peripheral wall portion 261) which stands from the flat plate portion to the game board side and surrounds the game board A game machine according to E1 or E2 characterized in that a part 75) is formed.

  According to the feature E3, the flat plate portion forms a game board accommodation portion together with the enclosing portion. By accommodating the game board in the game board housing portion, it is possible to prevent the inconvenience that the game board is pushed in the direction intersecting with the projecting direction of the projection. In addition, the formation of the encircling portion that stands up from the flat plate portion in the flat plate portion can contribute to securing the rigidity of the flat plate portion. Thereby, it can suppress that the relative position of a fixing means and a protrusion varies by deformation of a flat plate part, etc.

Feature E4. The gaming board has a substantially rectangular shape,
The surrounding portion is formed by connecting upstanding wall portions (wall portions 262 to 265 constituting the peripheral wall portion 261) formed along the four sides of the game board through the corner portions,
The fixing means and the projection are disposed along one of the plurality of upright walls (for example, the lower side wall 263), and are configured to have equal distances from the upright wall The gaming machine according to E3, characterized in that

  As shown in the feature E4, by arranging the fixing means and the protrusion along the rising wall portion, the benefit of securing the rigidity shown in the feature E3 can be suitably enjoyed. Further, even if the flat plate portion is bent with the root portion of the rising wall portion as the base end by equalizing the distance between the rising wall portion and the fixing means and the same distance between the rising wall portion and the projection, The shift of the relative position between the fixing means and the projection can be suppressed. As a result, the load is less likely to be applied to the protrusions, which can contribute to securing the positioning function of the game board.

  Feature E5. The fixing means and the projection are such that the fixing means is closer than the projection to another standing wall connected to one of the standing walls provided along the both. The gaming machine according to E4, wherein the gaming machine is arranged.

  It is assumed that load is likely to be applied to the fixing means and the mounting portion thereof along with the fixing operation and the like. Since the fixing means and the projection are arranged in the same flat plate portion, when the load of the fixing means is transmitted to the flat plate portion, the positioning accuracy of the projection is also lowered. In this respect, according to the present feature, by arranging the fixing means to be closer to the other standing wall portion than the projection, the load is dispersed to the standing wall portion, and the deformation of the flat plate portion, etc. It is possible to suppress. As a result, even in the configuration in which the fixing means and the projection are provided on the same object, it is possible to preferably avoid that the positioning accuracy of the projection is lowered due to the load generated in the fixing means.

Feature E6. A game ball launch device (game ball launch mechanism 110) provided on the support frame and disposed below the gaming board and firing game balls in the game area,
The game board is provided with an induction rail (induction rail 100) which stands up from the front of the game board and guides the game balls fired from the game ball launch device to the game area
The inlet portion (inlet portion 104) of the guide rail is disposed near the lower end of the game board,
The gaming machine according to any one of E1 to E5, wherein the fixing means and the projection are disposed closer to the lower end of the gaming board.

  In the configuration in which the game balls emitted from the game ball launch device are guided to the game area by the guide rails, there is a concern that the smooth guide of the game balls is hindered due to the variation in the position where the game balls land on the guide rails. Ru. In particular, the variation in the landing position can be a factor causing an increase in the impact generated on the induction rail at the time of landing of the game ball, and the above-mentioned increase in the impact temporarily causes distortion or the like in the induction rail as described above. It is feared that the smooth movement of the game ball becomes difficult. In this respect, according to the present feature, the entrance portion of the induction rail is disposed closer to the lower end of the game board, and the fixing means and the projection are similarly disposed from the lower end of the game board, thereby the position of the lower end of the game board Variation, that is, variation in the position of the inlet of the guide rail can be suppressed, and this can contribute to the improvement of the position accuracy of the same inlet. As described above, by improving the position accuracy of the entrance portion, it is possible to reduce the variation in the landing position of the game ball launched from the game ball launch device on the guide rail, and to eliminate the above-mentioned inconvenience.

  Feature E7. The gaming machine according to E6, wherein the fixing means and the projection are provided in the vicinity of the entrance in the guide rail.

  According to the feature E7, by arranging the fixing means and the projection in the vicinity of the entrance of the guide rail, it is possible to contribute to the further improvement of the positional accuracy at the entrance. Thereby, the dispersion | variation in the landing position mentioned above can be suppressed, and it can contribute to protection of guidance rail, and facilitation of guidance of a game ball.

Feature E8. The gaming board has a substantially rectangular shape,
A game ball launch device (game ball launch mechanism 110) which is provided on the support frame and which is disposed below the gaming board and shoots a game ball toward the game board side.
The game board is provided with an induction rail (induction rail 100) which stands up from the front of the game board and guides the game balls fired from the game ball launch device to the game area
The inlet portion (inlet portion 104) of the guide rail is disposed near the lower end of the game board,
The fixing means and the projection are disposed near the lower end of the game board,
A plurality of wall portions (wall portions 262 to 265 forming the peripheral wall portion 261) formed along the four sides of the game board are connected to the support frame through corner portions, and surround the game board A peripheral wall (peripheral wall portion 261) is formed,
The gaming machine according to any one of E1 to E5, wherein the flat plate portion is continued from the corner portion closest to the entrance portion of the guide rail in the peripheral wall.

  In the configuration in which the game balls emitted from the game ball launch device are guided to the game area by the guide rails, there is a concern that the smooth guide of the game balls is hindered due to the variation in the position where the game balls land on the guide rails. Ru. In particular, the variation in the landing position can be a factor causing an increase in the impact generated on the induction rail at the time of landing of the game ball, and the above-mentioned increase in the impact temporarily causes distortion or the like in the induction rail as described above. It is feared that the smooth movement of the game ball becomes difficult. In this respect, according to the present feature, the entrance portion of the induction rail is disposed closer to the lower end of the game board, and the fixing means and the projection are similarly disposed from the lower end of the game board, thereby the position of the lower end of the game board Variation, that is, variation in the position of the inlet of the guide rail can be suppressed, and this can contribute to the improvement of the position accuracy of the same inlet. As described above, by improving the position accuracy of the entrance portion, it is possible to reduce the variation in the landing position of the game ball launched from the game ball launch device on the guide rail, and to eliminate the above-mentioned inconvenience.

  Further, the game board is surrounded by the peripheral wall formed on the support frame, and the flat plate portion is continued from the corner portion closest to the entrance portion of the guide rail in the peripheral wall portion. The amount of deformation of the wall to the side of the game board when the peripheral wall is pushed toward the game board is smaller at the boundary between the walls, that is, at the corner, as compared with the center of the wall. As described above, by continuing the flat plate portion to the portion where the amount of displacement decreases, it is possible to contribute to the improvement of the positional accuracy of the flat plate portion, that is, the positional accuracy of the protrusion and the fixing means.

  Feature E9. The gaming machine according to E8, wherein the flat plate portion is connected to two adjacent wall portions via the corner portion closest to the entrance portion of the induction rail.

  According to the feature E9, since the flat plate portion is connected to the two adjacent wall portions via the corner portion, the strength of the peripheral wall can be improved and the strength of the flat plate portion can be improved. This can contribute to the further improvement of the positioning accuracy of the game board.

  In addition, for example, compared with the case where the flat plate portion is formed so as to straddle two opposing wall portions, the occupied area of the flat plate portion can be made smaller, for example, the protrusion to the center side of the game board can be suitably suppressed. it can. Thereby, coexistence with various configurations (for example, a control device, a game ball collection passage, etc.) mounted on the game board can be made easy.

Feature E10. A door (front door frame 14) that covers the game board from the front is supported by a frame portion (left frame portion 13c) of the support frame so as to be openable and closable,
The protrusion is disposed closer to a frame portion of the support frame that supports the door body.
The gaming machine according to E8 or E9, wherein the flat plate portion is continuous with at least one of the plurality of wall portions on the same side as the side on which the door is supported.

  In order to improve the position accuracy of the game board, it is effective to improve the strength of the flat plate portion. However, if the flat plate portion or the peripheral wall (wall portion) is enlarged or ribs or the like are formed on the flat plate portion or the like for reinforcement, the occupied area of the flat plate portion or the like is enlarged. Considering that a game machine is installed on an island facility such as a game hall, the size of the support frame is limited, and the above-mentioned expansion of the occupied area such as the flat plate portion is the other one mounted on the support frame It is not preferable because it can be a factor that makes it difficult to coexist with peripheral parts (for example, a locking member etc.).

  The frame portion supporting the door in the support frame is a portion that requires sufficient strength to support the door. When the frame portion and one of the wall portions to which the flat plate portion is connected are on the same side, for example, by unifying them, strength can be improved while suppressing expansion of the occupied area. That is, by gathering the parts requiring strength on the same side, the expansion of the area necessary for securing the strength can be suitably suppressed. Thereby, the positional accuracy of the game board can be improved while suppressing the expansion of the occupied area for securing the strength, and a practically preferable configuration can be realized.

Feature E11. It is provided opposite to the lower end of the gaming board at a portion between the gaming board and the gaming ball launch device in the support frame, and the upper and lower positions of the gaming board are defined by placing the gaming board. Mounting portion (lower side wall portion 263),
The entrance portion of the guide rail and the gaming ball launcher face each other across the placement portion,
The gaming machine according to any one of E6 to E10, wherein the fixing means and the projection are disposed along the placement portion.

  In order to improve the position accuracy of the game board, it is preferable to set many projections. However, if the number of protrusions is increased, it is considered that the work of mounting the game board becomes complicated and the workability is lowered. In this respect, if the positioning accuracy is improved by the projections and the positional variation is suppressed by the fixing means in the vicinity of the entrance of the induction rail and the mounting portion where the positioning accuracy is particularly required in the game board, the number of setting of the projections and fixing means It is possible to improve the positioning accuracy at a desired place without unnecessarily increasing the pressure, that is, suppressing the deterioration of the workability. Further, by supporting the weight of the game board by the mounting portion, it is possible to suppress the weight load applied to the fixing means and the projections, and it is possible to expect security of positioning accuracy.

  Feature E12. The gaming machine according to E11, wherein the placement portion is erected from the flat plate portion.

  In the configuration having the mounting portion, while it is possible to improve the positioning accuracy, it is assumed that the load applied to the fixing means and the projection becomes large when the positional deviation occurs temporarily. In this respect, by providing the mounting portion, the fixing means, and the protrusion on the flat plate portion, it is possible to easily suppress the deviation of the relative positions of the various components. That is, for example, when the mounting portion is sunk by the weight of the game board, the projection and the fixing means are easily displaced following the sunk. As a result, the relative position between the mounting portion and the fixing means and the protrusion can be hardly displaced, and concentration of load on the protrusion and the fixing means can be suitably suppressed.

  In the combination with the feature E4 (a configuration in which the game board accommodating portion is formed by the flat plate portion and the standing wall portion), the "mounting portion" and the "standing wall portion" may be separate bodies. , May be integral. Further, in the combination with the feature E8 (a structure in which the game board is surrounded by a peripheral wall consisting of a plurality of continuous wall portions via a corner portion), the "mounting portion" and the "wall portion" are integrated. It may be a separate body.

Feature E13. The fixing means includes an abutting portion (an operating portion 446 of the operation lever 440) abutting on the front surface of the game board, and a pushing portion (pusher 420) for pushing the game board away from the flat plate portion.
In the state in which the gaming board is pressed by the pushing portion and in contact with the abutting portion, a gap is formed between the gaming board and the flat plate portion, any one of E1 to E12 characterized by The gaming machine described in one.

  In order to improve the positioning accuracy by the projections, it is preferable to reduce the clearance between the insertion portion and the projections and completely embed the projections in the insertion portion. However, when such a configuration is adopted, it is assumed that the load is likely to be concentrated on the root portion of the projection if a load that shifts the position of the game board is slightly applied. Since this load acts, for example, to shear the projection, it is assumed that a problem arises in securing the durability of the projection. In this point, in the present feature, a gap is formed between the flat plate portion and the insertion portion, and the root portion of the protrusion is not inserted, so that the same load due to the load described above using the deflection (elastic deformation) of the protrusion It is possible to suppress the occurrence of shearing, breakage, etc. of the protrusions. As a result, the durability of the positioning means can be suitably improved while improving the positional accuracy by the positioning means, which can contribute to the realization of a configuration that can withstand repeated use.

  For example, the amount of protrusion of the flat plate portion from the plate surface in the pressing portion may be set smaller than the amount of protrusion of the protrusion from the plate surface.

Feature E14. The fixing means includes an operation unit (operation unit 446 of the operation lever 440) which can be switched to a fixed state for fixing the game board and a fixed release state for releasing the game board.
The game board is formed with a passage portion (insertion portion 92) which allows passage of the operation portion when the operation portion is in the fixed release state,
When the operation unit is located inside the passage unit and the projection is located outside the insertion unit, the operation unit is switched to the unlocked state by the passage unit. The gaming machine according to E13, which is blocked.

  According to the feature E14, when arranging the gaming board at the mounting completion position, for example, it is possible to avoid that the fixing operation is forcibly performed even though the position of the gaming board is not determined. As a result, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of the inconvenience that a load is applied to the protrusion by an unreasonable switching operation and the protrusion is deformed. Therefore, it is possible to improve the protective function of the projection and to contribute to securing the positioning accuracy.

Feature E15. It has an insertion portion (insertion portion 280) provided on the support frame and into which one side portion of the game board is inserted,
The gaming board is inserted into and removed from the support frame by being rotated about the insertion portion while being inserted into the insertion portion.
The projection and the insertion portion are to restrict movement of the game board in the width direction of the game board by inserting the projection into the insertion portion,
The operation portion of the fixing means is disposed closer to the rotation base end of the game board than the protrusion, and the amount of protrusion of the operation portion from the flat plate portion is an elevation from the flat portion of the protrusion It is formed to be larger than the amount
The gaming machine according to E14, wherein the passage portion is formed to be slightly larger than the operation portion in the fixed state at least in the width direction.

  According to the feature E15, in the process of rotating and mounting the game board, the operation portion of the fixing means passes through the passing portion before the projection is inserted into the insertion portion. The passage portion allows passage of the operation portion when the operation portion is in the fixed release state. At this time, if the game board (specifically, the operation unit) is misaligned in the width direction, the passage becomes impossible except in the case where the deviation is slight. The following effects can be expected by this.

  That is, as shown in the feature E14, in the configuration in which the switching operation to the fixed state is performed after positioning, the game board is pushed in a state where the protrusion does not fit well in the insertion portion, and the protrusion collides with the back of the game board There is a risk of This is not preferable because it may cause deformation of the projections, which may cause difficulty in securing the positional accuracy. In this respect, in the present feature, since the projection is inserted into the insertion portion in a state where the positional deviation of the game board is suppressed to some extent by the operation portion and the passage portion, the above-mentioned inconvenience can be less likely to occur. . This can contribute to the maintenance of the positioning function of the projection.

  For example, the protrusion may be inserted into the insertion portion while the operation portion is passing through the passage portion.

Feature E16. A plurality of the fixing means are provided,
The gaming machine according to any one of E1 to E15, wherein the projection is disposed between two of the fixing means.

  According to the feature E16, by arranging the projection between the two fixing means, it is possible to easily disperse the load generated due to the positional deviation of the game board and the like, and the positioning function of the projection can be suitably secured.

Feature E17. The projection and the insertion portion are to restrict movement of the game board in the width direction of the game board by inserting the projection into the insertion portion,
The gaming machine according to any one of E1 to E16, wherein the fixing means is arranged in the width direction with respect to the protrusion.

  If the fixing means are arranged side by side in a direction different from the width direction, it is possible to disperse a part of the game board by the fixing means when a load is applied to move the game board in the width direction. It is difficult to suppress the generation of the rotational moment centered on the fixed portion. For this reason, it is assumed that it is difficult to improve the distribution efficiency of the load on the projections. In this respect, according to the present feature, by arranging the projections and the fixing means in the width direction of the game board, the generation of the above-mentioned rotational moment can be suppressed, and the load distribution efficiency can be enhanced. Thereby, the protective function of the projections can be further improved.

<Feature F group>
Feature F1. A game board (game board 80) in which a game area (game area PE) is formed on the front side,
And a support frame (inner frame 13) for detachably supporting the game board,
In the gaming machine in which the gaming board is attached to the supporting frame from the front of the gaming machine,
A game ball launch device (game ball launch mechanism 110) disposed on the support frame and disposed below the gaming board to launch game balls in a predetermined direction;
Guide means (guide rail 100 for guiding the game ball to the game area by forming a wall standing up from the front of the game board and moving the game ball fired from the game ball launch device along the wall surface )When,
Positioning means (inside the inside of the entrance portion (inlet portion 104) where the game ball fired from the A gaming machine characterized by comprising a positioning projection 259 of a frame 13 and a through hole 91) of a game board 80.

  According to the feature F1, the game balls fired from the game ball launch device are guided to the game area by the guiding means. At this time, for example, at a position where the gaming ball lands with respect to the guiding means, an impact due to a collision of the gaming ball may occur. If such an impact is increased, the guiding means may be deformed, and the game ball may not be guided smoothly.

  In this feature, by adopting a configuration in which the game board is attached from the front side of the support frame, the arrangement freedom of the positioning means is enhanced compared to the configuration in which the game board is attached from the back side of the support frame Makes it easy to secure location accuracy in Specifically, in the configuration in which the game board is attached from the back side of the support frame, for example, at a position overlapping back and forth with respect to the game area, and at a position overlapping back and forth with various game components mounted on the game board Although it is difficult to arrange the positioning means, in the configuration in which the game board is attached from the front side of the support frame, the arrangement of the positioning means can be prevented from being restricted as described above. Thus, the positioning freedom of the positioning means is improved, and in particular, by providing the positioning means in the vicinity of the entrance of the guiding means, the positional accuracy of the entrance is improved and the variation of the landing position of the gaming ball is suppressed. It becomes possible. This can contribute to the facilitation of the guidance of the gaming ball by the guidance means. In addition, it is possible to suppress the impact upon landing of the game ball from becoming greater than expected, and to improve the durability of the guiding means while avoiding the reinforcement of the guiding means and the mounting structure of the guiding means. Therefore, it becomes possible to improve the durability of the guiding means while suppressing the complication of the structure.

Feature F2. The gaming ball launcher comprises a launch rail (launch rail 112) that defines the launch direction of the gaming ball,
The gaming machine according to F1, wherein the positioning means is disposed on a substantially extension of the firing rail.

  The game balls fired from the game ball launcher move along the launch rail and move toward the extension of the launch rail. In this case, it is assumed that the game ball is likely to land on a part (specific part SP) located on the extension of the firing rail in the positioning means. In this feature, in particular, positioning can be performed near the assumed landing position of the game ball by arranging the positioning means on the extension of the firing rail. Thereby, various effects shown in the feature F1 can be further enhanced.

Feature F3. The guiding means is constituted by an inner rail (inner rail 101) and an outer rail (outer rail 102) provided at both the inside and the outside with a gap through which the game ball can pass.
The inner and outer rails are formed in a curved shape that is convex outward of the game area,
The gaming machine according to F1 or F2, wherein the positioning means is disposed at a position overlapping the outer rail in the front and back direction in a front view of the gaming machine.

  According to the feature F3, the positioning accuracy of the guiding means with respect to the game ball launching device can be further improved by arranging the positioning means in a position overlapping with the outer rail in the front view of the gaming machine. Effect can be further enhanced.

  Feature F4. The positioning means has a protrusion (positioning protrusion 259) formed on the support frame, and an insertion portion (through hole 91) formed on the game board and into which the protrusion is inserted. The gaming machine described in F3.

  As shown in the feature F4, the projection of the support frame is inserted into the insertion portion of the game board, whereby the positioning means can be disposed behind the outer rail, and the configuration shown in the feature F3 is preferably realized. it can.

Feature F5. The insertion portion has a hole shape penetrating in the thickness direction of the game board,
On the opposite side to the side where the projection is inserted in the insertion portion, the restriction that restricts the deformation of the outer rail by abutting against the outer rail from the opposite side to the side facing the inner rail A game machine according to F4, wherein a member (rail support member 107) is attached.

  According to the feature F5, since the restriction member restricts the deformation of the outer rail, it is possible to disperse the impact when the game ball lands on the outer rail. In particular, by attaching the restricting member to the positioning through hole, the restricting member can be easily disposed, for example, in correspondence with the landing position of the game ball. That is, by attaching the restriction member using the positioning through hole, it is possible to suppress the deformation of the outer rail at a more accurate position.

  In addition, complication of a structure can be minimized by utilizing a through-hole as an attachment hole of a control means.

Feature F6. And a plurality of fixing portions (fixing pins 102a) disposed along the outer rails and fixing the outer rails to the game board,
The gaming machine according to F5, wherein the restriction member is in contact with the outer rail between the plurality of fixing portions.

  According to the feature F6, it is possible to restrict excessive deformation (for example, plastic deformation) by the restriction member while allowing bending deformation of the outer rail. Thereby, the contact time when the game ball lands (collision) can be extended, and the impact force generated by the landing of the game ball can be reduced.

  In addition, when it is set as the structure which accept | permits bending deformation of an outer rail, when an outer rail decompress | restores, it is assumed that a vibration tends to remain. Therefore, the regulating member may be formed to have a natural vibration value different from that of the outer rail. Thereby, the buffer function and the damping function of the induction means can be strengthened, and a practically preferable configuration can be realized.

Feature F7. The positioning means defines left and right positions of the game board by inserting the projection into the insertion portion,
The entrance portion of the guiding means is disposed near the lower end of the game board,
It is provided opposite to the lower end of the gaming board at a portion between the gaming board and the gaming ball launch device in the support frame, and the upper and lower positions of the gaming board are defined by placing the gaming board The gaming machine according to any one of F4 to F6, comprising a mounting portion (lower side wall portion 263).

  According to the feature F7, the upper and lower positions of the game board are defined in a state of being mounted on the mounting portion of the support frame. Specifically, the upper and lower positions are defined on the side closer to the game ball launcher. Thereby, the position accuracy of the entrance of the guiding means can be enhanced, which can contribute to the improvement of the accuracy of the landing position with respect to the guiding means of the gaming ball fired from the gaming ball launch device.

  Further, the gaming board has its left and right positions defined by the projections, thereby further improving the accuracy of the landing position described above. By adopting a projection provided at a position where the game board and the support frame are opposed to each other for left and right positioning, the projection can be disposed at a position where the positional accuracy of the guiding means can be easily improved. However, in the case of performing positioning by a projection in this manner, if an excessive load is applied to the projection, the positioning accuracy may be reduced, which may cause a reverse to the original purpose.

  In this respect, in the present feature, as described above, it is possible to support the weight of the gaming board by the placement unit, and to suppress the addition of the weight of the gaming board to the protrusion. Thereby, the positional accuracy of the game board (specifically, the guiding means) is improved, and the variation in the landing position when the gaming ball lands on the guiding means is suitably suppressed. Therefore, it is possible to realize smooth guidance of the gaming ball by the guiding means without complicating the attachment structure of the guiding means.

  Feature F8. When the gaming board is attached to the support frame, the left and right positions of the gaming board are defined by the projection in a state where the upper and lower positions of the gaming board are defined by the placing portion. The gaming machine described in F7.

  According to the feature F8, when the game board is mounted, at least a part of the weight can be deposited on the support frame side by placing the game board on the mounting portion first. As described above, by supporting the game board by the weight mounting portion in the process of attaching the game board, it is possible to make it difficult for the game board to be worn with enthusiasm. Thus, even if the protrusion and the game board interfere with each other, it is possible to suppress an excessive load from being applied to the protrusion. That is, it is contributing to the realization of the smooth guidance of the gaming ball by making it difficult to cause deformation or the like of the protrusion and enhancing the position accuracy.

  For example, in a section in which the game board is moved to the installation completion position, the first positioning section performs positioning in the vertical direction, and the second positioning section performs positioning in the vertical direction and the horizontal direction. The second positioning section may be set to be on the back side.

Feature F9. The protrusion is provided on the support frame,
The gaming machine according to F8, wherein a front end edge of the placement portion is located closer to the front in the mounting direction of the gaming board than a tip end of the protrusion.

  In order to realize the configuration shown in the feature F8, as shown in the present feature, it is preferable that the tip end of the protrusion does not protrude to the front side in the mounting direction of the game board than the front end edge of the mounting portion. Thus, the left and right positions can be defined in a state in which the shift between the upper and lower positions is suppressed, which can contribute to the protection of the protrusion.

Feature F10. It has an insertion portion (insertion portion 280) provided on the support frame and into which one side portion of the game board is inserted,
The gaming board is inserted into and removed from the support frame by being rotated about the insertion portion while being inserted into the insertion portion.
The gaming machine according to F8 or F9, wherein the gaming board can be placed on the placement unit at least when the gaming board is inserted into the insertion unit.

  In the configuration in which the game board is attached to the support frame, positioning as shown in feature F8 or F9 if the stroke required for attaching the game board (stroke from the placement on the placement portion to the attachment completion position) is small It is assumed that it will be difficult to clarify the order of In this case, it is not possible to eliminate the possibility that left and right positioning can be performed with the upper and lower positioning being incorrect, such as before the game board is mounted on the mounting portion. For example, in the case of adopting a configuration relating to the installation of the replacement unit of the reel-type game machine and adopting a configuration in which the game board is mounted by sliding it in the thickness direction, the thickness of the game machine is increased. From the viewpoint of being undesirable, it may be difficult to secure the slide stroke, and it may be difficult to avoid the above-mentioned inconvenience.

  In this respect, as shown in the present feature, by making the gaming board into a rotation type, it is possible to secure the above-mentioned stroke while suppressing an increase in thickness of the gaming machine. If the stroke can be secured as described above, the left and right positioning can be performed in the state where the positioning accuracy of the upper and lower sides is enhanced by the mounting portion, and interference of the projection and the like can be suitably suppressed.

Feature F11. The support frame is provided with a flat plate portion (counter plate portion 251) facing the back surface of the game board, and the projection is disposed on the flat plate portion,
An abutment portion (a stopper 267 and an operation portion 446 of the lock device 400) provided on the support frame and abutting on the front surface of the game board;
And a pressing portion (a flat spring 270 or a pusher 420) provided on the support frame and pressing the game board toward the contact portion,
In the state where the game board is pressed by the pressing portion and in contact with the contact portion, a gap is formed between the flat plate portion and the insertion portion, any one of F4 to F10 characterized by The gaming machine described in one.

  In order to improve the positioning accuracy by the projections, it is preferable to reduce the clearance between the insertion portion and the projections and completely embed the projections in the insertion portion. However, when such a configuration is adopted, it is assumed that the load is likely to be concentrated on the root portion of the projection if a load that shifts the position of the game board is slightly applied. Since this load acts, for example, to shear the projection, it is assumed that a problem arises in securing the durability of the projection. In this point, in the present feature, a gap is formed between the flat plate portion and the insertion portion, and the root portion of the protrusion is not inserted, so that the same load due to the load described above using the deflection (elastic deformation) of the protrusion It is possible to suppress the occurrence of shearing, breakage, etc. of the protrusions. As a result, the durability of the positioning means can be suitably improved while improving the positional accuracy by the positioning means, which can contribute to the realization of a configuration that can withstand repeated use.

  For example, the front and back position of the game board may be defined by the contact portion and the push portion.

  Feature F12. The gaming machine according to F11, wherein the placement unit is erected from the flat plate portion.

  In the configuration having the mounting portion, while it is possible to improve the positioning accuracy, it is assumed that the load applied to the fixing means and the projection becomes large when the positional deviation occurs temporarily. In this respect, by providing the mounting portion and the protrusion on the flat plate portion, it is possible to easily suppress the shift in the relative position of the various components. That is, for example, when the mounting portion is sunk by the weight of the game board, the projection is also easily displaced following the sunk. As a result, the relative position between the mounting portion and the protrusion can be prevented from shifting, and concentration of load on the protrusion can be suitably suppressed.

Feature F13. It is provided opposite to the lower end of the gaming board at a portion between the gaming board and the gaming ball launch device in the support frame, and the upper and lower positions of the gaming board are defined by placing the gaming board. Mounting portion (lower side wall portion 263),
And a fixing device (locking device 400) provided on the flat plate portion to fix the game board to the support frame,
The gaming machine according to F11 or F12, wherein the fixing means and the projection are disposed along the placement portion.

  In order to improve the position accuracy of the game board, it is preferable to set many projections. However, if the number of protrusions is increased, it is considered that the work of mounting the game board becomes complicated and the workability is lowered. In this respect, if the positioning accuracy is improved by the projections and the positional variation is suppressed by the fixing means in the vicinity of the entrance portion and the mounting portion of the guiding means where the positioning accuracy is particularly required in the game board, the number of projections and fixing means can be set. It is possible to improve the positioning accuracy at a desired place without unnecessarily increasing the pressure, that is, suppressing the deterioration of the workability. Further, by supporting the weight of the game board by the mounting portion, it is possible to suppress the weight load applied to the fixing means and the projections, and it is possible to expect security of positioning accuracy.

  In the combination with the feature F6 or the like, the "loading portion" shown in the feature F6 or the like and the "loading portion" shown in the present feature may be the same.

Feature F14. A plurality of the fixing means are provided,
The gaming machine according to F13, wherein the projection is disposed between two of the fixing means.

  According to the feature F14, by arranging the projection between the two fixing means, it is possible to disperse the load generated due to the positional deviation of the game board and the like, and the positioning function of the projection can be suitably secured.

Feature F15. The fixing means includes an operation unit (operation unit 446 of the operation lever 440) which can be switched to a fixed state for fixing the game board and a fixed release state for releasing the game board.
The game board is formed with a passage portion (insertion portion 92) which allows passage of the operation portion when the operation portion is in the fixed release state,
When the operation unit is located inside the passage unit and the projection is located outside the insertion unit, the operation unit is switched to the unlocked state by the passage unit. The gaming machine according to F13 or F14 characterized in that it is blocked.

  According to the feature F15, when the gaming board is arranged at the installation completion position, for example, it is possible to avoid that the fixing operation is forcibly performed even though the position of the gaming board is not determined. As a result, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of the inconvenience that a load is applied to the protrusion by an unreasonable switching operation and the protrusion is deformed. Therefore, it is possible to improve the protective function of the projection and to contribute to securing the positioning accuracy.

Feature F16. It has an insertion portion (insertion portion 280) provided on the support frame and into which one side portion of the game board is inserted,
The gaming board is inserted into and removed from the support frame by being rotated about the insertion portion while being inserted into the insertion portion.
The projection and the insertion portion are to restrict movement of the game board in the width direction of the game board by inserting the projection into the insertion portion,
The operation portion of the fixing means is disposed closer to the rotation base end of the game board than the protrusion, and the amount of protrusion of the operation portion from the flat plate portion is an elevation from the flat portion of the protrusion It is formed to be larger than the amount
The gaming machine according to F15, wherein the passage portion is formed to be slightly larger than the operation portion in the fixed state at least in the width direction.

  According to the feature F16, in the process of rotating and mounting the game board, the operation portion of the fixing means passes through the passing portion before the projection is inserted into the insertion portion. The passage portion allows passage of the operation portion when the operation portion is in the fixed release state. At this time, if the game board (specifically, the operation unit) is misaligned in the width direction, the passage becomes impossible except in the case where the deviation is slight. The following effects can be expected by this.

  That is, as shown in the feature F15, in the configuration in which the switching operation to the fixed state is performed after positioning, the game board is pressed in a state where the protrusion does not fit well in the insertion portion, and the protrusion collides with the back of the game board There is a risk of This is not preferable because it may cause deformation of the projections, which may cause difficulty in securing the positional accuracy. In this respect, in the present feature, since the projection is inserted into the insertion portion in a state where the positional deviation of the game board is suppressed to some extent by the operation portion and the passage portion, the above-mentioned inconvenience can be less likely to occur. . This can contribute to the maintenance of the positioning function of the projection.

  For example, the protrusion may be inserted into the insertion portion while the operation portion is passing through the passage portion.

  In the combination with the feature F10 or the like, the "insertion portion" illustrated in the feature F10 or the like and the "insertion portion" illustrated in the present feature may be the same.

  Feature F17. The insertion portion is characterized in that a gap is formed between the projection and the projection to allow relative movement of the projection and the insertion portion in the vertical direction when the projection is inserted. The gaming machine according to any one of F4 to F16.

  According to the feature F17, even if the upper and lower positions of the game board are dispersed, it is possible to suppress the influence of the dispersion from affecting the projection. That is, it is possible to make it difficult to cause the inconvenience that the left and right positions are likely to be uneven with the unevenness of the upper and lower positions. As a result, it is possible to minimize the decrease in the position accuracy of the above-mentioned gaming board (specifically, the guiding means).

  In particular, in combination with the feature F5 or the feature F6 (a configuration having a restriction member), for example, the insertion portion is formed into a long hole shape expanding vertically, and the attachment portion of the restriction member is fitted to the insertion portion. The following effects can be enjoyed. That is, the displacement of the restricting member is suitably suppressed, and for example, when the load is transmitted from the outer rail to the restricting member, the restricting member is pivoted about the insertion portion to guide the guiding means (in detail, the outer rail). It is possible to suppress the displacement of the restriction position. With such a simple configuration, a practically preferred configuration can be realized by suppressing the positional deviation of the regulating member.

<Feature G group>
Feature G1. A game board (game board 80) in which a game area (game area PE) is formed;
A support frame (inner frame 13) for detachably supporting the gaming board;
A game ball launch device (game ball launch mechanism 110) which is provided on the support frame and is disposed below the game board and shoots game balls on the game board side;
Induction means (induction rail 100) provided on the game board and guiding the game balls fired from the game ball launch device to the game area;
It is provided opposite to the lower end of the gaming board at a portion between the gaming board and the gaming ball launch device in the support frame, and the upper and lower positions of the gaming board are defined by placing the gaming board. Mounting portion (lower side wall portion 263),
A game provided with a projection (positioning projection 259) which is provided at a position where the gaming board and the support frame are opposed to each other on the upper side than the placement section and which defines the left and right position of the gaming board Machine.

  According to the feature G1, the gaming balls fired from the gaming ball launching device are guided to the gaming area by the guiding means. The upper and lower positions of the game board are defined in a state of being mounted on the mounting portion of the support frame. Specifically, the upper and lower positions are defined on the side closer to the game ball launcher. Thereby, the position accuracy of the game board (specifically, the guiding means) can be enhanced, and it is possible to contribute to the improvement of the accuracy of the landing position with respect to the guiding means of the game balls fired from the gaming ball emitting device.

  Further, the gaming board has its left and right positions defined by the projections, thereby further improving the accuracy of the landing position described above. In particular, by adopting a projection provided at a position where the game board and the support frame are opposed to each other for left and right positioning, the projection can be disposed at a position where the positional accuracy of the guiding means can be easily improved. . However, in the case of performing positioning by a projection in this manner, if an excessive load is applied to the projection, the positioning accuracy may be reduced, which may cause a reverse to the original purpose.

  In this respect, in the present feature, as described above, it is possible to support the weight of the gaming board by the placement unit, and to suppress the addition of the weight of the gaming board to the protrusion. Thereby, the positional accuracy of the game board (specifically, the guiding means) is improved, and the variation in the landing position when the gaming ball lands on the guiding means is suitably suppressed. Therefore, it is possible to realize smooth guidance of the gaming ball by the guiding means without complicating the attachment structure of the guiding means.

  Feature G2. When the gaming board is attached to the support frame, the left and right positions of the gaming board are defined by the projection in a state where the upper and lower positions of the gaming board are defined by the placing portion. The gaming machine described in G1.

  According to the feature G2, when the game board is mounted, at least a part of the weight can be deposited on the support frame side by placing the game board on the mounting portion first. As described above, by supporting the game board by the weight mounting portion in the process of attaching the game board, it is possible to make it difficult for the game board to be worn with enthusiasm. Thus, even if the protrusion and the game board interfere with each other, it is possible to suppress an excessive load from being applied to the protrusion. That is, it is contributing to the realization of the smooth guidance of the gaming ball by making it difficult to cause deformation or the like of the protrusion and enhancing the position accuracy.

  For example, in a section in which the game board is moved to the installation completion position, the first positioning section performs positioning in the vertical direction, and the second positioning section performs positioning in the vertical direction and the horizontal direction. The second positioning section may be set to be on the back side.

Feature G3. The protrusion is provided on the support frame,
The gaming machine according to G2 is characterized in that a front end edge of the placing portion is located on the near side in the mounting direction of the gaming board than the tip of the protrusion.

  In order to realize the configuration shown in the feature G2, as shown in the present feature, it is preferable that the tip end of the protrusion does not protrude to the near side in the mounting direction of the game board than the front end edge of the mounting portion. Thus, the left and right positions can be defined in a state in which the shift between the upper and lower positions is suppressed, which can contribute to the protection of the protrusion.

Feature G4. It has an insertion portion (insertion portion 280) provided on the support frame and into which one side portion of the game board is inserted,
The gaming board is inserted into and removed from the support frame by being rotated about the insertion portion while being inserted into the insertion portion.
The gaming machine according to G2 or G3 is characterized in that the gaming board can be placed on the placement unit at least in a state where the gaming board is inserted into the insertion unit.

  In the configuration in which the game board is attached to the support frame, positioning as shown in feature G2 or feature G3 if the stroke required for attaching the game board (stroke from the placement on the placement portion to the attachment completion position) is small It is assumed that it will be difficult to clarify the order of In this case, it is not possible to eliminate the possibility that left and right positioning can be performed with the upper and lower positioning being incorrect, such as before the game board is mounted on the mounting portion. For example, in the case of adopting a configuration relating to the installation of the replacement unit of the reel-type game machine and adopting a configuration in which the game board is mounted by sliding it in the thickness direction, the thickness of the game machine is increased From the viewpoint of being undesirable, it may be difficult to secure the slide stroke, and it may be difficult to avoid the above-mentioned inconvenience.

  In this respect, as shown in the present feature, by making the gaming board into a rotation type, it is possible to secure the above-mentioned stroke while suppressing an increase in thickness of the gaming machine. If the stroke can be secured as described above, the left and right positioning can be performed in the state where the positioning accuracy of the upper and lower sides is enhanced by the mounting portion, and interference of the projection and the like can be suitably suppressed.

Feature G5. The placement portion extends along the lower edge of the game board,
The projection is disposed above the middle portion of the placement portion in the width direction of the gaming board,
When the gaming board is attached to the support frame, the gaming board is located at the site on the projection side and the site on the opposite side of the insertion section with respect to the protrusion in the placement section The game machine according to G4 is characterized in that the positioning by the projection is performed in a state where the wheel is placed.

  According to the feature G5, by forming the placement portion along the lower edge of the game board, the upper and lower positioning accuracy can be enhanced according to the movement to the mounting completion position. For example, in the configuration in which the positioning accuracy is maximized from the beginning, it may seem at first glance preferable from the viewpoint of protection of the projections, but it is assumed that the game board becomes easy to jam and that it causes unreasonable pushing or the like. . This is not preferable from the viewpoint of protection of the projections, that is, securing of the positional accuracy. In this respect, as shown in the feature G4, in the gaming machine where it is easy to secure the stroke of mounting on the game board, the positional accuracy is improved according to the stroke to improve the position accuracy and attach the gaming board. It is compatible with the facilitation.

  In addition, the game board is placed on the mounting portion on both sides of the projection before positioning by the projection in the process of moving the game board to the mounting completion position, thereby the vertical position of the game board in the projection and its periphery Left and right positioning by the projections is performed in a state where the accuracy is enhanced. As a result, it is possible to make it difficult to cause inconveniences such as difficulty in positioning by the projections due to the variation in the vertical position of the game board.

  Feature G6. G4 or G4 characterized in that the gaming board is held by the insertion portion in a state where displacement of a pivoting center position of the gaming board when the gaming board is pivoted to the mounting completion position is permitted. The gaming machine described in G5.

  As shown in the feature G4 etc., when the game board is rotated at the time of attaching / detaching work of the game board, while the protection of the projection for positioning becomes easy, it tends to be difficult to improve the accuracy of the positioning. . Specifically, in the configuration in which the game board is pivoted, if the projection extends forward and backward, the pivoting of the game board is likely to be hindered. In order to avoid this, for example, if the insertion hole of the protrusion shown in the feature G2 is expanded, the positioning accuracy may be reduced. This is not preferable because it may be a factor that reduces the induction function of the above-described induction means.

  In this respect, in the present feature, by displacing the rotation center position of the game board, the strong interference of the projection accompanying the rotation of the game board can be suitably suppressed. Thereby, the interference of the projections can be avoided while securing the positioning accuracy, and a practically preferable configuration can be realized.

Feature G7. The support frame is supported so as to be openable and closable by a support target (outer frame 11),
The game board is attached from the front side to the support frame, and is detachable in a state where the support frame is closed with respect to the support target G1 to G6 The gaming machine according to any one.

  If the game board is temporarily detached from the back side of the support frame, the support frame may rotate together when the game board is turned. Positioning can not be done well if it is this. What is supposed in this work is an operation of holding the support frame with one hand and pushing the game board with the other hand, but with this the mounting track of the game board varies and the game board and the support frame easily collide Would be concerned. In this respect, in the configuration in which the game board is attached from the front side of the support frame, such a problem can be less likely to occur because the support frame can be operated with the support object closed.

  Feature G8. In any one of G1 to G7, the placement portion supports at least a portion which is on the right side of the protrusion and a portion which is on the left side of the protrusion in the lower end portion of the game board. The gaming machine described.

  According to the feature G8, tilting or falling of the game board placed on the placement unit can be suppressed. This makes it possible to prevent the projection from strongly interfering when the gaming board is mounted, and to prevent the projection from being excessively loaded when the gaming board is completely mounted.

Feature G9. It comprises a guiding means (guide rail 100) which stands up from the front of the game board and guides the game balls fired from the game ball launch device to the game area.
The gaming machine according to any one of G1 to G8, wherein the projection is disposed in the vicinity of the entrance (inlet portion 104) of the gaming ball in the guiding means.

  According to the feature G9, the positional accuracy of the inlet can be improved by arranging the projection in the vicinity of the inlet of the guiding means. Thereby, for example, the variation in the landing position of the game ball can be suppressed, which can contribute to the realization of smooth guidance by the guidance means.

  Feature G10. The gaming machine according to G9, wherein the entrance portion of the guiding means is disposed closer to the lower end of the gaming board.

  As shown in the feature G10, by arranging the entrance of the guiding means from the lower end of the game board, that is, closer to the mounting portion, further improvement in the positional accuracy of the entrance can be expected. Thereby, the guidance of the gaming ball by the guidance means can be made more suitable.

Feature G11. An opposing portion (opposite plate portion 251) opposed to the other is provided on one of the support frame and the game board, and the projection is disposed on the opposed portion,
An insertion portion (through hole 91) which is provided on the other of the support frame and the game board and into which the projection is inserted;
An abutting portion (a stopper 267 and a pusher 420 of the lock device 400) provided on the support frame and abutting on the front surface of the game board;
And a pressing portion (a leaf spring 270 or a pusher 420 of the lock device 400) provided on the support frame and pressing the game board toward the contact portion,
In the state where the game board is pressed by the pushing portion and in contact with the abutting portion, a gap is formed between the facing portion and the inserting portion, any one of G1 to G10 characterized by The gaming machine described in one.

  In order to improve the positioning accuracy by the projections, it is preferable to reduce the clearance between the insertion portion and the projections and completely embed the projections in the insertion portion. However, when such a configuration is adopted, it is assumed that the load is likely to be concentrated on the root portion of the projection if a load that shifts the position of the game board is slightly applied. Since this load acts, for example, to shear the projection, it is assumed that a problem arises in securing the durability of the projection. In this point, in the present feature, a gap is formed between the flat plate portion and the insertion portion, and the root portion of the protrusion is not inserted, so that the same load due to the load described above using the deflection (elastic deformation) of the protrusion It is possible to suppress the occurrence of shearing, breakage, etc. of the protrusions. As a result, the durability of the positioning means can be suitably improved while improving the positional accuracy by the positioning means, which can contribute to the realization of a configuration that can withstand repeated use.

Feature G12. The projection is provided on any one of the game board and the support frame,
The other of the game board and the support frame is provided with an insertion portion (through hole 91) through which the projection is inserted,
In the insertion portion, a gap is formed between the projection and the projection to allow relative movement of the projection and the insertion portion in the vertical direction in a state where the projection is inserted. G1 to G The gaming machine according to any one of G11.

  According to the feature G12, even if the upper and lower positions of the game board are dispersed, it is possible to suppress the influence of the dispersion from affecting the projection. That is, it is possible to make it difficult to cause the inconvenience that the left and right positions are likely to be uneven with the unevenness of the upper and lower positions. As a result, it is possible to minimize the decrease in the position accuracy of the above-mentioned gaming board (specifically, the guiding means).

  Incidentally, any one of feature B1 to feature B12, feature C1 to feature C16, feature D1 to feature D18, feature E1 to feature E17, feature F1 to feature F17, feature G1 to feature G12 or a combination thereof is feature A1. The invention may be applied to A11, or the features B1 to B12, the features C1 to C16, the features D1 to D18, the features E1 to E17, the features F1 to F17, and the features G1 to G12. May be

  Further, any one of the features A1 to A11, the features B1 to B12, the features C1 to C16, the features D1 to D18, the features E1 to E17, the features F1 to F17, and the features G1 to G12 or the like Is applied to any one of the features H1 to H14, the features I1 to I11, the features J1 to J7, the features K1 to K12, the features L1 to L11, and the features M1 to M8. You may

  The above features A, B, C, D, E, F, and G are effective when applied to the following tasks.

  Some gaming machines such as pachinko machines are provided with a gaming machine main body in which a gaming board is mounted on a frame. A rail member is provided on the front of the game board, and an area surrounded by the rail member in the front of the game board is a game area. A door covering the gaming machine body is provided on the front side of the gaming machine body, and the gaming area can be viewed through a transparent panel disposed at a position in front of the gaming board in the door body. ing. When the game ball emission handle is operated by the player, the game ball is fired from the game ball launch device. The gaming ball launcher has a launch rail that defines the launch direction of the gaming ball. The game ball fired from the firing rail is guided to the game area by moving along the rail member.

  Generally, in such a game machine, a game board is detachably attached to a frame, and by making it possible to attach or detach the game board, the maintenance work of the game board etc. is facilitated or the model is changed Facilitation work of replacement of the game board in is being achieved. In particular, in recent years, a gaming machine has been proposed in which the gaming board can be attached and detached from the front of the frame, and the above-described gaming board attaching and detaching operation is further facilitated.

  However, in a game machine of the type in which the game board is attached from the front of the frame, there is still room for improvement, such as the ease of installation of the game board, the mounting position accuracy, and the mounting stability.

<Feature H group>
Feature H1. A gaming machine main body (inner frame 13) having a gaming board (playing board 80) in which a gaming area (playing area PE) is formed;
A door body (front door frame 14) attached to the game machine body so as to be openable and closable while covering the game machine body from the front side of the game machine body;
A locking device (locking device 500) for locking the door in a closed state with respect to the gaming machine main body;
The locking device is
A locking member (for example, a front door wedge member 550) switchably provided between a locked state for locking the door and a unlocked state for locking the door;
And switching means (eg, cam member 530 and interlocking lever 540) for switching the locking member to the unlocked state interlocked with the operation of the external operation means (eg, the cylinder lock 520 and the key K inserted into it and operated). ,
At least the locking member and the switching means are accommodated in a space surrounded by the door and the gaming machine main body.

  According to the feature H1, by accommodating the locking member and the switching means of the locking device in the space surrounded by the door body and the game machine main body, the exposure of the locking member and the switching means is suppressed, and the tampering with the locking member etc. Access can be difficult. As a result, it is possible to prevent the lock from being unfairly released and the unauthorized access to the game area being made. For example, even in a configuration in which the locking device is disposed on the back of the gaming machine main body, similar effects can be achieved by providing a cover or the like that covers the locking device. However, when such a countermeasure is taken, a device etc. for avoiding the removal of the cover may be necessary. In this respect, the configuration shown in the present feature is excellent in that such addition of the configuration is not necessarily required.

  Also, by changing the arrangement of the locking device (specifically, the locking member and the switching means) to improve the crime prevention, for example, the hole management compared to a configuration in which the number of locking devices is increased or the locking procedure is complicated. It is possible to suppress a decrease in workability when the door is opened by a person or the like in a normal procedure, and it is possible to preferably achieve both maintenance ease and security improvement.

Feature H2. An opening (central opening 76) for opening the space is formed in the gaming machine body,
The gaming board is detachably attached to the gaming machine body only from the front side of the gaming machine body,
The gaming machine according to H1, wherein the opening is covered with the gaming board in a state where the gaming board is attached to the gaming machine main body.

  According to the feature H2, on the gaming board provided in the gaming machine main body and responsible for one end of the space formation described above, removal from the outside of the space, that is, the back side of the gaming main body is not possible. It is possible to suppress the act of exposing the same space illegally. This makes it difficult to access the locking device through the opening and can contribute to the improvement of the crime prevention.

  In addition, the game board can not be removed by closing the door. That is, when the door is locked in a closed state with respect to the main body of the gaming machine, it is possible to suppress easy access to the gaming area and contribute to the improvement of the crime prevention. As a result, for example, it is possible to prevent the occurrence of inconvenience such as the nail (nail 87) being deformed to change the probability of winning to the winning opening (general winning opening 81 or actuation opening 83).

  Even when the crime prevention is improved in this way, access to the game area and attachment / detachment of the same game board are permitted by opening the door, so that the workability at the time of maintenance etc. is reduced. It can be suppressed.

Feature H3. On the back of the game board, a collection passage (a base member for collecting the game balls guided to the back side of the game board through a ball entry port (general winning opening 81, operation port 83, etc.) 141 collection channels),
The gaming machine according to H2, wherein the collection passage is exposed to the back side of the gaming machine main body through the opening.

  According to the feature H3, it becomes possible to expose the configuration and the like mounted on the game board through the opening on the back side of the gaming machine main body. In this way, a game ball returned to a space (for example, a game area) surrounded by the door body and the game machine main body is returned to the outside of the space, for example, an island facility such as a game hall, through the ball entry port. It becomes possible to secure.

  However, on the other hand, it is assumed that the provision of the opening facilitates unauthorized access to the game area through the opening, and facilitates unauthorized removal of the game board. In this respect, by covering the opening with the game board, it is possible to suppress the entry of illegal tools and the like, and furthermore, by making it impossible to remove the game board through the opening, it is possible to illegally replace the game board or Unauthorized modification etc. can be suitably suppressed.

Feature H4. The gaming machine body is
An opposing portion (opposite plate portion 251) facing the back of the game board and having the opening formed therein;
It has a peripheral wall (peripheral wall portion 261) formed along the peripheral edge of the game board while standing up from the opposing portion to the door side.
A game board storage unit (game board storage unit 75) for storing the game board is configured by the facing portion and the peripheral wall portion,
The gaming machine according to H2 or H3 wherein the locking device is disposed outside the gaming board storage unit.

  According to the feature H4, even if the unauthorized tool is inserted through the opening, the movement of the unauthorized tool can be restricted by the facing portion and the peripheral wall portion to make it difficult to reach the locking device. it can. Specifically, it is possible to guide the unauthorized tool passing through the gap between the game board and the peripheral wall to the side away from both the game area and the locking device, that is, to the door side. This can contribute to the further improvement of the crime prevention.

  Feature H5. In at least one of the door and the gaming machine main body, an area in which the game board is disposed in a space surrounded by the door and the gaming main body, the locking member, and the switching means are disposed. A gaming machine according to any one of H2 to H4 characterized in that partitioning means (glass holder 27 and right side wall portion 265) are provided to partition it from the area where it is located.

  According to the feature H5, by partitioning the area in which the game board is arranged and the area in which the locking device is arranged, the incorrect tool is temporarily inserted through the opening (the gap between the game board and the game machine main body) Even in such a case, it can be suppressed that the same fraudulent tool reaches the locking device.

Feature H6. It comprises a fixing means (locking device 400) for fixing the gaming board to the gaming machine main body,
The fixing means has a fixed position for fixing the game board and an operation unit (operation lever 440) switchable to a fixed release position for releasing the game board.
The gaming machine according to any one of H2 to H5, wherein at least the operation unit is disposed in a space surrounded by the door and the gaming machine main body.

  According to the feature H6, since the operation part of the fixing means is located between the door and the game machine main body, the door is opened in the state where the door is closed to the game machine main body. It becomes difficult to access the fixing means without. As a result, it is possible to preferably suppress such a disadvantage that fixing of the game board is unfairly released, and an access path to a locking device, a game area or the like is easily secured.

Feature H7. The gaming board and the locking device are arranged side by side along the front of the gaming machine body,
The game apparatus further includes fixing means (lock device 400) disposed near an end of the game board on the side of the locking device and fixing the game board to the game machine main body,
The fixing means has a fixed position for fixing the game board and an operation unit (operation lever 440) switchable to a fixed release position for releasing the game board.
The gaming machine according to any one of H2 to H5, wherein at least the operation unit is disposed in a space surrounded by the door and the gaming machine main body.

  According to the feature H7, the following effect is exerted in addition to the effect shown in the feature H6. That is, in the case of adopting a configuration in which the game board is attached from the front side of the game machine main body, it is assumed that the gap between the game board and the game machine main body is easily expanded if the game board is temporarily pressed to the door side. According to this point and this feature, the above-mentioned inconvenience can be suitably avoided by arranging the fixing means closer to the end portion of the gaming board on the locking device side. That is, by disposing the fixing means closer to the end of the locking device, it is possible to suppress the widening of the gap between the gaming board and the main body of the gaming machine on the side closer to the locking device. Thereby, unauthorized access to the locking device can be suitably suppressed by the unauthorized tool inserted through the gap. For example, a plurality of fixing means may be arranged along the end of the locking device on the game board.

Feature H8. It comprises a fixing means (locking device 400) for fixing the gaming board to the gaming machine main body,
The fixing means has a fixed position for fixing the game board and an operation unit (operation lever 440) switchable to a fixed release position for releasing the game board.
At least the operation unit is disposed at a position apart from the extension of the boundary between the peripheral wall portion and the game board in a space surrounded by the door body and the game machine body. The gaming machine described.

  According to the feature H8, the following effect is exerted in addition to the effect shown in the feature H6. Even if an illegal tool or the like is inserted through the boundary portion between the game board and the gaming machine main body, the fixing means is not positioned on the insertion track, so it is difficult to switch the fixing means by the illegal tool. It can be Thereby, it is preferable that the fixing of the game board is unfairly released, and the gap between the game board and the game machine main body is expanded to facilitate unauthorized access to the locking device and the game area through the space. Can be suppressed.

  Feature H9. The door is provided with blocking means for blocking the movement of the operation unit to the fixed release position in a state where the door is closed with respect to the gaming machine main body H6 to The gaming machine according to any one of H8.

  According to the feature H9, in the state where the door is closed, switching of the operation unit can be blocked. As a result, for example, it is possible to preferably avoid the inconvenience that the fixing of the game board is unfairly released, and it is possible to further improve the crime prevention. In addition, it is possible to suppress the forgetting of fixation or the like when the game board is detached for maintenance or the like, and a practically preferable configuration can be realized.

Feature H10. The locking member is a door locking member,
The gaming machine body is supported so as to be openable and closable by a support frame (outer frame 11),
A locking device accommodating portion (locking device accommodating portion 77) is formed on the front surface of the gaming machine main body so as to be recessed on the opposite side to the door, and at least a part of the locking device is accommodated;
The locking device is
The lock state and the lock release state in which the gaming machine main body is locked to the support frame are exposed on the back side of the gaming machine main body through the through holes (slits 303) formed in the bottom of the locking device housing A main body locking member (inner frame wedge member 620) provided switchably in
And a base member (first base frame 510) to which the door locking member, the switching means, and the main body locking member are attached.
The gaming machine according to any one of H1 to H9, wherein a portion of the locking device housing portion which is open to the door is covered by the base member.

  According to the feature H10, it is possible to suppress the exposure of the main body locking member, and to improve the crime prevention in the state where the gaming machine main body is closed with respect to the support frame.

  In addition, even if an illegal tool is inserted through the through hole, the open part of the locking device housing is covered by the base member, making it difficult to access the game area or the like. it can.

  Feature H11. The gaming machine according to H10, wherein the switching means and at least a part of the door locking member are housed in a space partitioned by the locking device housing portion and the base member.

  According to the feature H11, the switching means and at least a part of the door locking member are accommodated in the space partitioned by the gaming machine main body and the base member. Therefore, even if an illegal tool or the like is inserted from the boundary portion between the gaming machine main body and the door, it is possible to suppress access to the door locking member or the switching means by the same illegal tool, and the further I can expect improvement of crime prevention.

Feature H12. The gaming machine main body is rotatably supported by the support frame,
The door body is rotatably supported by the gaming machine main body at the rotation base end side of the gaming machine main body,
The locking device is disposed on the rotating tip side of the gaming machine main body,
The base member extends along a pivoting tip of the gaming machine body,
The door locking member and the main body locking member are disposed near one end of the base member in the longitudinal direction,
The locking device is located between the through hole and the door locking member, and covers at least a part of the through hole from the inside of the locking device storage portion (flange 545 of interlocking lever 540). The gaming machine according to H11, characterized in that it has.

  As described in the feature H11, in the configuration in which the door locking member is housed in the locking device housing, there is a possibility that the front door locking device may be accessed through the through hole. In particular, when the locking members for the door and the game machine main body are disposed on the rotating tip side, specifically, toward one end in the longitudinal direction of the base member, the door and the game machine main body can be suitably restrained from floating. Access to the door locking member through the through hole may be facilitated. In this respect, as shown in the present feature, a wall surface portion is provided between the through hole and the door locking member, and at least a part of the through hole is covered by the wall surface portion, thereby arranging the locking members closer to each other. It is also possible to prevent unauthorized access to the door locking member through the through hole. It is possible to suppress the fall of the crime prevention due to it while suppressing the floating of the door body and the gaming machine main body.

  Feature H13. In the state where the door is closed with respect to the gaming machine main body, the door is positioned on a removal track of the base member from the locking device accommodating portion H10 to H10 The gaming machine according to any one of H12.

  According to the feature H13, removal of the locking device (more specifically, various configurations such as the base member and the locking member attached thereto) can be suppressed while the door is closed, and the crime prevention effect shown in the feature H10 etc. Can be enjoyed.

  Feature H14. On the front of the gaming machine main body, a game board installation unit (game board storage unit 75) for installing the game board, a locking device installation section (locking apparatus storage unit 77) for installing the locking device, and the game boards The gaming machine according to any one of H2 to H13, wherein a partition (right side wall 265) for partitioning the installation unit and the locking device installation unit is formed.

  According to the feature H14, even if the illegal tool is inserted from the boundary between the gaming machine main body and the door, the movement of the illegal tool between the game board installation unit and the locking device installation unit is performed by the partition unit. It can interfere. As a result, it is possible to divide the path in which the illegitimate tool is inserted for each type of illegitimate object such as a game area or a locking device. Therefore, it is possible to narrow down which route is likely to be targeted and to appropriately enhance the effectiveness of the anti-corruption measures according to each assumed intrusion route.

  Incidentally, in combination with the feature H4 etc. (configuration having a game board storage unit), it is possible to replace the "game board storage unit" and the "game board installation unit". Further, in combination with the feature H10 and the like (locking device accommodating portion), it is possible to replace the "locking device accommodating portion" with the "locking device installing portion".

<Feature I group>
Feature I1. A gaming machine main body (inner frame 13 of the gaming machine main portion 12) rotatably supported by a support frame (outer frame 11);
A door (front door frame 14) that covers the gaming machine main body from the front side and is rotatably supported by the gaming main body at the rotation base end side of the gaming machine main body;
Locking is provided on the rotating tip end side of the gaming machine body, and locks the gaming machine body in a closed state with respect to the support frame, and locks the door body in a closing state with respect to the gaming machine body Device (locking device 500),
The locking device is
A base member (first base frame 510) extending along a pivoting end of the gaming machine body;
It is provided on one end side of the base member in the longitudinal direction, and is attached to the base member in a state capable of switching to a locked state in which locking is performed with one of the gaming machine main body and the door closed. The first locking member (the front door wedge member 550),
The base member is provided on the same side as the first locking member and in the longitudinal direction, and the first locking member and the first locking member are arranged to be shifted in the longitudinal direction of the base member. A second locking member (inner frame wedge member 620) attached to the base member in a switchable state between a locked state where locking is performed with the other side of the door closed and a unlocked state where locking is not performed;
A biasing member (coil spring 560) for connecting the first locking member and the second locking member,
The first locking member and the second locking member are a mounting portion (protrusion 622) of the biasing member formed on the first locking member and a mounting portion of the biasing member formed on the second locking member. The (protrusion 554) is maintained in the locked state by being biased in the opposite directions by the biasing means.
A game machine characterized in that the mounting portion of the first locking member is disposed at a portion opposite to the second locking member in the first locking member.

  According to the feature I1, by arranging the first locking member and the second locking member respectively on one end side in the longitudinal direction of the base member, lifting of the gaming machine main body from the support frame at the one end side and the gaming machine main body It is possible to suppress the lifting of the door. For example, the security can be improved by arranging the locking members on both ends of the base member.

  Further, by connecting the first locking member and the second locking member by the biasing member, simplification of the configuration of the locking device is realized as compared with the case where individual biasing members corresponding to the individual locking members are provided. ing. In this feature, in particular, the first locking member and the second locking member are in the locked state, respectively, by urging the mounting portion of the first locking member and the mounting portion of the second locking member in opposite directions to each other. It was configured to be maintained. Thereby, the arrangement of the biasing members is simplified while achieving common use of the biasing members. However, when the biasing member is shared in this way, securing the operation stroke of the biasing member becomes difficult by arranging the locking members close to each other. If it is difficult to secure the operation stroke of the biasing member, it is assumed that not only the arrangement of the biasing member becomes difficult but also the smooth switching of each locking member becomes difficult. In this respect, in the present feature, by providing the mounting portion of the first locking member at a portion opposite to the second locking member in the first locking member, both biasing members are disposed close to each other. The above-mentioned operation stroke can be suitably secured. Therefore, the structure of the locking device can be simplified while suppressing the lifting of the gaming machine main body from the support frame and the lifting of the door from the gaming machine main body.

  Feature I2. The first locking member and the second locking member are maintained in the locked state by being biased toward the side in which the mounting portion of the first locking member and the mounting portion of the second locking member approach each other. The gaming machine according to I1, characterized in that

  According to the feature I2, the attachment portions are biased toward each other. At the time of switching to the unlocked state, at least one of the mounting portions is moved to the opposite side to the direction in which it is biased, that is, the side away from the other of the mounting portions. In other words, although both locking members move away when locking is released, both can be kept close at least in the locked state. Thereby, for example, the first locking member and the second locking member are maintained in the locked state by urging the mounting portion of the first locking member and the mounting portion of the second locking member away from each other. As a result, the difference between the floating suppressing functions of both locking members can be reduced.

  Feature I3. The gaming machine according to I1 or I2, wherein the second locking member is disposed closer to the one end in the longitudinal direction of the base member than the first locking member.

  According to the feature I3, by arranging the second locking member closer to the one end of the base member than the first locking member, as shown in the feature I1 etc., while expanding the operation stroke of the biasing member, both locking members It is easy to position the end close to the end of the base member. By arranging both locking members close to the end portion of the base member in this manner, it is possible to more suitably suppress the lifting of the door and the gaming machine main body.

Feature I4. The base member is
A first base portion (base frame fixing portion 511) having a long plate shape extending in the longitudinal direction of the base member, and the first locking member being attached to a plate surface on one side thereof;
And a plate-like second base portion (member attachment portion 515) standing up from a plate surface on the side to which the first locking member is attached in the first base portion.
The second locking member is attached to a plate surface facing the first locking member in the second base portion,
The mounting portion of the first locking member protrudes on the same side as the side on which the second base portion is erected with the first base portion, in any one of I1 to I3. The gaming machine described.

  In the configuration shown in the feature I1 etc., if the locking member and the biasing member interfere with each other during operation of each locking member (for example, when it is caught) switching to the locked state is hindered or the biasing function is reduced It is assumed that. In order to realize the configuration shown in the feature I1, for example, the first locking member and the second locking member can be arranged on the same flat plate. However, in the case of adopting such a configuration, since the mounting portion of the first locking member is provided on the opposite side to the second locking member, the biasing member connecting the both locking members to the first locking member It is assumed to be accessible. This can be a factor that causes the interference between the biasing member and the locking member described above.

  In this respect, according to the present feature, the first locking member is attached to the first base portion, the second locking member is attached to the second base portion, and the mounting portion of the first locking member is erected by the second base portion. By projecting the same side and the same side, it is possible to set a gap between the biasing member and the first locking member. Therefore, the occurrence of the above-mentioned interference can be suppressed, and inconveniences such as malfunction can be suitably avoided.

  Further, by separately arranging the first locking member and the second locking member in each base portion, it is possible to make the locking members closer to each other while securing the operation area of each locking member. Thereby, the floating suppressing function of the door and the gaming machine main body can be improved.

Feature I5. The first locking member and the second locking member are maintained in the locked state by being biased toward the side in which the mounting portion of the first locking member and the mounting portion of the second locking member approach each other. Yes,
The mounting portion of the second locking member is disposed closer to the boundary between the first base portion and the second base portion than the mounting portion of the first locking member.
The gaming machine according to I4, wherein the biasing member extends in a direction intersecting a longitudinal direction of the base member.

  According to the feature I5, the biasing member can be provided to be inclined with respect to the longitudinal direction of the base member, which can contribute to the expansion of the operating stroke of the biasing member. In this case, if the mounting portion of the first locking member moves toward the second locking member at the time of locking release, there is a concern that the first locking member and the biasing member easily interfere with each other. In this respect, as shown in this feature, the first locking member and the second locking member are locked by urging the mounting portion of the first locking member and the mounting portion of the second locking member closer to each other. If the first locking member is switched to the unlocked state, the mounting portion of the first locking member is displaced to the side away from the second locking member. Thereby, even if the mounting portion of the second locking member is disposed closer to the boundary between both base portions, interference between the biasing member and the first locking member can be suitably avoided, and a practically preferable configuration can be realized. .

  Feature I6. The gaming machine according to any one of I1 to I5, wherein the locking device is attached to the gaming machine main body.

  According to the feature I6, it is easy to open only the door or to open only the gaming machine main body, which can contribute to facilitation of work when performing maintenance and the like.

  Moreover, it becomes possible to reduce the shift | offset | difference in the longitudinal direction in the base member of a 1st locking member and a 2nd locking member, and to arrange | position both locking members suitably near. As described above, if the feature I1 or the like is applied to a configuration in which both locking members can be disposed close to each other, the operation stroke of the biasing member can be suitably secured, and both locking members are secured to secure the installation region of the biasing member. This makes it difficult to cause inconveniences such as being unable to get close to each other.

Feature I7. The locking device is disposed in an area sandwiched between the gaming machine body and the door body.
On the front side of the gaming machine main body, a locking device housing (a locking device housing 77) which is recessed backward and opened to the door side is formed,
In a state in which the locking device is housed in the locking device housing portion, the open portion of the locking device housing portion is closed by any one of the first base portion and the second base portion,
The gaming machine according to I4 or I5, wherein the other of the first base portion and the second base portion extends toward the back side of the gaming machine main body.

  According to the feature I7, by arranging the locking device in the area sandwiched by the gaming machine main body and the door, it is possible to suppress unauthorized access to the locking device.

  Further, in the state where the locking device is housed in the locking device housing portion, by further covering the open portion of the locking device housing portion by one of the first base portion or the second base portion, further improvement in crime prevention is expected. it can. Further, the other of the first base portion and the second base portion extends to the back side of the gaming machine main body. Therefore, the locking member is locked by locking the door with the locking member attached to the base near the door and locking the gaming machine main body with the locking member attached to the base near the support frame. Can be suppressed from becoming excessively large, and a practically preferable configuration can be realized.

  Feature I8. The game machine according to any one of I1 to I5, wherein at least one of the first locking member and the second locking member is rotatably provided.

  When the first locking member and the second locking member are connected by the first biasing member, if the direction in which the biasing force acts and the operation direction of each locking member are different, the respective locking members operate in rotation. It is assumed that a moment is likely to occur. It is preferable to make this rotation moment as small as possible because it may be a factor that hinders the smooth operation of the locking member. However, for example, in the case where the first locking member and the second locking member are slide-type, it is necessary to align operation trajectories of both locking members, etc., and the layout of the locking member is likely to be restricted. This is not preferable because it makes it difficult to arrange both locking members close to the end of the base member, which is contrary to the improvement of the original purpose of the anti-lifting function. In this respect, as shown in the present feature, if at least one of the two locking members is pivotable, the influence of the rotational moment can be easily suppressed, and the above-described layout restrictions can be reduced. As a result, the simplification of the configuration and the improvement of the floating suppressing function can be suitably achieved.

Feature I9. A gaming machine main body (inner frame 13 of the gaming machine main portion 12) rotatably supported by a support frame (outer frame 11);
A door (front door frame 14) that covers the gaming machine main body from the front side and is rotatably supported by the gaming main body at the rotation base end side of the gaming machine main body;
Locking is provided on the rotating tip end side of the gaming machine body, and locks the gaming machine body in a closed state with respect to the support frame, and locks the door body in a closing state with respect to the gaming machine body Means (the wedge receiving members 63, 350 and the locking device 500);
The rotation center axis of the gaming machine main body and the rotation center axis of the front door frame extend vertically.
The locking means is
A base member (first base frame 510) attached to one of the gaming machine main body and the door and extending along one of the pivoting tips thereof;
A first fixing lock (for example, a hook receiving member 63) fixed to the other of the gaming machine main body and the door;
A second fixing lock (for example, a hook receiving member 63) fixed to the support frame;
It has a first locking portion (for example, a collar portion 625) locked to one of the first fixed locking member and the second fixed locking member, and the first locking portion is locked A first movable locking member (for example, a wedge member 620 for an inner frame) attached to the base member in a state switchable between a locked state and a locked release state;
It has a second locking portion (for example, collar portion 555) locked to the other of the first fixed locking member and the second fixed locking member, and the second locking portion is locked A second movable engagement member is attached to the base member in a switchable state between the locked state and the unlocked state, and is disposed in the longitudinal direction of the base member so as to be offset from the first movable locking member. A stop (for example, a wedge member 550 for the front door),
And a biasing member (coil spring 560) for connecting the first movable stopper and the second movable stopper.
The first movable locking device is
The base member is provided so as to be rotatable about a central axis extending in a direction different from the longitudinal direction of the base member, and the rotation state is switched between the locked state and the unlocked state.
It has a first attachment portion (protrusion 622) formed on the opposite side to the first engagement portion with respect to the rotation center axis of the first movable engagement member and to which the biasing member is attached;
The second movable locking device is
The sliding movement along the base member is provided, and the sliding movement switches between the locked state and the unlocked state.
It has a second attachment portion (protrusion 554) to which the biasing member is attached,
The first movable locking member and the second movable locking member are engaged with each other by urging the first attachment portion and the second attachment portion in opposite directions to each other by the urging means. It is maintained in the stop state,
Furthermore, in the first movable locking member, the first locking portion is the first fixed locking member and the second fixed engagement when the first attachment portion is displaced by the biasing force of the biasing member. Get caught from below against one of the fasteners,
In the second movable locking member, the second locking portion is the first fixed locking member and the second fixed locking member when the second attachment portion is displaced by the biasing force of the biasing member. A game machine characterized in that the other side is caught from the lower side.

  According to the feature I9, by arranging the locking means on the rotating tip end side of the gaming machine main body (door body), the floating of the gaming machine main body and the door body from the closed position can be suitably suppressed. Further, various arrangements of the locking means corresponding to the gaming machine main body and the door can be put together by arranging the turning central axes of the gaming machine main body and the door on the same side, and the configuration of the locking means can be simplified. Is planned.

  In the case of locking the gaming machine main body and the door, it is preferable to dispose the locking members at the upper and lower ends of the gaming machine main and the door. By disposing the fasteners closer to the upper end and the lower end, the above-described lifting can be further suitably suppressed. In this case, it is assumed that the arrangements of the respective fasteners are likely to be similar. Therefore, as shown in the present feature, by biasing the first movable locking tool and the second movable locking tool by the biasing member and sharing the biasing member, the biasing member corresponding to each movable locking tool The configuration of the locking device can be simplified as compared to the case where the individual locking devices are provided. Even in this case, the movable fasteners are shifted in the longitudinal direction (that is, the vertical direction) of the base member to avoid mutual interference of the fasteners, and the operation space of the movable fasteners is preferably set. Can be secured.

  However, in the case where the movable locking devices arranged up and down are connected by the biasing member, the switching to the locked state can not be smoothly performed depending on the locking mode of the movable locking device with respect to the fixed locking device. The possibility arises. Specifically, in the configuration in which the door body and the game machine main body are rotatably supported, it is assumed that the door body and the game machine main body easily tilt downward due to their own weight and the like. The degree of positional deviation based on such an inclination increases at the rotation tip side. If the movable locking device is adapted to be hooked from above with respect to the fixed locking device, the movable locking device is lowered in position due to the positional deviation, thereby moving the door or the game machine main body. The fasteners and the stationary fasteners may cause strong interference. This is not preferable because it may cause an excessive load on the movable locking device and may cause damage to the locking function of the movable locking device. In particular, when the movable locking members are connected by the biasing member as described above, the biasing directions of the both locking members are reversed, so that one movable locking member is fixed to the fixed locking member. It is feared that it is easy to get caught from above.

  In this respect, in the present feature, by making the first movable locking device pivotable and the second movable locking device slidable, the biasing direction of the second locking portion in the second movable locking device is determined. As it is, the biasing direction of the first locking portion of the first movable locking member is reversed. That is, in the first movable locking device, the first attachment portion to which the biasing member is attached is disposed on the opposite side to the first locking portion with respect to the rotation center axis, thereby the first movable locking device. The biasing direction of the locking portion is reversed. And since each locking portion is hooked from the lower side with respect to each fixing tool, strong interference between each movable locking tool and each fixed locking tool is caused even when the positional variation occurs. And can contribute to the protection of the locking means.

Feature I10. A gaming machine main body (inner frame 13 of the gaming machine main portion 12) rotatably supported by a support frame (outer frame 11);
A door (front door frame 14) that covers the gaming machine main body from the front side and is rotatably supported by the gaming main body at the rotation base end side of the gaming machine main body;
Locking is provided on the rotating tip end side of the gaming machine body, and locks the gaming machine body in a closed state with respect to the support frame, and locks the door body in a closing state with respect to the gaming machine body Means (the wedge receiving members 63, 350 and the locking device 500);
The rotation center axis of the gaming machine main body and the rotation center axis of the front door frame extend vertically.
The locking means is
A base member (first base frame 510) attached to the gaming machine body and extending along a pivoting tip of the gaming machine body;
A first fixing lock (for example, a hook receiving member 350) fixed to one of the support frame and the door;
It has a first locking portion (for example, a collar portion 625) locked to the first fixed locking member, and is switched to a locked state and a locked released state in which the first locked portion is locked A first movable lock (eg, wedge for inner frame 620) attached to the base member in a possible state;
A second fixing lock (for example, a hook receiving member 63) fixed to the other of the support frame and the door;
It has a second locking portion (for example, the hook portion 555) locked to the second fixed locking tool, and is switched to a locked state and a locked released state in which the second locked portion is locked The second movable stopper (for example, the front door wedge member 550) is attached to the base member in a possible state and the first movable stopper is disposed to be shifted in the longitudinal direction of the base member. )When,
And a biasing member (coil spring 560) for connecting the first movable stopper and the second movable stopper.
The first movable locking device is
The base member is provided so as to be rotatable about a central axis extending in a direction different from the longitudinal direction of the base member, and the rotation state is switched between the locked state and the unlocked state.
It has a first attachment portion (protrusion 622) formed on the side opposite to the first engagement portion with respect to the rotation center axis of the first movable engagement member, and to which the biasing member is attached.
The second movable locking device is
The sliding movement along the base member is provided, and the sliding movement switches between the locked state and the unlocked state.
It has a second attachment portion (protrusion 554) to which the biasing member is attached,
The first movable locking member and the second movable locking member are engaged with each other by urging the first attachment portion and the second attachment portion in opposite directions to each other by the urging means. It is maintained in the stop state,
Furthermore, in the first movable locking member, the first locking portion is displaced from the lower side with respect to the first fixed locking member as the first attachment portion is displaced by the biasing force of the biasing member. Get caught,
In the second movable locking member, the second locking portion may be hooked from below with respect to the second fixed locking member when the second attachment portion is displaced by the biasing force of the biasing member. A game machine characterized by

  According to the feature I10, by attaching the locking means to the rotating tip of the gaming machine main body, the floating of the gaming machine main body and the door from the closed position can be suitably suppressed.

  In the case of locking the gaming machine main body and the door, it is preferable to arrange the respective locking members close to the upper and lower ends of the gaming machine main and the door. According to this feature, by arranging the base member and the movable locking member on the game machine main body positioned between the door and the support frame, compared to the case where these various configurations are arranged on the door, It becomes possible to preferably bring the one movable locking tool and the second movable locking tool close to each other. That is, both the movable locking members can be disposed closer to the upper end and the lower end, and the above-described floating can be further suitably suppressed. In this case, it is assumed that the arrangements of the respective fasteners are likely to be similar. Therefore, as shown in the present feature, by biasing the first movable locking tool and the second movable locking tool by the biasing member and sharing the same biasing member, biasing corresponding to each movable locking tool is realized. The configuration of the locking device can be simplified as compared to the case where the members are individually provided. Even in this case, the movable fasteners are shifted in the longitudinal direction (that is, the vertical direction) of the base member to avoid mutual interference of the fasteners, and the operation space of the movable fasteners is preferably set. Can be secured.

  However, in the case where the movable locking devices arranged up and down are connected by the biasing member, the switching to the locked state can not be smoothly performed depending on the locking mode of the movable locking device with respect to the fixed locking device. The possibility arises. Specifically, in the configuration in which the door body and the game machine main body are rotatably supported, it is assumed that the door body and the game machine main body easily tilt downward due to their own weight and the like. The degree of positional deviation based on such an inclination increases at the rotation tip side. If the movable locking device is adapted to be hooked from above with respect to the fixed locking device, the movable locking device is lowered in position due to the positional deviation, thereby moving the door or the game machine main body. The fasteners and the stationary fasteners may cause strong interference. This is not preferable because it may cause an excessive load on the movable locking device and may cause damage to the locking function of the movable locking device. In particular, when the movable locking members are connected by the biasing member as described above, the biasing directions of the both locking members are reversed, so in one movable locking member the upper side with respect to the fixed locking member It is feared that it is easy to get caught.

  In this respect, in the present feature, by making the first movable locking device pivotable and the second movable locking device slidable, the biasing direction of the second locking portion in the second movable locking device is determined. As it is, the biasing direction of the first locking portion of the first movable locking member is reversed. That is, in the first movable locking device, the first attachment portion to which the biasing member is attached is disposed on the opposite side to the first locking portion with respect to the rotation center axis, thereby the first movable locking device. The biasing direction of the locking portion is reversed. And since each locking portion is hooked from the lower side with respect to each fixing tool, strong interference between each movable locking tool and each fixed locking tool is caused even when the positional variation occurs. And can contribute to the protection of the locking means.

  Note that the technical features shown in the feature I9 and the feature I10 can also be applied to any one of the features I1 to I8.

Feature I11. A symbol display device (symbol display device 94) provided on the gaming machine main body for variably displaying symbols;
A control device (display control device 825) provided in the gaming machine main body to control the pattern display device;
A ball receptacle (upper tray 33 or lower tray 34) provided on the door body and storing gaming balls;
The gaming machine according to I9 or I10, comprising: light emitting means (lamp units 23 to 25) provided on the door and emitting light.

  As shown in the feature I11, in a configuration in which the gaming machine main body has a pattern display device and a control device, and the door has a ball receptacle and a light emitting means, the weight of the gaming machine main body and the door tends to be relatively large. In such a configuration, it is considered that the positional deviation of the gaming machine main body and the door shown in the feature I9 and the like tends to be large. By applying the feature I9 or the feature I10 to the configuration shown in the present feature, a configuration that is practically preferable can be realized.

  The above-mentioned feature group I is effective when applied to the following problems.

  Some gaming machines such as pachinko machines are provided with a gaming machine main body equipped with a gaming board in which a gaming area is formed. The gaming machine main body is attached so as to be able to open and close with respect to a support frame (for example, an outer frame) fixed to the island facility of the game hall, and in the case of maintenance etc. It is common to have easy access to the back side. In addition, a door that covers the gaming area and the like from the front is attached to the gaming machine main body, and exposure of the gaming area is avoided. Many of these doors can be opened and closed in the same manner as the gaming machine main body, and access to the gaming area at the time of maintenance or the like is facilitated.

  Thus, in the gaming machine in which the maintainability is improved, it is not preferable that unauthorized access to various control devices arranged on the back side of the gaming machine main body and the gaming area is facilitated. Therefore, in general, in order to avoid such a disadvantage, the gaming machine main body is locked in an openable manner with the support frame closed, and the door can not be opened in a closed state with respect to the gaming machine main body A locking device is often provided to lock the lock.

  The locking device includes a first locking member corresponding to the gaming machine body and the support frame, a second locking member corresponding to the door body and the gaming machine body, and the respective locking members movable to the locking position and the locking release position, respectively. And a base member attached in a state. In recent years, it has been proposed to simplify the configuration and facilitate the maintenance by sharing the configuration related to each locking member such as the base member.

  The first locking member and the second locking member described above are preferably disposed on the pivoting end side of the door body or the gaming machine main body, and in particular, the locking members are disposed closer to the upper end and the lower end, respectively. It is possible to preferably suppress the floating from the position.

  However, in consideration of the suppression of floating, the preferred arrangement areas of the first locking member and the second locking member are likely to be similar, and are likely to be mutually restricted in arrangement, so that both locking members need to coexist in a narrow area. Is assumed to occur. However, coexistence of both in a narrow area is not preferable because it may not only make it difficult to arrange the components related to both locking members, but it may also become a factor that hinders the simplification of the configuration of the locking device described above.

<Feature J group>
Feature J1. An opening / closing body (inner frame 13 of the game machine main portion 12) rotatably supported by a support target (outer frame 11);
The opening and closing body is disposed from the front end side of the opening and closing body, and is attached to the opening and closing body from the front side of the opening and closing body, and the opening and closing body is locked unopened in a closed state with respect to the support target And a locking device (locking device 500),
The locking device protrudes rearward of the gaming machine through the through hole (slit 303) formed in the opening and closing member, and is hooked on a hook receiving portion (the hook receiving portion 351 of the hook receiving member 350) provided on the support target. A hook portion (the hook portion 625 of the inner frame hook member 620) is provided, which can move within a range including the hook position and the hook release position not to be hooked to the hook portion.
The opening / closing body is disposed closer to the pivoting end of the opening / closing body than the through hole, and the opening / closing body is disposed relative to a region through which the hook portion passes from the hooking position to the hooking release position. A game machine characterized in that a wall portion (opposing wall portion 305) overlapping from a pivoting tip side is provided.

  According to the feature J1, since the locking device is disposed on the rotating tip end side of the opening and closing body, the floating of the opening and closing body from the support target in the locked state can be suitably suppressed. Further, the opening and closing body is formed with a wall overlapping from the pivoting end side of the opening and closing body with respect to a region (hereinafter referred to as a passing area for convenience) which passes when the hook moves from the hooking position to the hooking release position. ing. Therefore, even if an illegal tool such as a wire is inserted from the gap between the opening / closing body and the support target (specifically, the gap at the rotating tip end side), it is difficult to access the buttocks by the incorrect tool. It is possible to prevent the inconvenience that the buttocks are moved to the hook release position by the same wrong tool and the locking is unfairly released. That is, it can contribute to the improvement of crime prevention.

  Further, by providing the wall portion on the same target (ie, the opening and closing body) as the installation object of the locking device, even if the opening and closing body is displaced at the closed position, the wall portion and the hook portion A change in positional relationship can be suitably suppressed. That is, the fall of the crime prevention nature resulting from the position shift etc. with respect to the support object of an opening-closing body can be suppressed. For example, even if a fraudster intentionally pushes the opening / closing body to shift the position of the opening / closing body intentionally and tries to access the buttocks in the shifted state, such a preliminary operation It is possible to suppress easy movement of the buttocks.

  Feature J2. The wedge receiving portion is formed with an insertion portion (an opening 353 of the wedge receiving portion 351) into which at least a tip end portion of the wall portion is inserted when the opening / closing body is closed with respect to the support target. The gaming machine according to J1 characterized in that

  According to the feature J2, the distal end portion of the wall portion is inserted into the insertion portion, which makes it more difficult to bypass the wall portion and access the buttocks. This can contribute to the further improvement of the crime prevention.

Feature J3. The crucible receiving portion has a substantially box shape opened to the buttock side,
When the opening / closing body is closed with respect to the support target, at least a part of the hooked portion in the hook portion and the tip end portion of the wall portion are accommodated in the hook receiving portion through the open portion of the hook receiving portion. The gaming machine according to J1 characterized in that

  According to the feature J3, the crucible receiving portion has a substantially box shape, and at least a part of the hooked portion and the tip end portion of the wall portion are accommodated in the inside thereof, to the ridge from the outside of the crucible receiving portion You can control the access of

  In particular, since the tip end portion of the wall portion is accommodated in the weir receiving portion, it is difficult to access the weir portion by crossing both the wall portion and the weir receiving portion.

  Feature J4. In the gap between the wall portion and the open portion of the weir receiving portion, the clearance at the forward side in the moving direction when the weir portion moves to the hook release position is greater than the engagement margin between the weir and the weir receiving portion The gaming machine according to J3, which is set to be small.

  According to the feature J4, even in the case where the opening / closing body is displaced to the side of the hook release position, the overlap between the wall portion and the passage area of the buttocks can be suitably secured. For example, even if it is attempted to reduce the crime prevention function of the wall by shifting the position of the opening / closing body and the support target by shaking the opening / closing body, it is possible to suppress the decrease in crime prevention due to such preliminary actions. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the occurrence of such inconvenience that the preliminary work facilitates unauthorized access to the buttocks.

  Feature J5. The gaming machine according to any one of J1 to J4, wherein the wall portion is formed along the opening edge of the through hole.

  If the heel portion is exposed through the through hole of the opening and closing body as shown in the feature J1 and the like, the exposed portion of the entire locking device can be reduced. As a result, it is possible to suppress that the configuration for moving the buttocks is an object of unauthorized access. However, in order to make the buttocks movable, it is necessary for the through hole to have a size that allows the movement, and there is a limit to the miniaturization of the through hole. That is, it is assumed that it is difficult to cope with only the size change of the through hole in order to suppress the cheating through the through hole. In this respect, according to the present feature, by forming the wall along the opening edge of the through hole, even if the unauthorized tool is inserted through the gap between the opening / closing body and the support target, the same wall can be obtained. Can prevent the intrusion of the fraudulent device into the through hole. Thereby, it is possible to preferably suppress fraudulent acts through the through holes.

Feature J6. The front side of the opening and closing body is provided with a door covering the opening and closing body,
The gaming machine according to any one of the features J1 to J5, wherein the locking device is disposed in a region sandwiched by the door and the opening / closing member.

  According to the feature J6, by disposing the locking device in the area sandwiched by the opening / closing body and the door, the exposure of the locking device can be suppressed, and unauthorized access to the locking device can be suitably suppressed. By applying the configuration shown in the feature J1 or the like to the configuration in which the exposure of the locking device is suppressed as described above, it is possible to contribute to the realization of a gaming machine excellent in crime prevention.

Feature J7. The opening and closing body has a mounting portion (boss 302) for mounting the locking device,
The gaming machine according to any one of J1 to J6, wherein the attaching portion and the wall portion are integrally formed with the opening / closing member.

  As shown in the feature J1 etc., when the locking device and the wall are separately provided, it is assumed that the positional relationship between the buttocks and the wall is likely to be dispersed due to the accumulation of manufacturing variations and assembly variations of both. Ru. Such a variation is not preferable because it can be a factor to reduce the security function by the wall. In this respect, as shown in the present feature, by integrally molding the mounting portion and the wall portion with respect to the opening and closing member, the variation can be suppressed, and a practically preferable configuration can be realized.

  Further, by integrally molding the wall portion with respect to the opening and closing body, further improvement of the crime prevention can be expected as compared with the case where the wall portion and the opening and closing body are separately provided. That is, the problem that the wall portion is bypassed through the gap between the wall portion and the opening / closing body can be eliminated, and the security function of the wall portion can be suitably exhibited.

  The feature J group is effective when applied to the following problems.

  In a gaming machine such as a pachinko machine, an opening / closing body (for example, a gaming machine main body on which a game board is mounted) rotatably attached to a support target (for example, an outer frame) fixed to an island facility of a gaming hall There is something that is equipped. In the case of maintenance or the like, there are many configurations in which access to various control devices and the like provided on the back side of the opening and closing body is permitted by opening the opening and closing body.

  Generally, in a gaming machine having such an opening / closing body, by providing a locking device which locks the opening / closing body in a closed state with respect to the support object, unauthorized access to the various control devices etc. is provided. Is suppressed. The locking device has a hook portion movable to a position where it is hooked and a position where it is not hooked on a hook receiving portion provided on the support target, and the hook and the hook receiving portion are hooked to lock the opening / closing body. In addition to being in the closed state, release of the opening and closing body is permitted by releasing the hooking between the buttocks and the buttocks receiving portion by a predetermined key operation or the like.

  The above-described locking device is often disposed on the pivoting end side of the opening and closing body, and by thus arranging the locking device, lifting and the like of the opening and closing body from the support target are suitably suppressed. However, in the configuration in which the locking device is disposed on the rotating tip end side of the opening and closing body, although the floating of the opening and closing body can be suitably suppressed, it is assumed that the following inconvenience is likely to occur. That is, when the locking device is disposed close to the gap between the opening / closing body and the support target (the gap at the rotating tip side), there is a concern that unauthorized access to the locking device through the gap is likely to be performed. More specifically, there is a concern that an illegal act such as releasing the locking of the opening / closing body is likely to be carried out by hooking an illegal tool such as a wire inserted from the gap or the like to the buttocks and moving the same section.

<Feature K group>
Feature K1. A gaming machine main body (inner frame 13 of the gaming machine main part 12) provided so as to be able to open and close with respect to the support frame (outer frame 11);
A door (a front door frame 14 of the gaming machine main part 12) provided on the front side of the gaming machine body and opened and closed with respect to the gaming machine body;
A locking device (locking device 500) for locking the door in a closed state with respect to the gaming machine main body;
The locking device is
An operation unit (cylinder lock 520) which is provided in a space between the gaming machine body and the door and is exposed in front of the door and operated from the outside of the gaming machine;
Locking members provided in a space sandwiched by the gaming machine main body and the door, and switchably provided between a locked state for locking the door and a unlocked state for not locking (front door wedge members 550 and 580) When,
It is provided in a space sandwiched by the gaming machine main body and the door, and when the operation unit is operated, the locking member is switched from the locking state to the locking release state by operating based on the operation. And a restricting member (cam member 530) for restricting switching of the locking member from the locked state to the locked released state when the operating portion is not operated.
The gaming machine main body is formed with an opening (opening 320) which is continuous with the side of the gaming machine and the rear of the gaming machine and allows removal of the regulating member.
In a state where the gaming machine main body is closed to the support frame, the support frame faces at least a side opening part of the opening, and is positioned on a removal track of the restriction member through the opening part. This makes it difficult or impossible to remove the regulating member through the opening.

  According to the feature K1, the access to the locking member or the like from the outside of the gaming machine is suppressed by arranging the locking member and the regulating member of the locking device in the space sandwiched between the gaming machine main body and the door. That is, it is made difficult to perform unauthorized opening (illegal unlocking) by suppressing the exposure of the locking member or the like while enabling the opening of the door by operating the operation unit.

  When the gaming machine is being transported, that is, before being installed in an island facility or the like of the gaming hall, removal of the regulating member through the opening of the gaming machine main body is permitted. By removing the regulating member, switching of the locking member is permitted, and the door can be opened. As described above, although it takes time and effort, by enabling the unlocking operation without using the operation unit, it is possible to open the door in an emergency. On the other hand, when the gaming machine main body is closed with respect to the support frame, the support frame faces at least the side opening part of the opening, and is located on the removal trajectory of the regulating member through the opening part. This makes it difficult or impossible to remove the regulating member through the opening. Thereby, it is possible to suppress the restriction member from being removed and the locking member being switched to the unlocked state. Therefore, while enabling the emergency opening of the door at the time of transportation etc., it is possible to make an unauthorized opening of the door in a state where the gaming machine main body is installed difficult. That is, it is possible to suppress the decrease in the crime prevention while improving the convenience.

Feature K2. A gaming machine main body (inner frame 13 of the gaming machine main part 12) provided so as to be able to open and close with respect to the support frame (outer frame 11);
A door (a front door frame 14 of the gaming machine main part 12) provided on the front side of the gaming machine body and opened and closed with respect to the gaming machine body;
A locking device (locking device 500) for locking the door in a closed state with respect to the gaming machine main body;
The locking device is
An operation unit (cylinder lock 520) which is provided in a space between the gaming machine body and the door and is exposed in front of the door and operated from the outside of the gaming machine;
Locking members provided in a space sandwiched by the gaming machine main body and the door, and switchably provided between a locked state for locking the door and a unlocked state for not locking (front door wedge members 550 and 580) When,
It is provided in a space sandwiched by the gaming machine main body and the door, and when the operation unit is operated, the locking member is switched from the locking state to the locking release state by operating based on the operation. And a restricting member (cam member 530) for restricting switching of the locking member from the locked state to the locked released state when the operating portion is not operated.
The gaming machine main body is formed with an opening (opening 320) which allows removal of the regulating member to the side of the gaming machine main body,
In a state where the gaming machine main body is closed with respect to the support frame, the support frame is positioned on a removal track of the control member through the opening, so that removal of the control member through the opening is difficult or impossible A gaming machine characterized by being

  According to the feature K2, the access to the locking member or the like from the outside of the gaming machine is suppressed by arranging the locking member and the regulating member of the locking device in the space sandwiched between the gaming machine main body and the door. That is, it is made difficult to perform unauthorized opening (illegal unlocking) by suppressing the exposure of the locking member or the like while enabling the opening of the door by operating the operation unit.

  When the gaming machine is being transported, that is, before being installed in an island facility or the like of the gaming hall, removal of the regulating member through the opening of the gaming machine main body is permitted. By removing the regulating member, switching of the locking member is permitted, and the door can be opened. As described above, although it takes time and effort, by enabling the unlocking operation without using the operation unit, it is possible to open the door in an emergency. On the other hand, when the gaming machine main body is closed with respect to the support frame, the support frame is positioned on the removal trajectory of the control member through the opening, which makes it difficult or impossible to remove the control member through the opening. Thereby, it is possible to suppress the restriction member from being removed and the locking member being switched to the unlocked state. Therefore, while enabling the emergency opening of the door at the time of transportation etc., it is possible to make an unauthorized opening of the door in a state where the gaming machine main body is installed difficult. That is, it is possible to suppress the decrease in the crime prevention while improving the convenience.

Feature K3. A gaming machine main body (inner frame 13 of the gaming machine main part 12) provided so as to be able to open and close with respect to the support frame (outer frame 11);
A door (a front door frame 14 of the gaming machine main part 12) provided on the front side of the gaming machine body and opened and closed with respect to the gaming machine body;
A locking device (locking device 500) for locking the door in a closed state with respect to the gaming machine main body;
The locking device is
An operation unit (cylinder lock 520) which is provided in a space between the gaming machine body and the door and is exposed in front of the door and operated from the outside of the gaming machine;
Locking members provided in a space sandwiched by the gaming machine main body and the door, and switchably provided between a locked state for locking the door and a unlocked state for not locking (front door wedge members 550 and 580) When,
It is provided in a space sandwiched by the gaming machine main body and the door, and when the operation unit is operated, the locking member is switched from the locking state to the locking release state by operating based on the operation. And a restricting member (cam member 530) for restricting switching of the locking member from the locked state to the locked released state when the operating portion is not operated.
The gaming machine main body is formed with an opening (opening 320) which allows the removal of the restricting member to the back side of the gaming machine main body,
In a state where the gaming machine main body is closed with respect to the support frame, the support frame is positioned on a removal track of the control member through the opening, so that removal of the control member through the opening is difficult or impossible A gaming machine characterized by being

  According to the feature K3, the access to the locking member or the like from the outside of the gaming machine is suppressed by arranging the locking member and the regulating member of the locking device in the space sandwiched between the gaming machine main body and the door. That is, it is made difficult to perform unauthorized opening (illegal unlocking) by suppressing the exposure of the locking member or the like while enabling the opening of the door by operating the operation unit.

  When the gaming machine is being transported, that is, before being installed in an island facility or the like of the gaming hall, removal of the regulating member through the opening of the gaming machine main body is permitted. By removing the regulating member, switching of the locking member is permitted, and the door can be opened. As described above, although it takes time and effort, by enabling the unlocking operation without using the operation unit, it is possible to open the door in an emergency. On the other hand, when the gaming machine main body is closed with respect to the support frame, the support frame is positioned on the removal trajectory of the control member through the opening, which makes it difficult or impossible to remove the control member through the opening. Thereby, it is possible to suppress the restriction member from being removed and the locking member being switched to the unlocked state. Therefore, while enabling the emergency opening of the door at the time of transportation etc., it is possible to make an unauthorized opening of the door in a state where the gaming machine main body is installed difficult. That is, it is possible to suppress the decrease in the crime prevention while improving the convenience.

  Feature K4. The game machine according to K2 or K3, wherein the support frame faces the opening when the game machine main body is closed to the support frame.

  In consideration of the convenience improvement at the time of using the opening, it is preferable to form the opening to a certain extent. However, simply increasing the size of the opening is likely to cause the inconvenience of inserting an incorrect tool through the opening. In this respect, according to the present feature, the access path to the opening can be reduced by facing the opening and the supporting frame in a state where the gaming machine main body is closed to the supporting frame. Thus, unauthorized access to the restricting member, the locking member and the like can be suppressed, and the convenience can be improved while suppressing the decrease in the crime prevention function.

Feature K5. The gaming machine main body is rotatably supported by the support frame, and when it is closed with respect to the support frame, a part of the rotary tip side of the gaming machine main body is fitted inside the support frame In the state, the same support frame is covered from the front of the gaming machine,
The locking device is disposed on the rotating tip side of the gaming machine main body,
In the portion of the gaming machine main body that is fitted in the support frame, there is a first wall portion (wall surface portions 311 b and 312 b) facing the opposite side to the pivoting base end side of the gaming machine main body, and A second wall (wall portion 312a) which is continuous with the wall and faces the back is formed.
The opening is formed to straddle both walls of the first wall and the second wall,
The support frame is provided at a first opposing portion (wall surface portions 385a and 386a) facing the portion formed in the first wall portion at the opening, and at a portion formed in the second wall portion at the opening. The gaming machine according to any one of K1 to K4, characterized by having a second opposing portion (wall surface portions 385b and 386b) facing each other.

  According to the feature K5, by arranging the locking device on the rotating tip side of the gaming machine main body, it is possible to preferably suppress the floating of the gaming main body in the state of being closed to the support frame. When the gaming machine main body is rotatably provided as described above, it is preferable to provide an operation clearance between the support frame and a part of the gaming machine main body fitted in the support frame. In particular, since the positional variation or the like of the gaming machine main body tends to be larger on the pivoting end side than on the pivoting base end side, it is preferable to set the operation gap to a certain extent. Further, in the configuration in which the support frame is covered from the front of the game machine by the game machine main body, it is assumed that variations in the front and back positions of the game machine main body and the support frame are likely to occur. As shown in the feature K1 and the like, when removal of the regulating member through the opening is possible in an emergency or the like, the operation can be facilitated by enlarging the size of the opening to some extent. However, if the opening is simply enlarged, there is a concern that the security will decrease as the work becomes easier. For example, when the gap between the gaming machine body and the support frame is expanded by shifting the gaming machine body, removal of the restricting member through the opening is facilitated, or unauthorized tools are easily inserted through the opening. It is assumed that. In particular, assuming that the opening is formed in one wall portion, if the gaming machine main body is pushed in the direction in which the opening and the support frame are facing each other and the gap between the opening and the support frame is expanded, crime prevention at the opening It is thought that the function will decline at a stretch.

  In this respect, in the present feature, by forming the opening so as to straddle the first wall portion and the second wall portion, it is easy to suppress the decrease in the crime prevention function due to the influence of the positional variation. Specifically, even if the distance between a portion of the opening in the first wall portion and the first opposing portion increases, the expansion of the distance between the portion of the opening in the second wall portion and the second opposing portion can be suppressed. it can. Further, even if the distance between a part of the opening in the second wall portion and the second facing portion is expanded, it is possible to suppress the spread of the distance between the part of the opening in the first wall portion and the first facing portion. As a result, it is possible to suppress a sudden drop in the crime prevention function due to the positional variation of the gaming machine main body and the like, and it is possible to realize a practically preferable configuration.

  Feature K6. The portion formed in the first wall portion in the opening and the portion formed in the second wall portion allow removal of the restriction member through both the portions, and one of the both portions. The gaming machine according to K5, wherein the restriction member is formed so as to be unremovable.

  According to the feature K6, a portion formed on the first wall in the opening (hereinafter referred to as the first opening for convenience) and a portion formed on the second wall (hereinafter referred to as the second opening for convenience) ) Is formed such that removal of the regulating member through one of the two parts is not possible. When the game machine main body is pushed in the direction in which the second opening portion and the second wall portion face each other, the gap between the second opening portion and the second wall portion is likely to widen, but with the first opening portion It is possible to suppress the spread of the gap with the first wall. Even if the gap between the second opening portion and the second wall portion is expanded, the security function can be exhibited because removal of the regulating member only through the second opening portion is not possible. In addition, when the game machine main body is pushed in the direction in which the first opening portion and the first wall portion are facing each other, the gap between the first opening portion and the first wall portion is likely to widen, but the second opening It is possible to suppress the spread of the gap between the portion and the second wall. Even if the gap between the first opening portion and the first wall portion is expanded, the security function can be exhibited because removal of the regulating member only through the first opening portion is not possible. Therefore, it is possible to contribute to the facilitation of the work by widening the opening while suppressing the decrease in security.

  Feature K7. The locking device moves to the unlocking side in conjunction with the regulating member when the operating unit is operated, and switches the locking member from the locked state to the locked released state (interlocking lever 540) The gaming machine according to any one of K1 to K6, wherein the gaming machine is provided.

  As shown in the feature K1 etc., when an opening for permitting access to the locking device (specifically, the restricting member) is formed, the configuration other than the restricting member, for example, the locking member is accessed via the opening Is not desirable. In this feature, by interlocking the regulating member and the locking member via the moving member, it becomes possible to move the locking member away from the opening. Thereby, access to the locking member through the opening can be made difficult. Therefore, while improving the convenience, it is possible to suppress the decrease in security.

Feature K8. The locking member has a first locking member and a second locking member arranged in parallel along one side of the gaming machine body,
First biasing means (coil spring 560) for biasing the first locking member toward the locking position;
And second biasing means (coil spring 560) for biasing the second locking member toward the locking position,
Each locking member is independently maintained in the locked state by the biasing force of each biasing means when the moving member is not moved to the unlocking side.
The gaming machine according to K7, wherein the opening is disposed on one side of the first locking member and the second locking member.

  According to the feature K8, by keeping the locking members individually in the locked state, even if the locking members are accessed through the opening, both locking members are switched to the unlocked state at one time It is getting harder. This is trying to improve crime prevention. In particular, by arranging the opening on one side of the first locking member and the second locking member, it is possible to make it difficult to access at least the other one far from the opening. Thereby, unauthorized opening of the door can be suitably suppressed.

  The switching of the locking member to the unlocked state using the moving member can be performed uniformly regardless of the number of locking members. That is, after removing the restricting member in a normal procedure, all the locking members can be switched by moving the moving member. Thereby, the complication of the work can be suppressed while improving the security property, and a practically preferable configuration can be realized.

Feature K9. The plurality of locking members are arranged in parallel along one side of the opening / closing body,
A biasing means (coil spring 560) for biasing the locking members toward the locking position;
Each of the locking members is independently maintained in the locked state by the biasing force of the biasing means when the moving member is not moved to the unlocking side.
The game machine according to K7, wherein the openings are arranged at positions outside the two arranged at both ends of the locking member group in the direction in which the locking members are arranged in parallel.

  According to the feature K9, even when one locking member is accessed through the opening, the locking member can prevent access to the other locking member. That is, one locking member close to the opening can be used as an obstacle on the access path to the other locking member. In addition, since each locking member can be switched independently, it is necessary to switch all the locking members to open the door, but as described above, access to at least one locking member is required. By making it difficult, unauthorized opening of the door can be suitably suppressed.

  The switching of the locking member to the unlocked state using the moving member can be performed uniformly regardless of the number of locking members. That is, after removing the restricting member in a normal procedure, all the locking members can be switched by moving the moving member. Thereby, the complication of the work can be suppressed while improving the security property, and a practically preferable configuration can be realized.

Feature K10. The locking member is a door locking member that locks in a closed state of the door,
The locking device is provided in a space sandwiched by the gaming machine body and the door, and is exposed to the support frame through a through hole (slit 303) formed in the gaming machine body. A plurality of main body locking members (inner frame wedge members 620) for locking the gaming machine main body in a closed state with respect to the support frame are provided.
The gaming machine according to any one of K1 to K9, wherein the opening is disposed between the main body locking member.

  According to the feature K10, by arranging the opening between the main body locking members, the boundary between the support frame and the game machine main body around the opening in a state where the game machine main body is closed to the support frame. Spread can be suppressed. As a result, unauthorized access to the locking device through the opening can be suppressed, which can contribute to further improvement of the security.

Feature K11. A main body biasing means (coil spring 560) for biasing the main body locking member toward the locking position;
The main body locking members are independently maintained in the locked state by the biasing force of the main body biasing means,
The gaming machine according to K10, wherein at least one of the main body locking members is disposed on the opposite side of the opening across the door locking member.

  In the configuration having the main body locking member as shown in the feature K10, the opening is exposed by unlocking the main body locking member. If the main body locking member is unlocked improperly, it will be difficult to prevent the unauthorized removal of the regulating member. And a door can be opened illegally by removing a control member.

  In this respect, in the present feature, by disposing at least one door locking member between the main locking member and the opening, the door locking member can make a mistake on the main locking member through the opening. Access can be suppressed. Since the main body locking members are maintained in the locked state independently of each other, unauthorized opening can be prevented by maintaining at least one in the locked state. Then, the door lock member disposed between the main body lock member and the opening prevents access to the main body lock member, thereby making it difficult to unlock the main body lock member. it can. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the inconvenience that the gaming machine main body is illegally opened and the crime prevention function by the support frame is impaired.

Feature K12. A fixture (screw 531) for fixing the restriction member to the gaming machine body;
The game machine according to any one of K1 to K11, wherein the support frame is located on a removal track of the fixing tool when the game machine main body is closed to the support frame .

  According to the feature K12, in the state where the gaming machine main body is closed with respect to the support frame, the fixing tool can not be removed. Thereby, further improvement of the crime prevention can be expected as compared with a configuration in which removal of the restriction member is not possible. Specifically, it is possible to make difficult the act of shifting the regulating member in the gaming machine main body without removing the regulating member.

  The above-mentioned feature K group is effective when applied to the following problems.

  Some gaming machines such as pachinko machines include a gaming machine main body on which a gaming board is mounted, and a door that covers the gaming machine main body from the front side. The door body is supported by the game machine main body so as to be openable and closable, and by opening the door body at the time of maintenance etc., access to the game area etc. formed on the game board is permitted. There is.

  In addition, such a gaming machine is provided with a locking device that locks the door in an open state with the door closed with respect to the gaming machine main body, and the locking is released by a predetermined key operation or the like to allow opening of the opening / closing body. It is general to be configured. The locking device includes a key cylinder whose key slot is exposed in front of the game machine, a cam that is rotated in conjunction with the turning operation of the key inserted into the key cylinder, and interlocked with the rotation of the cam The moving member etc. which move are provided. Although the cam is permitted to operate by the key operation described above, it is often configured such that the cam can not be directly moved without using a key. This improves the security.

  In recent years, there has been a system in which the locking device is disposed between the door and the main body of the game machine to suppress the exposure of the cam, the moving member, and the like in order to suppress unauthorized access to the locking device. However, when adopting a configuration that conceals the locking device and suppresses unauthorized access to the same locking member, although the crime prevention is surely improved, it may not be possible to open the door during an emergency etc. due to it. . This is not preferable because it may be inconvenient for those who handle gaming machines for regular purposes (manufacturers, hall managers, etc.).

<Feature L group>
Feature L1. A gaming machine body (inner frame 13 of the gaming machine main part 12),
A game operation control unit (game ball emission handle 40) provided on one side of the gaming machine main body and performing predetermined operations regarding the game;
It is rotatably supported on the side opposite to the gaming operation unit in the gaming machine body, and the area of the gaming machine body other than the area where the gaming operation unit is provided A door (front door frame 14) that can be opened and closed while the game operation unit is left covered with the game machine body while being covered;
A locking device (locking device 500) for locking the door in a closed state with respect to the gaming machine main body;
The locking device is
A first locking member (front door first hook member 550) disposed side by side with the gaming operation unit on one side of the gaming machine main body provided with the gaming operation unit;
The gaming machine body further includes a side portion supporting the door body and a second locking member (front door second hook member 580) disposed between the game operation portion. A game machine characterized by

  According to the feature L1, the gaming operation unit and the door are provided separately to the gaming machine body, and the gaming operation unit remains in the gaming machine body when the door is opened. . As described above, in the configuration in which the gaming operation portion remains, it is feared that the floating of the door around the gaming operation portion is likely to occur. For example, the space (boundary portion) between the gaming machine main body and the door is expanded by pulling the periphery of the game operation unit in the door, etc., and an illegal tool such as a wire is inserted through the space. It is feared that access to the game area and the like will be facilitated.

  In this respect, in the present feature, the first locking member is disposed on the side provided with the gaming operation unit, and further, the gaming operation unit and the side portion supporting the door in the gaming machine main body By arranging the second locking member between the two, the lifting of the door from the gaming machine main body is suppressed. Thereby, it is possible to suppress the decrease in the crime prevention function around the game operation unit.

  Feature L2. The second locking member is characterized by being biased to the side of the game operation portion among the pivoting center axis line (center axis line CL) of the door and the game operation portion. The gaming machine described in L1.

  As described in the feature L1, in the configuration in which the door is rotatably supported, the floating at the rotation distal end side tends to be remarkable as compared with the rotation proximal end side. In this respect, by arranging the second locking member on the side of the game operation unit side, it is possible to preferably suppress the above-described lifting of the door. Thereby, further improvement of the crime prevention function shown in the feature L1 can be expected.

  Feature L3. The second locking member and the gaming operation portion are an end portion (a lower frame portion extending from the side supporting the door in the gaming machine main body to the side where the first locking member is provided) 13) The gaming machine according to L1 or L2, which is juxtaposed along the line b).

  As described above, the boundary between the door and the main body of the gaming machine is easily targeted as an entry port for fraudulent tools such as wires. In the present feature, by arranging the second locking member and the game operation portion in parallel along the end portion of the gaming machine main body, it is possible to preferably suppress the expansion of the boundary portion. As a result, further improvement of the crime prevention function can be expected.

  Feature L4. The second locking member is operated by operating along an end portion extending from the side supporting the door in the gaming machine main body to the side on which the first locking member is provided. The gaming machine according to L3, wherein the gaming machine is switched between a locking state for locking and a locking release state for not locking.

  As shown in the feature L3, when setting the locking position, it is preferable to approach the boundary portion between the gaming machine main body and the door as much as possible. In this respect, in the present feature, the second locking member operates along the end portion of the gaming machine main body, thereby securing the operation space of the second locking member with respect to the boundary portion. The two locking members can be brought close to each other suitably. Thereby, rising of a door can be suitably suppressed and it can contribute to improvement of a crime prevention function.

  Feature L5. The gaming machine according to L4, wherein a locking position of the second locking member is set to be closer to the game operation unit than a locking release position.

  In the configuration in which the door body covers the area other than the area where the game operation section is provided, it is assumed that the boundary portion (for example, the mating portion) of the two areas is easily targeted as an entry port of the illegal tool. In this feature, the locking position of the second locking member is set to be closer to the game operation unit than the locking release position. Thereby, it is possible to suppress the lift of the door at a position closer to the game ball operation unit as compared to the case where the lock release position is set to be closer to the game operation unit than the lock position. Become. Therefore, it is possible to make it more difficult for the fraudulent acts performed through the boundary between the two regions described above.

Feature L6. The door is
A storage unit (upper plate 33, lower plate 34, etc.) for storing game media;
A light emitting unit (lamp units 23 to 25) that emits light according to the game situation;
And a transmissive portion (glass 22) that allows a display portion (for example, the symbol display device 94) provided on the back side of the door to be viewed.
The pivoting central axis of the door extends vertically.
It has a defining portion (a bulging portion 66 and a member attaching portion 575) for defining the vertical position of the door body,
When the door is closed with respect to the gaming machine main body, the second locking member is switched from the unlocked state to the locked state in a state where the vertical position of the door is defined by the defining portion. Game machine according to any one of L4 and L5, characterized in that

  From the viewpoint of security improvement, it is preferable that the locking members be disposed as close to the end of the gaming machine as possible. However, the door body has a storage portion, a light emission portion, a transmission portion, and the like, so that its weight is easily bulky, and inclination with the rotation center axis line as a base end tends to occur. According to the feature L4 or the like, since the second locking member operates along the end, if the above-mentioned inclination occurs, the second locking member and the door are hooked, etc., and the normal operation of the second locking member Is likely to be hampered. In particular, such a disadvantage can be made remarkable by arranging the second locking member away from the pivot center axis of the door, that is, closer to the game operation portion.

  In this respect, in the present feature, when the door is closed to the gaming machine main body, the second locking member is locked from the unlocked state in a state where the upper and lower positions of the door are defined by the defining portion. Can be switched to For this reason, it can be hard to receive the influence by the inclination of a door, etc., and it can suppress that switching of a 2nd locking member is prevented. Thereby, the locking function of the second locking member can be suitably secured.

Feature L7. The locking device is
An unlocking operation unit (cylinder lock 520) exposed in front of the door and operated by unlocking operation from outside the gaming machine;
The movement follows the operation of the unlocking operation unit, and the power of the unlocking operation unit is transmitted to the first locking member to switch the first locking member from the locked state to the locked release state. A first transmission member (cam member 530 or interlocking rod 540);
The second locking member is switched from the locking state to the locking release state by moving following the operation of the unlocking operation portion and transferring the power of the unlocking operation portion to the second locking member. The gaming machine according to any one of L1 to L6, comprising: a second transmission member (cam member 600).

  According to the feature L7, the power of the unlocking operation unit is transmitted to the first locking member and the second locking member using the respective transmission members, thereby requiring an operation of individually unlocking the respective locking members. Instead, the respective locking members can be switched to the unlocked state by the same operation. Therefore, it is possible to preferably avoid the inconvenience that the burden on the worker is increased due to the improvement of the crime prevention.

Feature L8. The locking device is installed on the front side of the gaming machine body,
The first transmission member is disposed such that at least a portion thereof is located behind the gaming operation unit,
The second transmission member transmits power of the unlocking operation unit through the first transmission member.
The communication portion of the first transmission member and the second transmission member is covered by the gaming operation unit, and the gaming operation unit is fixed to the gaming machine main body Gaming machine.

  According to the feature L8, the locking device is disposed on the front side of the gaming machine main body, and the connection portion between the first transmission member and the second transmission member is covered by the gaming operation unit. Thereby, access to the same communication part can be suitably restrained. Specifically, in the configuration in which the first transmission member and the second transmission member operate in relation to each other, it is likely that each locking member is easily switched to the unlocked state if the connecting portion between them is accessed. is assumed. That is, the unauthorized unlocking operation of each locking member can be facilitated. In this respect, as shown in the present feature, if the communication portion of both transmission members is covered by the game operation, the above-mentioned inconvenience can be wiped off suitably. That is, in the configuration in which the gaming operation portion is fixed to the gaming machine main body, the attachment to the gaming machine main body is made stronger than the configuration in which the gaming operation portion is movable, It is easy to reduce stagnation etc. As described above, if the communication part is covered by the structure excellent in protection against fraud, access to the communication part becomes difficult, and an improvement in crime prevention can be expected.

  Feature L9. The door unit is characterized in that a part of the door unit overlaps the game operation unit from the front of the game machine between the locking position of the second locking member and the game operation unit. The gaming machine described in L8.

  According to the feature L9, in the state in which the door is locked, the lifting of the game operation portion can be suppressed by the same door. Thereby, the access to the communication part of each transmission member shown to the feature L8 can be suitably suitably suppressed.

Feature L10. The gaming machine main body has a substantially rectangular shape when viewed from the front of the gaming machine, and the gaming operation unit is disposed at a corner thereof,
The gaming machine according to any one of L1 to L9, wherein the door body covers an area of the gaming machine main body except the corner where the gaming operation unit is disposed.

  According to the feature L10, by arranging the gaming operation unit at the corner of the gaming machine main body, the combination of the door and the gaming operation unit can be made suitable. Moreover, it can suppress that the boundary site | part of a door and a game machine operation part becomes long, and can suppress the fall of crime prevention.

Feature L11. The locking device is installed on the front side of the gaming machine body,
The gaming machine according to any one of L1 to L10, wherein the gaming operation portion is disposed on a removal orbit of the locking device and is fixed with respect to the gaming machine main body. .

  In the configuration having the gaming operation unit as shown in the feature L1, etc., it is not necessary to support the gaming operation unit so as to be able to open and close. In such a configuration, by fixing the gaming operation unit to the gaming machine main body and arranging the gaming operation unit on the removal trajectory of the locking device, unauthorized removal of the locking device can be suppressed. This can be expected to further improve the crime prevention.

  The feature L group is effective when applied to the following problems.

  A gaming machine main body in which a gaming board such as a pachinko machine and the like is provided with a gaming board in which a gaming area is formed, and a gaming ball launching device for launching a gaming ball to the gaming area when the gaming ball firing handle is operated. There is something that is equipped. A door covering at least a game area and the like is provided on the front side of the gaming machine main body, and the game area can be viewed through a transparent portion provided on the door.

  The door body is rotatably supported by the gaming machine main body, and by opening the door body at the time of maintenance etc., access to the game area etc. formed on the game board is permitted. It has become. In addition, the gaming machine is provided with a locking device that locks the door in an open state with the door closed with respect to the gaming machine main body, and the locking is released by a predetermined key operation or the like to allow opening of the opening / closing body. It is generally configured. By providing the locking device in this manner, unauthorized access to the above-described game area and the like is suppressed.

  In recent years, pachinko machines have been proposed in which the game ball emission handle is attached not to the door body but to the game machine body. More specifically, by placing the game ball emission handle close to the end opposite to the side supporting the door, it is difficult to prevent the rotation of the door from being disturbed, and the combination with the door is suitable. The device to be made is made.

  However, in the case of adopting a configuration in which the firing handle is attached to the gaming machine main body in this way, the arrangement of the locking device described above is likely to be restricted, and there is concern that the door easily lifts up from the gaming main body around the firing handle. . Such a floating is not preferable because, for example, it is easy to expand the boundary between the door and the main body of the gaming machine and to facilitate unauthorized access to the game area through the boundary.

<Feature M group>
Feature M1. An opening / closing body (inner frame 13 of the main portion of the gaming machine) supported so as to be openable / closable by a support frame (outer frame 11),
A locking device (locking device 500) provided on one side of the opening and closing body and locking the opening and closing body in a closed state with respect to the support frame;
The locking device extends from the opening / closing body toward the support frame, and does not catch on the hook position and the hook receiving portion hooked on the hook receiving portion (the front side plate portion 352 of the hook receiving portion 351) provided on the support frame. A wedge member (inner frame wedge member 620) movable in a range including the hook release position;
The support frame is
A cover portion (the portion other than the front side plate portion 352 in the heel receiving portion 351) covering the heel receiving portion from the rear;
And an installation surface (an installation surface 382) on which the cover portion is installed.
The cover is
A wall surface portion (base plate portion 355) located between the crucible receiving portion and the installation surface and in contact with the installation surface,
A gaming machine characterized in that a front end of the wall surface portion is disposed in a state where the front end of the wall surface portion is projected forward of the gaming machine than a front end of the installation surface.

  According to the feature M1, by covering the heel receiving portion (specifically, the hook receiving portion and the hook receiving portion of the heel receiving member) from the rear by the covering portion, the heel receiving portion in a state where the opening / closing body is closed to the support frame Unauthorized access to the wedge member can be made difficult. Thereby, unauthorized opening of the opening and closing body can be suppressed, and the improvement of the crime prevention function can be achieved.

  In addition, the cover portion is arranged such that the front end of the wall surface portion projects forward than the front end of the installation surface of the support frame, thereby achieving the following effects. For example, when the incorrect tool inserted from the boundary portion (for example, a gap) between the opening and closing body and the support frame is pushed into the wedge member, the incorrect tool contacts the wall surface to move the same to the wedge member side Can interfere with Thereby, the access to the wedge member (specifically, the hook portion of the wedge member and the wedge receiving portion) can be suppressed. Therefore, it is possible to make unauthorized unlocking difficult and to contribute to the improvement of the crime prevention function.

Feature M2. An opening / closing body (inner frame 13 of the main portion of the gaming machine) rotatably supported by the support frame (outer frame 11);
A locking device (locking device 500) provided at an end of the opening / closing body on the rotating tip side and locking the opening / closing body in a closed state with respect to the support frame;
The locking device extends from the opening / closing body toward the support frame, and does not catch on the hook position hooked on the hook receiving portion (the front side plate portion 352 of the hook receiving portion 351) provided on the support frame A wedge member (inner frame wedge member 620) movable in a range including the hook release position;
The support frame is
A cover portion (the portion other than the front side plate portion 352 in the heel receiving portion 351) covering the heel receiving portion from the rear;
It is formed on the back side of the opening and closing body, is formed to face the side supporting the opening and closing body in the support frame, and has an installation surface (an installation surface 382) on which the cover portion is installed;
The cover is
A wall surface portion (base plate portion 355) that is disposed at a position on the pivoting tip side of the opening / closing body with respect to the weir receiving portion, and that abuts against the installation surface,
Furthermore, a gaming machine is characterized in that the front end of the wall surface portion is disposed in a state where the front end of the wall surface projects further forward than the front end of the installation surface.

  According to the feature M2, it is possible to preferably suppress the floating of the opening / closing body with respect to the support frame by locking the opening / closing body provided rotatably so as to be the turning tip side thereof. In addition, by covering the crucible receiving unit (specifically, the hook receiving unit and the hook receiving part of the hook receiving unit) from the rear by the covering unit, the opening and closing body is closed to the support frame to the hook receiving unit and the hook member Unauthorized access can be difficult. Thereby, the unauthorized opening of the opening and closing body can be suppressed, and the improvement of the crime prevention can be achieved.

  In addition, the cover portion is arranged such that the front end of the wall surface portion projects forward than the front end of the installation surface of the support frame, thereby achieving the following effects. For example, when the illegal tool inserted from the boundary between the opening and closing body and the support frame is pushed to the side of the wedge member, etc., the illegal tool can prevent further movement to the side of the wedge member by hitting the wall surface. . Thereby, the access to the wedge member (specifically, the hook portion of the wedge member and the wedge receiving portion) can be suppressed. Therefore, it is possible to make unauthorized unlocking difficult and to contribute to the improvement of the crime prevention function.

  Feature M3. In the state where the opening and closing body is closed with respect to the support frame, the opening and closing body is located in front of the wall surface portion.

  According to the feature M3, when the open / close member is positioned in front of the wall surface portion in the closed state, the incorrect tool is inserted aiming at a position beyond the wall surface portion, that is, a position closer to the pivot base side than the wall surface portion. Can be suppressed. Thereby, the structure which is easy to receive the crime prevention function by a wall surface part is realizable.

Feature M4. In a portion of the support frame facing the wall surface portion, a concave portion (dent portion 381) which is recessed to the opposite side to the wall surface portion and opened to the front of the gaming machine is formed.
The installation surface is configured by a portion on the rear side of the concave portion in the portion facing the wall surface portion, and
The front end of the wall surface portion projects forward of the front end of the installation surface by covering a portion of the concave portion opened to the wall surface side with the wall surface portion, any one of M1 to M3 Or the gaming machine described in one.

  In order to enjoy the crime prevention function shown in the feature M1 and the like, the wall surface portion may simply be projected forward of the installation surface. However, in such a configuration, there is a concern that the fraudulent device in contact with the wall surface portion is likely to be bypassed by moving along the wall surface portion. In this respect, according to the present feature, when the fraudulent tool that has collided with the wall surface portion reaches the concave portion of the support frame, the movement direction of the fraudulent tool can be easily limited, and the detouring of the wall surface portion can be made difficult. This can be expected to further improve the crime prevention function.

  Further, in the configuration in which the front end of the wall surface portion projects further toward the opening / closing body than the front end of the installation surface, the crime prevention function can be improved by increasing the amount of projection of the wall surface portion. However, on the other hand, it is assumed that the wall surface portion easily interferes with the opening / closing body when the opening / closing body is closed. This is not preferable because it may cause deformation or the like of the wall surface portion and the like, and as a result, it may be a factor to reduce the security function. Here, if the front end of the installation surface is retracted from the front end surface of the support frame, and the wall surface is consequently projected from the installation surface, instead of positively advancing the wall surface section, It is possible to suppress the protrusion of the wall surface portion in the entire support frame to the opening / closing body side while shifting the front end of the wall surface portion back and forth. As a result, by securing the amount of protrusion of the wall surface portion from the front end of the installation surface, it is possible to preferably suppress the decrease in the security function due to the interference between the wall surface portion and the opening / closing body while enhancing the crime prevention function.

Feature M5. The front end of the wall surface portion is located on the same plane as the opening of the recess,
At least a part of the opening portion formed by the recessed portion and the wall surface portion, the portion near the wall surface portion is covered by the back surface portion of the opening / closing member (for example, the wall surface portion 313a of the third inner step portion 313) The gaming machine described in M4.

  As shown in the feature M4, in the configuration in which the detour of the wall surface portion is prevented by the concave portion formed in the support frame, the wall portion is detoured by covering at least a part near the wall surface portion at the opening portion. Can be made more difficult.

  Further, since the front end of the wall surface portion is located on the same plane as the opening edge of the recess, the open portion of the recess can be easily covered by the support frame, which can contribute to the improvement of the detour suppressing function.

  Feature M6. At a portion of the back surface of the opening / closing body located in front of the wall surface portion, a guiding portion (wall surface portion 312a for guiding the unauthorized tool that has reached the back surface along the wall surface portion to the opposite side to the hook member And a corner portion of the wall surface portion 313b) are formed.

  According to the feature M6, the fraudulent tool moved to the opening and closing body side along the wall surface portion is guided to the opposite side to the wedge member by being further pushed in a state of hitting the guiding portion of the opening and closing body. Thereby, access to a wedge member can be controlled suitably.

  Feature M7. The gaming machine according to any one of M1 to M6, wherein the cover portion and the support frame are integrated by fixing the wall surface portion to the installation surface.

  In the configuration in which movement of the unauthorized tool is blocked by the wall surface as shown in the feature M1 and the like, it is assumed that the wall surface is likely to be diverted as it is temporarily deformed or displaced. In this respect, according to the present feature, the cover portion and the support frame are integrated by fixing the wall portion (that is, the cover portion) to the installation surface, thereby avoiding the complication of the cover fixing operation. While contributing to the improvement of the crime prevention function.

  In the case where an increase in the number of parts is suppressed by integrally molding the crucible receiving portion and the covering portion, the mounting site can be shared. Even in this case, as shown in the present feature, it is preferable to fix the wall surface portion to the installation surface.

Feature M8. The locking device is
External operation means (cylinder lock 520) provided on the front side of the opening and closing body for performing unlocking operation from outside the gaming machine;
A moving member (a cam member 530 or an interlocking member) which is provided on the front side of the opening / closing body and moves the hook member to the hooking release position by moving to the unlocking side in conjunction with the unlocking operation杆 540), and
The wedge member is provided on the front side of the opening and closing body, and protrudes toward the rear side of the opening and closing body through an opening (slit 303) formed in the opening and closing body. The gaming machine according to any one of the above.

  In the configuration shown in the feature M1 etc., if the configuration relating to locking of the moving member etc. is temporarily exposed on the back side of the opening / closing body, the configuration of the moving member etc. is not sufficient by suppressing unauthorized access to the wedge member. It is assumed that it becomes easy to be targeted as a target of the correct lock. It is also possible to enlarge the wall surface of the cover in response to this, but this is not preferable because it interferes with the coexistence of the cover and the peripheral parts. Therefore, as shown in the present feature, by suppressing the exposure of the configuration related to the operation of the locking device such as the moving member, it is possible to improve the crime prevention function while suppressing the expansion of the occupied space for crime prevention.

  Particularly, in the configuration in which the detouring of the wall surface portion is prevented by the opening / closing member (for example, the back surface portion) as shown in the feature M3 and the like, a practically preferable configuration can be realized by combining with this feature.

  The feature M group is effective when applied to the following problems.

  A game machine such as a pachinko machine has an open / close body attached to a support frame (e.g., an outer frame) fixed to an island facility of the game hall so as to be openable / closable (e.g. There is something that is equipped. In the case of maintenance or the like, there are many configurations in which access to various control devices and the like provided on the back side of the opening and closing body is permitted by opening the opening and closing body.

  As described above, in the gaming machine having the opening and closing body, a locking device is provided which locks the opening and closing body in a state where the opening and closing body is closed with respect to the support frame, and prevents unauthorized access to the various control devices. Are common. Specifically, the locking device has a hook member movable to a position where the hook receiving member is provided on the support frame and a position where the hook receiving member is not hooked, and the opening and closing member is hooked by the hook member and the hook receiving member. And the hook member and the hook receiving member are released by a predetermined key operation or the like, and the opening and closing member is permitted to open.

  The above-mentioned locking device is often arranged along the boundary between the opening and closing body and the support frame, and by devising the arrangement of the locking device as such, it is easy to suppress the lifting and the like of the opening and closing body from the support frame doing. However, on the other hand, the presence of the locking device near the boundary is likely to cause a disadvantage that unauthorized access to the locking device is likely to be performed. Specifically, by inserting an incorrect tool such as a wire from the boundary between the opening and closing body and the support frame, the incorrect tool is hooked on a part of the wedge member, and the wedge member is moved by the incorrect tool. There may be fraudulent acts such as unlocking the

  The basic configuration of a gaming machine to which the above-described features can be applied will be shown below.

  Pachinko gaming machine: operation means (game ball emission handle 40) operated by a player, game ball emission means (solenoid 111 of game ball emission mechanism 110) for emitting game balls based on the operation of the operation means, and the A ball passage (induction rail 100) for guiding the fired game ball to a predetermined game area and game components (eg, nails 87) disposed in the game area, and a predetermined passage portion of each game component A gaming machine that provides a player with a bonus when a gaming ball passes through the (operation opening 83, etc.).

  Throttle type gaming machines such as slot machines: A variable display means is provided to display symbols in the final stop mode after variably displaying a symbol row consisting of a plurality of symbols, and the variation of symbols starts due to the operation of the starting operation means The variation of the symbol is stopped due to the operation of the operation means for stop or by the lapse of a predetermined time, the special stop game advantageous to the player as a necessary condition that the final stop symbol at the time of the stop is a specific symbol A gaming machine that generates a status (a bonus game, etc.).

  Ball-use belt-type gaming machine: A variable display means is provided for variably displaying a symbol row consisting of a plurality of symbols and then displaying the symbol row at the final stop, and the variation of symbols is started and stopped due to the operation of the starting operation means The variation of the symbol is stopped due to the operation of the operating means for the game or by the elapse of a predetermined time, the special gaming state (bonus advantageous to the player as a necessary condition that the final stop symbol at the time of the stop is a specific symbol A throwing device for generating a game, etc., and further providing a ball saucer to take in game balls from the ball saucer, and a payout device for paying out gaming balls to the ball saucer; A game machine configured such that the operation of the starting operation means becomes effective when a game ball is inserted.

  DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 10 ... Pachinko machine as a game machine, 11 ... outer frame, 12 ... inner frame as a support frame, 14 ... front door frame as a door, 22 ... glass as a panel member, 27 ... glass holder, 40 ... game ball Launch handle, 41: Handle base, 63: Armor support member, 70: Resin base, 75: Game board housing, 76: Central opening, 77: Locking device installation, 79: Launch mechanism installation, 80: Game console, 85: variable display unit, 91: through hole, 92: insertion portion, 100: induction rail as guiding means, 101: inner rail, 102: outer rail, 104: inlet portion as inlet, 107: rail support member, 110: game ball launch mechanism as a game ball launch device, 112: launch rail, 251: opposing plate portion as a flat plate portion, 259 ... positioning projection constituting positioning means, 261: enclosed portion Peripheral wall part of 263, lower side wall part as mounting part, 267: stopper as contact part, 270: leaf spring as biasing means or pressing part, 280: insertion part, 290: temporary storage part, 303: ... Slit as a through hole, 305: opposite wall, 320: opening, 350: wedge receiving member, 351: wedge receiving portion, 352: front plate, 355: base plate, 380: right frame, 382: installation Surface, 400: Locking device as positioning means or fixing means, 410: Shaft body as shaft portion, 420: Pusher as pressing portion, 430: Coil spring as biasing means, 440: Operation lever, 446: Operation portion, 480: Game area partitioning member, 481, 482: Gripping part, 485: Opposite part, 486: Unit housing part, 490: Return rubber, 491: Screw, 492: Certificate, 494: Identification unit, 00 Locking device 510 First base frame 511 Base frame fixing portion 515 Member mounting portion 520 Cylinder lock 523 Locking shaft portion 524 Key hole 530 Cam member 531 screw 540: interlocking lever, 545: flange, 550: first door for front door, 554: projection as mounting portion, 555: collar, 560: coil spring as biasing member, 580: second door for front door , 600: cam member, 620: wedge member for inner frame, 622: protrusion as mounting portion, 625: wedge portion, K: operation key, PE: gaming area, SP: specific part.

Claims (2)

A game board in which a game area is formed,
A support frame for detachably supporting the gaming board;
And an insertion portion provided on the support frame and into which one side portion of the game board is inserted,
The gaming board is inserted from the front of the gaming machine with respect to the support frame by being rotated about the insertion portion in a state of being inserted into the insertion portion,
A game ball launch device provided on the support frame, disposed below the game board, and firing game balls toward the game board side;
Guiding means provided on the game board for guiding game balls fired from the game ball launch device to the game area;
It is provided opposite to the lower end of the gaming board at a portion between the gaming board and the gaming ball launch device in the support frame, and the upper and lower positions of the gaming board are defined by placing the gaming board. The mounting unit to be
An opposing part which is provided at a position above the placing part in the support frame and which faces the back of the game board,
It is provided in the said opposing part, and it is equipped with the protrusion which prescribes | regulates the left-right position of the said game board by being penetrated by the insertion part formed in the said game board,
The projection is disposed at a position closer to the mounting portion, and the mounting portion supports at least a portion to the right of the projection and a portion to the left of the projection at the lower end of the game board ,
The front end edge of the placement section extends forward of the tip of the projection, whereby the placement section defines the vertical position of the game board when the game board is mounted on the support frame. Left and right positions of the game board are defined by the projection in a stationary state,
An abutment portion provided on the support frame and abutting on the front surface of the game board in a state where the game board is mounted on the support frame;
And a pressing portion provided on the support frame and pressing the game board toward the contact portion,
The contact portion is disposed at a position on the rotary base end side of the game board with respect to the protrusion and at a position on the rotary tip side of the game board with respect to the projection,
In a state in which the game board is pressed by the pressing portion and in contact with the contact portion, a gap is formed between the facing portion and the insertion portion,
The insertion portion and the projection are formed such that a hooking margin between the insertion portion and the projection is larger than the gap formed between the facing portion and the insertion portion. Gaming machine.   The gaming machine according to claim 1, which is a pachinko machine.

Images